Chapter 61 National Commission for Minorities

1703. When did the Government of India set up a Minorities Commission, and by what means?

In 1978, the Government of India set up a Minorities Commission vide an executive resolution.

1704. What was the reason explained for the establishment of the Minorities Commission?

Despite constitutional safeguards, a feeling of inequality and discrimination persisted among Minorities, necessitating effective institutional arrangements for enforcement and implementation of safeguards to preserve secular traditions and promote National Integration.

1705. What was the reason for giving statutory status to the Minorities Commission?

It was felt that giving statutory status would infuse confidence among minorities about the Commission’s working and effectiveness, and give it more weight with State Governments/UT Administrations and Central Government Ministries/Departments.

1706. With the enactment of which Act did the Minorities Commission become a statutory body and get renamed?

With the enactment of the National Commission for Minorities Act, 1992, the Minorities Commission became a statutory body and was renamed the National Commission for Minorities.

1707. When was the first statutory Commission for Minorities constituted?

The first statutory Commission was constituted in 1993.

1708. What is the nature of the National Commission for Minorities in terms of autonomy?

The Commission is an autonomous body.

1709. Under whose administrative control does the National Commission for Minorities operate?

It works under the administrative control of the Ministry of Minority Affairs, Government of India.

1710. Does the National Commission for Minorities Act define the term ‘minority’?

No, the Act does not define the term ‘minority’.

1711. What does the National Commission for Minorities Act enable the Central Government to do regarding ‘minorities’?

The Act enables the Central Government to notify ‘minorities’ for the purposes of the Act.

1712. What five religious communities did the Centre notify as minority communities in 1993?

In 1993, the Centre notified Muslims, Christians, Sikhs, Buddhists, and Zoroastrians (Parsis) as minority communities.

1713. Which community was added to the list of minority communities in 2014?

In 2014, the Jain community was added to this list.

1714. What is the composition of the National Commission for Minorities?

The Commission is a multi-member body consisting of a Chairperson, a Vice-Chairperson, and five members.

1715. Who nominates the Chairperson, Vice-Chairperson, and members of the National Commission for Minorities?

They are nominated by the Central Government from amongst persons of eminence, ability, and integrity.

1716. What is the minority community representation requirement for the members of the National Commission for Minorities?

Five members, including the Chairperson, should be from amongst the minority communities.

1717. Who prescribes the salaries, allowances, and other service conditions of the Chairman and members of the National Commission for Minorities?

The salaries, allowances, and other service conditions are also prescribed by the Central Government (Ministry of Minority Affairs).

1718. What is the term of office for the chairperson and members of the National Commission for Minorities?

The chairperson and members hold office for a period of three years.

1719. How can the chairperson and members of the National Commission for Minorities relinquish their office?

They can relinquish their office at any time by addressing their resignation to the Central Government.

1720. Under what circumstances can the Central Government remove the Chairperson or a member of the National Commission for Minorities?

The Central Government can remove them if the individual:

  1. Becomes an undischarged insolvent.
  2. Gets convicted and sentenced to imprisonment for an offence involving moral turpitude.
  3. Is declared of unsound mind by a competent court.
  4. Refuses to act or becomes incapable of acting.
  5. Absents from three consecutive meetings of the Commission.
  6. Abused official position, making continuance detrimental to the interests of minorities or the public interest.

1721. What is the mandate of the National Commission for Minorities?

The Commission is provided with a nine-point mandate.

1722. What is the first function of the National Commission for Minorities?

To evaluate the progress of the development of minorities under the Union and States.

1723. What is the second function of the National Commission for Minorities?

To monitor the working of the safeguards for minorities provided in the Constitution and in laws enacted by Parliament and the state legislatures.

1724. What is the third function of the National Commission for Minorities?

To make recommendations for the effective implementation of safeguards for the protection of the interests of minorities by the Central Government or the State Governments.

1725. What is the fourth function of the National Commission for Minorities?

To look into specific complaints regarding deprivation of rights and safeguards of minorities and take up such matters with the appropriate authorities.

1726. What is the fifth function of the National Commission for Minorities?

To cause studies to be undertaken into the problems arising out of any discrimination against minorities and recommend measures for their removal.

1727. What is the sixth function of the National Commission for Minorities?

To conduct studies, research and analysis on the issues relating to socio-economic and educational development of minorities.

1728. What is the seventh function of the National Commission for Minorities?

To suggest appropriate measures in respect of any minority to be undertaken by the Central Government or the State Governments.

1729. What is the eighth function of the National Commission for Minorities?

To make periodical or special reports to the Central Government on any matter pertaining to minorities and in particular the difficulties confronted by them.

1730. What is the ninth function of the National Commission for Minorities?

To look into any other matter referred to it by the Central Government.

1731. What powers does the National Commission for Minorities have when evaluating/monitoring or inquiring into complaints?

The Commission has all the powers of a civil court trying a suit, including:

  1. Summoning and enforcing attendance of any person and examining on oath.
  2. Requiring discovery and production of any document.
  3. Receiving evidence on affidavits.
  4. Requisitioning any public record from any court or office.
  5. Issuing summons for examination of witnesses and documents.
  6. Any other matter prescribed by the Central Government.

1732. To whom does the National Commission for Minorities present its report?

The Commission presents an annual report to the Central Government. It can also submit a report as and when it thinks necessary.

1733. What does the Central Government do with the National Commission for Minorities’ reports?

The Central Government places such reports before each House of Parliament, along with a memorandum explaining the action taken and reasons for non-acceptance of recommendations.

If any such report is related to a State Government, the Commission forwards a copy to that State Government, which places it before the state legislature along with a memorandum explaining the action taken and reasons for non-acceptance.

Chapter 62 Central Information Commission

1735. When was the Central Information Commission (CIC) established, and under what provisions?

The Central Information Commission (CIC) was established by the Central Government in 2005, under the provisions of the Right to Information Act (2005).

1736. What is the nature of the CIC?

It is not a constitutional body.

1737. What is the role of the CIC?

The Central Information Commission is a high-powered independent body which inter alia looks into the complaints made to it and decide the appeals.

1738. What types of complaints and appeals does the CIC entertain?

It entertains complaints and appeals pertaining to offices, financial institutions, public sector undertakings, etc., under the Central Government and the Union Territories.

1739. What is the composition of the CIC?

The Commission consists of a Chief Information Commissioner and not more than ten Information Commissioners.

1740. Who appoints the Chief Information Commissioner and Information Commissioners?

They are appointed by the President.

1741. On whose recommendation are the Chief Information Commissioner and Information Commissioners appointed?

They are appointed on the recommendation of a committee consisting of the Prime Minister as Chairperson, the Leader of Opposition in the Lok Sabha, and a Union Cabinet Minister nominated by the Prime Minister.

1742. What are the qualifications for the Chief Information Commissioner and Information Commissioners?

They should be persons of eminence in public life with wide knowledge and experience in law, science and technology, social service, management, journalism, mass media or administration and governance.

1743. What are the restrictions on holding other offices for the Chief Information Commissioner and Information Commissioners?

They should not be a Member of Parliament or Member of the Legislature of any State or Union Territory. They should not hold any other office of profit or be connected with any political party or carrying on any business or pursuing any profession.

1744. What is the term of office for the Chief Information Commissioner and an Information Commissioner?

They shall hold office for such term as prescribed by the Central Government or until they attain the age of 65 years, whichever is earlier.

1745. Are the Chief Information Commissioner and an Information Commissioner eligible for reappointment?

No, they are not eligible for reappointment.

1746. Under what circumstances can the President remove the Chief Information Commissioner or any Information Commissioner?

The President can remove them if he/she:

  1. Is adjudged an insolvent.
  2. Has been convicted of an offence involving moral turpitude.
  3. Engages in any paid employment outside official duties.
  4. Is unfit to continue in office due to infirmity of mind or body.
  5. Has acquired such financial or other interest as is likely to affect prejudicially his/her official functions.

1747. What is the procedure for removing the Chief Information Commissioner or any Information Commissioner on grounds of proved misbehaviour or incapacity?

In these cases, the President has to refer the matter to the Supreme Court for an enquiry. If the Supreme Court upholds the cause of removal and advises so, the President can remove him/her.

1748. Who prescribes the salary, allowances, and other service conditions of the Chief Information Commissioner and an Information Commissioner?

The salary, allowances, and other service conditions are prescribed by the Central Government.

1749. Can the salary, allowances, or other service conditions of the Chief Information Commissioner and an Information Commissioner be varied to his/her disadvantage during service?

No, they cannot be varied to his/her disadvantage during service.

1750. What is the first duty of the Central Information Commission regarding complaints?

It is the duty of the Commission to receive and inquire into a complaint from any person who has not been able to submit an information request, has been refused information, has not received a response, thinks fees are unreasonable, thinks information is incomplete/misleading/false, or any other matter relating to obtaining information.

1751. Can the CIC order an inquiry into any matter on its own initiative?

Yes, the Commission can order inquiry into any matter if there are reasonable grounds (suo-moto power).

1752. What powers does the CIC have similar to a civil court when inquiring?

When inquiring, the Commission has the powers of a civil court, including:

  1. Summoning and enforcing attendance of persons and compelling them to give oral or written evidence on oath and to produce documents or things.
  2. Requiring the discovery and inspection of documents.
  3. Receiving evidence on affidavit.
  4. Requisitioning any public record from any court or office.
  5. Issuing summons for examination of witnesses or documents.
  6. Any other matter which may be prescribed.

1753. What is the CIC’s power regarding public records during an inquiry?

During the inquiry, the Commission may examine any record under the control of the public authority, and no such record may be withheld from it on any grounds. All public records must be given to the Commission for examination.

1754. What is the CIC’s power to secure compliance of its decisions from the public authority?

The Commission has the power to secure compliance of its decisions, including:

  1. Providing access to information in a particular form.
  2. Directing the public authority to appoint a Public Information Officer where none exists.
  3. Publishing information or categories of information.
  4. Making necessary changes to practices related to management, maintenance and destruction of records.
  5. Enhancing training provision for officials on the right to information.
  6. Seeking an annual report from the public authority on compliance.
  7. Requiring the public authority to compensate for any loss or detriment suffered by the applicant.
  8. Imposing penalties under this Act.
  9. Rejecting the application.

1755. To whom does the CIC submit its annual report?

The Commission submits an annual report to the Central Government on the implementation of the provisions of this Act.

1756. What does the Central Government do with the CIC’s annual report?

The Central Government places this report before each House of Parliament.

1757. What can the CIC recommend if a public authority does not conform to the provisions of the Act?

When a public authority does not conform to the provisions of this Act, the Commission may recommend (to the authority) steps which ought to be taken for promoting such conformity.

1758. What was the change in the term of office for the Chief Information Commissioner and an Information Commissioner by the RTI Amendment Act, 2019?

Before the amendment, their term was fixed for 5 years. The RTI Amendment Act, 2019, provided that they shall hold office for such term as prescribed by the Central Government.

1759. What was the change in the salary, allowances, and other service conditions for the Chief Information Commissioner and an Information Commissioner by the RTI Amendment Act, 2019?

Before the amendment, their salary and conditions were similar to those of the Chief Election Commissioner and an Election Commissioner, respectively. The RTI Amendment Act, 2019, provided that they shall be such as prescribed by the Central Government.

1760. What was the change in the term of office for the State Chief Information Commissioner and a State Information Commissioner by the RTI Amendment Act, 2019?

Before the amendment, their term was fixed for 5 years. The RTI Amendment Act, 2019, provided that they shall hold office for such term as prescribed by the Central Government.

1761. What was the change in the salary, allowances, and other service conditions for the State Chief Information Commissioner and a State Information Commissioner by the RTI Amendment Act, 2019?

Before the amendment, their salary and conditions were similar to those of an Election Commissioner and the Chief Secretary of the state government, respectively. The RTI Amendment Act, 2019, provided that they shall be such as prescribed by the Central Government.

1762. What provision did the RTI Amendment Act, 2019, remove regarding salary deductions?

It removed the provisions regarding deductions in salary due to pension or any other retirement benefits received from previous government service for the Chief Information Commissioner, Information Commissioner, State Chief Information Commissioner, and State Information Commissioner.

Chapter 63 State Information Commission

1763. What does the Right to Information Act of 2005 provide for at the state level?

The Right to Information Act of 2005 provides for the creation of a State Information Commission (SIC) at the state level.

1764. What is the nature of the SIC?

The State Information Commission is a high-powered independent body which interalia looks into the complaints made to it and decide the appeals.

1765. What types of complaints and appeals does the SIC entertain?

It entertains complaints and appeals pertaining to offices, financial institutions, public sector undertakings, etc., under the concerned state government.

1766. What is the composition of the SIC?

The Commission consists of a State Chief Information Commissioner and not more than ten State Information Commissioners.

1767. Who appoints the State Chief Information Commissioner and State Information Commissioners?

They are appointed by the Governor.

1768. On whose recommendation are the State Chief Information Commissioner and State Information Commissioners appointed?

They are appointed on the recommendation of a committee consisting of the Chief Minister as Chairperson, the Leader of Opposition in the Legislative Assembly, and a State Cabinet Minister nominated by the Chief Minister.

1769. What are the qualifications for the State Chief Information Commissioner and State Information Commissioners?

They should be persons of eminence in public life with wide knowledge and experience in law, science and technology, social service, management, journalism, mass media or administration and governance.

1770. What are the restrictions on holding other offices for the State Chief Information Commissioner and State Information Commissioners?

They should not be a Member of Parliament or Member of the Legislature of any State or Union Territory. They should not hold any other office of profit or be connected with any political party or carrying on any business or pursuing any profession.

1771. What is the term of office for the State Chief Information Commissioner and a State Information Commissioner?

They shall hold office for such term as prescribed by the Central Government or until they attain the age of 65 years, whichever is earlier.

1772. Are the State Chief Information Commissioner and a State Information Commissioner eligible for reappointment?

No, they are not eligible for reappointment.

1773. Under what circumstances can the Governor remove the State Chief Information Commissioner or any State Information Commissioner?

The Governor can remove them if he/she:

  1. Is adjudged an insolvent.
  2. Has been convicted of an offence involving moral turpitude.
  3. Engages in any paid employment outside official duties.
  4. Is unfit to continue in office due to infirmity of mind or body.
  5. Has acquired such financial or other interest as is likely to affect prejudicially his/her official functions.

1774. What is the procedure for removing the State Chief Information Commissioner or any State Information Commissioner on grounds of proved misbehaviour or incapacity?

In these cases, the Governor has to refer the matter to the Supreme Court for an enquiry. If the Supreme Court upholds the cause of removal and advises so, the Governor can remove him.

1775. Who prescribes the salary, allowances, and other service conditions of the State Chief Information Commissioner and a State Information Commissioner?

The salary, allowances, and other service conditions are prescribed by the Central Government.

1776. Can the salary, allowances, or other service conditions of the State Chief Information Commissioner and a State Information Commissioner be varied to his/her disadvantage during service?

No, they cannot be varied to his/her disadvantage during service.

1777. What is the first duty of the State Information Commission regarding complaints?

It is the duty of the Commission to receive and inquire into a complaint from any person who has not been able to submit an information request, has been refused information, has not received a response, thinks fees are unreasonable, thinks information is incomplete/misleading/false, or any other matter relating to obtaining information.

1778. Can the SIC order an inquiry into any matter on its own initiative?

Yes, the Commission can order inquiry into any matter if there are reasonable grounds (suo-moto power).

1779. What powers does the SIC have similar to a civil court when inquiring?

When inquiring, the Commission has the powers of a civil court, including:

  1. Summoning and enforcing attendance of persons and compelling them to give oral or written evidence on oath and to produce documents or things.
  2. Requiring the discovery and inspection of documents.
  3. Receiving evidence on affidavit.
  4. Requisitioning any public record from any court or office.
  5. Issuing summons for examination of witnesses or documents.
  6. Any other matter which may be prescribed.

1780. What is the SIC’s power regarding public records during an inquiry?

During the inquiry, the Commission may examine any record under the control of the public authority, and no such record may be withheld from it on any grounds. All public records must be given to the Commission for examination.

1781. What is the SIC’s power to secure compliance of its decisions from the public authority?

The Commission has the power to secure compliance of its decisions, including:

  1. Providing access to information in a particular form.
  2. Directing the public authority to appoint a Public Information Officer where none exists.
  3. Publishing information or categories of information.
  4. Making necessary changes to practices related to management, maintenance and destruction of records.
  5. Enhancing training provision for officials on the right to information.
  6. Seeking an annual report from the public authority on compliance.
  7. Requiring the public authority to compensate for any loss or detriment suffered by the applicant.
  8. Imposing penalties under this Act.
  9. Rejecting the application.

1782. To whom does the SIC submit its annual report?

The Commission submits an annual report to the State Government on the implementation of the provisions of this Act.

1783. What does the State Government do with the SIC’s annual report?

The State Government places this report before the State Legislature.

1784. What can the SIC recommend if a public authority does not conform to the provisions of the Act?

When a public authority does not conform to the provisions of this Act, the Commission may recommend (to the authority) steps which ought to be taken for promoting such conformity.

Chapter 64 Central Vigilance Commission

1785. What is the nature of the Central Vigilance Commission (CVC)?

The Central Vigilance Commission (CVC) is the main agency for preventing corruption in the Central government.

1786. When was the CVC established, and by what means?

It was established in 1964 by an executive resolution of the Central government.

Its establishment was recommended by the Santhanam Committee on Prevention of Corruption (1962–64).

1788. What was the original status of the CVC in terms of being a constitutional or statutory body?

Originally, the CVC was neither a constitutional body nor a statutory body.

1789. When was statutory status conferred upon the CVC?

It was conferred statutory status by the Central Vigilance Commission Act, 2003 (CVC Act, 2003).

1790. What is the CVC’s role regarding complaints or disclosures from whistleblowers?

The CVC has been designated as the agency to receive and act on complaints or disclosure on any allegation of corruption or misuse of office from whistle blowers under the “Public Interest Disclosure and Protection of Informers’ Resolution” (PIDPI), 2004.

1791. What is the CVC’s power regarding motivated or vexatious complaints?

The CVC is empowered as the only designated agency to take action against complainants making motivated or vexatious complaints.

1792. What is the CVC conceived to be in terms of vigilance institution?

The CVC is conceived to be the apex vigilance institution, free of control from any executive authority.

1793. What is the CVC’s role in monitoring and advising vigilance activity?

It monitors all vigilance activity under the Central Government and advises various authorities in Central Government organisations in planning, executing, reviewing and reforming their vigilance work.

1794. What is the composition of the CVC?

The CVC is a multi-member body consisting of a Central Vigilance Commissioner (chairperson) and not more than two vigilance commissioners.

1795. Who appoints the Central Vigilance Commissioner and vigilance commissioners?

They are appointed by the President by warrant under his/her hand and seal.

1796. On whose recommendation are the Central Vigilance Commissioner and vigilance commissioners appointed?

They are appointed on the recommendation of a three-member committee consisting of the prime minister as its head, the Union minister of home affairs, and the Leader of the Opposition in the Lok Sabha.

1797. What is the term of office for the Central Vigilance Commissioner and vigilance commissioners?

They hold office for a term of four years or until they attain the age of sixty five years, whichever is earlier.

1798. Are the Central Vigilance Commissioner and vigilance commissioners eligible for further employment after their tenure?

No, after their tenure, they are not eligible for further employment under the Central or a state government.

1799. Under what circumstances can the President remove the Central Vigilance Commissioner or any vigilance commissioner?

The President can remove them if he/she:

  1. Is adjudged an insolvent.
  2. Has been convicted of an offence involving moral turpitude.
  3. Engages in any paid employment outside official duties.
  4. Is unfit to continue in office due to infirmity of mind or body.
  5. Has acquired such financial or other interest as is likely to affect prejudicially his/her official functions.

1800. What is the procedure for removing the Central Vigilance Commissioner or any vigilance commissioner on grounds of proved misbehaviour or incapacity?

In these cases, the President has to refer the matter to the Supreme Court for an enquiry. If the Supreme Court upholds the cause of removal and advises so, the President can remove him/her.

1801. How is the term ‘misbehaviour’ defined for CVC members?

‘Misbehaviour’ is defined as being concerned or interested in any contract or agreement made by the Central government, or participating in any profit or benefit therefrom other than as a member and in common with other members of an incorporated company.

1802. What are the salary, allowances, and other conditions of service of the Central Vigilance Commissioner and vigilance commissioner compared to?

The salary, allowances, and other conditions of service of the Central Vigilance Commissioner are similar to those of the Chairman of UPSC, and that of the vigilance commissioner are similar to those of a member of UPSC.

1803. Can the salary, allowances, or other conditions of service of the CVC or VC be varied to his/her disadvantage after appointment?

No, they cannot be varied to his/her disadvantage after his/her appointment.

1804. What are the three wings of the CVC’s organisation?

The CVC has its own Secretariat, Chief Technical Examiners’ Wing (CTE), and a wing of Commissioners for Departmental Inquiries (CDIs).

1805. What is the composition of the CVC Secretariat?

The Secretariat consists of a Secretary, Joint Secretaries, Deputy Secretaries, Under Secretaries, and office staff.

1806. What is the Chief Technical Examiners’ Wing (CTE)?

The Chief Technical Examiners’ Wing is the technical wing of the CVC, consisting of Chief Engineers (designated as Chief Technical Examiners) and supporting engineering staff.

1807. What are the main functions assigned to the Chief Technical Examiners’ Wing (CTE)?

The main functions are:

  1. Technical audit of construction works of Government organisations from a vigilance angle.
  2. Investigation of specific cases of complaints relating to construction works.
  3. Extension of assistance to CBI in investigations involving technical matters and property evaluation in Delhi.
  4. Tendering of advice/assistance to the CVC and Chief Vigilance Officers in vigilance cases involving technical matters.

1808. What is the function of the Commissioners for Departmental Inquiries (CDIs)?

The CDIs function as Inquiry Officers to conduct oral inquiries in departmental proceedings initiated against public servants.

1809. What is the first function of the CVC?

To inquire or cause an inquiry or investigation to be conducted on a reference made by the Central government regarding alleged offences under the Prevention of Corruption Act, 1988, by a public servant.

1810. What is the second function of the CVC?

To inquire or cause an inquiry or investigation to be conducted into any complaint against any official belonging to the specified category (Members of all-India services, Group ‘A’ officers of Central government) regarding alleged offences under the Prevention of Corruption Act, 1988.

1811. What is the third function of the CVC?

To exercise superintendence over the functioning of the Delhi Special Police Establishment (CBI) insofar as it relates to the investigation of offences under the Prevention of Corruption Act, 1988.

1812. What is the fourth function of the CVC?

To give directions to the Delhi Special Police Establishment (CBI) for superintendence insofar as it relates to the investigation of offences under the Prevention of Corruption Act, 1988.

1813. What is the fifth function of the CVC?

To review the progress of investigations conducted by the Delhi Special Police Establishment into offences alleged to have been committed under the Prevention of Corruption Act, 1988.

1814. What is the sixth function of the CVC?

To review the progress of applications pending with the competent authorities for sanction of prosecution under the Prevention of Corruption Act, 1988.

1815. What is the seventh function of the CVC?

To tender advise to the Central government and its authorities on such matters as are referred to it by them.

1816. What is the eighth function of the CVC?

To exercise superintendence over the vigilance administration in the ministries of the Central government or its authorities.

1817. What is the ninth function of the CVC?

To undertake or cause an inquiry into complaints received under the Public Interest Disclosure and Protection of Informers’ Resolution and recommend appropriate action.

1818. What is the tenth function of the CVC?

The Central Government is required to consult the CVC in making rules and regulations governing the vigilance and disciplinary matters relating to the members of Central Services and All-India Services.

1819. What is the jurisdiction of the CVC?

The jurisdiction of the CVC extends to:

  1. Members of All India Services serving in connection with the affairs of the Union and Group A officers of the Central Government.
  2. Officers of the rank of Scale V and above in the Public Sector Banks.
  3. Officers in Grade D and above in Reserve Bank of India, NABARD and SIDBI.
  4. Chief Executives and Executives on the Board and other officers of E-8 and above in Schedule ‘A’ and ‘B’ Public Sector Undertakings.
  5. Chief Executives and Executives on the Board and other officers of E-7 and above in Schedule ‘C’ and ‘D’ Public Sector Undertakings.
  6. Managers and above in General Insurance Companies.
  7. Senior Divisional Managers and above in Life Insurance Corporation.
  8. Officers drawing salary of `8700/- per month (pre-revised) and above on Central Government D.A. pattern, as may be revised from time to time, in societies and local authorities owned or controlled by the Central Government.

1820. Where does the CVC conduct its proceedings?

The CVC conducts its proceedings at its headquarters (New Delhi).

1821. What power is the CVC vested with regarding its procedure?

It is vested with the power to regulate its own procedure.

1822. What powers does the CVC have similar to a civil court?

It has all the powers of a civil court and its proceedings have a judicial character.

1823. What information can the CVC call for?

It may call for information or report from the Central government or its authorities to enable it to exercise general supervision over the vigilance and anti-corruption work in them.

1824. What happens when the CVC receives a report of an inquiry?

The CVC advises the Central government or its authorities on the further course of action.

1825. What happens if the Central government or its authorities do not agree with the advice of the CVC?

Where the Central government or any of its authorities do not agree with the advice of the CVC, it shall communicate the reasons (to be recorded in writing) to the CVC.

1826. To whom does the CVC present its annual report?

The CVC has to present annually to the President a report on its performance.

1827. What does the President do with the CVC’s report?

The President places this report before each House of Parliament.

1828. What is the purpose of the Whistle Blowers Protection Act (2014)?

The Act provides a mechanism for protecting the identity of whistle blowers (people who expose corruption) and encouraging them to disclose information about corruption or willful misuse of power by public servants.

1829. Who is the competent authority to receive a public interest disclosure on corruption under the Whistle Blowers Protection Act?

The Central Vigilance Commission (CVC) is the competent authority. The government can also appoint any other body.

1830. What is the punishment for false or frivolous complaints under the Whistle Blowers Protection Act?

The Act lays down punishment of up to two years in prison and a fine of up to `30,000 for false or frivolous complaints.

1831. What is required for every disclosure under the Whistle Blowers Protection Act?

Every disclosure shall be made in good faith and the person making the disclosure shall provide a personal declaration stating that he/she reasonably believes that the information disclosed is substantially true.

1832. How can disclosures be made under the Whistle Blowers Protection Act?

Disclosures can be made in writing or by email message in accordance with prescribed procedure, with full particulars and supporting documents.

1833. When will no action be taken on a disclosure under the Whistle Blowers Protection Act?

No action shall be taken if it does not indicate the identity of the complainant or public servant, or if their identity is found to be incorrect.

1834. Is the Whistle Blowers Protection Act applicable to the Special Protection Group?

No, the Act is not applicable to the Special Protection Group.

Chapter 65 Central Bureau of Investigation

1835. What is the origin of the Central Bureau of Investigation (CBI)?

The Central Bureau of Investigation (CBI) traces its origin to the Special Police Establishment which was set up in 1941 by the Government of India.

1836. What were the original functions of the Special Police Establishment?

The original functions were to investigate cases of bribery and corruption in transactions with the War and Supply Department of India during World War II.

1837. Who was vested with the superintendence of the Special Police Establishment originally?

The superintendence of the Special Police Establishment was vested with this War and Supply Department.

1838. When was the Delhi Special Police Establishment Act brought into force, and what was its purpose?

The Delhi Special Police Establishment Act was brought into force in 1946 to transfer the superintendence of the Special Police Establishment to the Home Department and enlarge its functions to cover all departments of the Government of India.

1839. When was the CBI established, and by what means?

The CBI was established in 1963 by a resolution of the Ministry of Home Affairs, Government of India.

1840. What happened to the Delhi Special Police Establishment after the CBI’s establishment?

The Delhi Special Police Establishment was merged with the CBI and was made one of its divisions.

1841. To which Ministry was the CBI transferred later?

Later, the CBI was transferred to the Ministry of Personnel.

1842. Is the CBI a statutory body?

No, the CBI is not a statutory body.

1843. From what Act does the CBI derive its powers?

It derives its powers from the Delhi Special Police Establishment Act, 1946.

1844. What is the CBI’s role as the main investigating agency of the Central Government?

The CBI is the main investigating agency of the Central Government, playing an important role in the prevention of corruption and maintaining integrity in administration.

1845. What other bodies does the CBI provide assistance to?

It also provides assistance to the Central Vigilance Commission and Lokpal.

1846. What is the difference in the nature of cases investigated by the National Investigation Agency (NIA) and the CBI?

The NIA investigates terror-related crimes (terrorist attacks, funding, fake currency, etc.), while the CBI investigates corruption, economic offences, and serious/organized crime other than terrorism.

1847. What is required for the CBI to exercise its powers and jurisdiction in a State?

The jurisdiction of the CBI can be extended to the States only with the consent of the State Government concerned.

1848. What is the motto of the CBI?

The motto of the CBI is Industry, Impartiality and Integrity.

1849. What is the mission of the CBI?

The mission is to uphold the Constitution of India and law of the land through in-depth investigation and successful prosecution of offences; to provide leadership and direction to police forces and to act as the nodal agency for enhancing inter-state and international cooperation in law enforcement.

1850. What is the vision of the CBI?

The vision is to develop professionalism, transparency, adaptability to change, and use of science and technology in its working, focusing on:

  1. Combating corruption in public life, curbing economic and violent crimes.
  2. Evolving effective systems for investigation and prosecution.
  3. Helping fight cyber and high technology crime.
  4. Creating a healthy work environment for team-building, free communication, and mutual trust.
  5. Supporting state police organizations in national and international cooperation.
  6. Playing a lead role in the war against national and transnational organized crime.
  7. Upholding human rights, protecting the environment, arts, antiques, and heritage.
  8. Developing a scientific temper, humanism, and spirit of inquiry and reform.
  9. Striving for excellence and professionalism in all spheres of functioning.

1851. Who heads the CBI?

The CBI is headed by a Director.

1852. Who assists the Director of CBI?

He/she is assisted by special director(s) and additional director(s).

1853. What other ranks of personnel are present in the CBI?

Additionally, it has a number of joint directors, deputy inspector-generals, superintendents of police and all other usual ranks of police personnel as well as forensic scientists and law officers.

1854. Who is responsible for the administration of the CBI?

The Director of CBI as Inspector-General of Police, Delhi Special Police Establishment, is responsible for the administration of the organisation.

1855. Where does the superintendence of the Delhi Special Police Establishment vest, and what is the exception?

With the enactment of CVC Act, 2003, the superintendence of Delhi Special Police Establishment vests with the Central Government, save investigations of offences under the Prevention of Corruption Act, 1988, in which, the superintendence vests with the Central Vigilance Commission.

1856. What changes did the Lokpal and Lokayuktas Act (2013) make to the composition of the CBI?

The Lokpal and Lokayuktas Act (2013) amended the Delhi Special Police Establishment Act (1946) and made the following changes:

  1. The Central Government shall appoint the Director of CBI on the recommendation of a three-member committee.
  2. There shall be a Directorate of prosecution headed by a Director for conducting prosecution of cases under the Lokpal and Lokayuktas Act, 2013.
  3. The Central Government shall appoint officers of the rank of SP and above in the CBI on the recommendation of a committee.

1857. What is the composition of the three-member committee for appointing the Director of CBI?

The committee consists of the Prime Minister as Chairperson, the Leader of Opposition in the Lok Sabha, and the Chief Justice of India or Judge of the Supreme Court nominated by him/her.

1858. Who heads the Directorate of prosecution under the Lokpal and Lokayuktas Act, 2013?

There shall be a Directorate of prosecution headed by a Director for conducting the prosecution of cases under the Lokpal and Lokayuktas Act, 2013.

1859. Under whose supervision and control does the Director of Prosecution function?

The Director of Prosecution shall function under the overall supervision and control of the Director of CBI.

1860. On whose recommendation are officers of the rank of SP and above in the CBI appointed?

The Central Government shall appoint officers of the rank of SP and above in the CBI on the recommendation of a committee consisting of the Central Vigilance Commissioner as Chairperson, the Vigilance Commissioners, the Secretary of the Home Ministry, and the Secretary of the Department of Personnel.

1861. What change did the Delhi Special Police Establishment (Amendment) Act, 2014 make regarding the appointment committee for the Director of CBI?

It states that where there is no recognized Leader of Opposition in the Lok Sabha, then the leader of the single largest opposition party in the Lok Sabha would be a member of that committee.

1862. What did the Delhi Special Police Establishment (Amendment) Act, 2021 provide for regarding the tenure of the Director of CBI?

The Act provided for the extension of the tenure of the Director of CBI from a fixed two-year tenure to up to five years.

1863. How can the extension of tenure for the Director of CBI be granted?

The extension can be given up to one year at a time, and no such extension is possible after the completion of a total period of five years, including the initial two-year period.

1864. What is the first function of the CBI?

Investigating cases of corruption, bribery and misconduct of Central government employees.

1865. What is the second function of the CBI?

Investigating cases relating to infringement of fiscal and economic laws, such as breach of laws concerning export and import control, customs, central excise, income tax, foreign exchange regulations, etc.

1866. What is the third function of the CBI?

Investigating serious crimes, having national and international ramifications, committed by organised gangs of professional criminals.

1867. What is the fourth function of the CBI?

Coordinating the activities of the anti-corruption agencies and the various state police forces.

1868. What is the fifth function of the CBI?

Taking up, on the request of a state government, any case of public importance for investigation.

1869. What is the sixth function of the CBI?

Maintaining crime statistics and disseminating criminal information.

1870. What type of investigation agency is the CBI?

The CBI is a multidisciplinary investigation agency of the Government of India.

1871. To what types of cases does the CBI normally confine its activities in the anti-corruption field?

The CBI normally confines its activities in the anti-corruption field to offences committed by the employees of the Central Government and Union Territories and their public sector undertakings.

1872. When does the CBI take up investigation of conventional crimes like murder, kidnapping, or rape?

It takes up investigation of conventional crimes like murder, kidnapping, rape etc., on reference from the state governments or when directed by the Supreme Court/High Courts.

1873. What is the CBI’s role regarding Interpol?

The CBI acts as the “National Central Bureau” of Interpol in India, coordinating requests for investigation-related activities from Indian law enforcement agencies and Interpol member countries.

1874. What is required for the CBI to conduct an inquiry or investigation into an offence committed by joint secretary and above officers in the Central Government?

The CBI is required to obtain the prior approval of the Central Government.

1875. What did the Supreme Court hold in 2014 regarding the prior sanction mandatory for the CBI to probe senior bureaucrats?

In 2014, the Supreme Court held as invalid the legal provision that makes prior sanction mandatory for the CBI to conduct a probe against senior bureaucrats in corruption cases under the Prevention of Corruption Act.

1876. What did a Constitution Bench hold regarding Section 6A of the Delhi Special Police Establishment Act?

A Constitution Bench held that Section 6A of the Delhi Special Police Establishment Act, which granted protection to joint secretary and above officers from facing even a preliminary inquiry by the CBI in corruption cases, was violative of Article 14.

1877. What is the relationship between the Delhi Special Police Establishment (DSPE) and state police forces?

The role of the Delhi Special Police Establishment (a division of CBI) is supplementary to that of the state police forces.

1878. What powers do the DSPE and state police forces have regarding investigation and prosecution?

Along with state police forces, the DSPE enjoys the concurrent powers of investigation and prosecution for offences under the Delhi Special Police Establishment Act, 1946.

1879. What administrative arrangements have been made to avoid duplication and overlapping of cases between the DSPE and state police forces?

  1. The DSPE shall take up cases primarily concerned with the Central Government’s affairs or employees.
  2. The state police force shall take up cases primarily concerned with the state government’s affairs or employees.
  3. The DSPE shall also take up cases against employees of public undertakings or statutory bodies established and financed by the Central Government.

Chapter 66 Lokpal and Lokayuktas

1880. What has resulted from the expansion of bureaucracy and multiplication of administrative processes in modern democratic states?

The expansion of bureaucracy and multiplication of administrative processes have resulted in increased administrative power and discretion, leading to scope for harassment, malpractices, maladministration, and corruption.

1881. What are the three institutional devices created globally to deal with the redressal of citizens’ grievances?

The three institutional devices are:

  1. The Ombudsman System.
  2. The Administrative Courts System.
  3. The Procurator System.

1882. What is the earliest democratic institution created in the world for the redressal of citizens’ grievance?

The earliest democratic institution is the Scandinavian institution of Ombudsman.

1883. What does Donald C. Rowat call the institution of Ombudsman?

Donald C. Rowat calls it a “uniquely appropriate institution for dealing with the average citizens’ complaints about unfair administrative actions.”

1884. When and where was the institution of Ombudsman first created?

The institution of Ombudsman was first created in Sweden in 1809.

1885. What does the Swedish term ‘Ombud’ mean?

‘Ombud’ is a Swedish term and refers to a person who acts as the representative or spokesman of another person.

1886. What does Donald C. Rowat define Ombudsman as?

According to Donald C. Rowat, Ombudsman refers to “an officer appointed by the legislature to handle complaints against administrative and judicial action.”

1887. What matters does the Swedish Ombudsman deal with regarding citizens’ grievances?

The Swedish Ombudsman deals with:

  1. Abuse of administrative discretion (misuse of official power and authority).
  2. Maladministration (inefficiency in achieving targets).
  3. Administrative corruption (demanding bribery).
  4. Nepotism (supporting kith and kin for employment).
  5. Discourtesy (misbehaviour, abusive language).

1888. What is the nature of the Ombudsman in terms of authority and powers?

The Ombudsman is a constitutional authority and enjoys powers to supervise compliance of laws and regulations by public officials, ensuring proper discharge of duties.

1889. Does the Ombudsman have the power to reverse decisions or direct control over administration or courts?

No, the authority has no power to reverse or quash a decision and has no direct control over administration or the courts.

1890. How can the Ombudsman act?

The Ombudsman can act either on the basis of a complaint received from the citizen or suo moto (on his/her own initiative).

1891. Can the Ombudsman prosecute erring officials?

Yes, the authority can prosecute any erring official including the judges.

1892. Can the Ombudsman inflict punishment?

No, it cannot inflict any punishment. It only reports the matter to the higher authorities for necessary corrective action.

1893. To which other Scandinavian countries did the institution of Ombudsman spread from Sweden?

From Sweden, the institution of Ombudsman spread to Finland (1919), Denmark (1955), and Norway (1962).

1894. Which was the first Commonwealth country to adopt the Ombudsman system?

New Zealand was the first Commonwealth country to adopt the Ombudsman system in the form of a Parliamentary Commissioner for Investigation in 1962.

1895. When did the United Kingdom adopt an Ombudsman-like institution?

The United Kingdom adopted Ombudsman-like institution called Parliamentary Commissioner for Administration in 1967.

1896. What is the Ombudsman called in India?

The Ombudsman in India is called Lokpal/Lokayukta.

1897. What does Donald C. Rowat say about the institution of Ombudsman as a bulwark?

Donald C. Rowat says that the institution of Ombudsman is a “bulkwork of democratic government against the tyranny of officialdom.”

1898. What did Gerald E. Caiden describe the Ombudsman as?

Gerald E. Caiden described the Ombudsman as “institutionalised public conscience.”

1899. What is the French system of Administrative Courts?

The French system of Administrative Courts is another unique institutional device created for the redressal of citizens’ grievances against administrative authorities.

1900. What is the institutional device created by socialist countries like the former USSR and China for redressal of citizens’ grievances?

It is called ‘Procurator System’ in these countries.

The framework includes:

  • Public Servants (Enquiries) Act, 1850
  • Indian Penal Code, 1860
  • Special Police Establishment, 1941
  • Delhi Special Police Establishment Act, 1946
  • Prevention of Corruption Act, 1988
  • Benami Transactions (Prohibition) Act, 1988
  • Commissions of Inquiry Act, 1952
  • All-India Services (Conduct) Rules, 1968
  • All-India Services (Discipline and Appeal) Rules, 1969
  • Central Civil Services (Conduct) Rules, 1964
  • Central Civil Services (Classification, Control and Appeal) Rules, 1965
  • Railway Services (Conduct) Rules, 1966
  • Vigilance organisations in ministries/departments, attached and subordinate offices and public undertakings
  • Central Bureau of Investigation, 1963
  • Central Vigilance Commission, 1964
  • State Vigilance Commissions, 1964
  • Anti-corruption bureaus in states
  • Lokpal (Ombudsman) at the Centre
  • Lokayukta (Ombudsman) in states
  • Divisional Vigilance Board
  • District Vigilance Officer
  • National, State and District Consumer Disputes Redressal Commissions
  • National Commission for SCs
  • National Commission for STs
  • National Commission for BCs
  • National Commission for Minorities
  • Supreme Court and High Courts in states
  • Administrative Tribunals (quasi-judicial bodies)
  • Directorate of Public Grievances in the Cabinet Secretariat, 1988
  • Parliament and its committees
  • ‘File to Field’ programme in some states like Kerala.
  • Whistle Blowers Protection Act, 2014
  • Department of Administrative Reforms and Public Grievances
  • Centralised Public Grievance Redress and Monitoring System, 2007

1902. What did the First Administrative Reforms Commission (ARC) of India (1966–1970) recommend regarding special authorities for citizens’ grievances?

The First Administrative Reforms Commission (ARC) recommended the setting up of two special authorities designated as ‘Lokpal’ and ‘lokayukta’ for the redressal of citizens’ grievances.

1903. On what pattern were these institutions to be set up?

These institutions were to be set up on the pattern of the institution of Ombudsman in Scandinavian countries and the parliamentary commissioner for investigation in New Zealand.

1904. What would the Lokpal deal with according to the ARC?

The Lokpal would deal with complaints against ministers and secretaries at Central and state levels.

1905. What would the lokayukta deal with according to the ARC?

The lokayukta (one at the Centre and one in every state) would deal with complaints against other specified higher officials.

1906. Did the ARC keep the judiciary within the purview of Lokpal and lokayukta?

No, the ARC kept the judiciary outside the purview of Lokpal and lokayukta, as in New Zealand.

1907. What was the situation in Sweden regarding the judiciary and Ombudsman?

In Sweden, the judiciary is within the purview of Ombudsman.

1908. How would the Lokpal be appointed according to the ARC?

The Lokpal would be appointed by the President after consultation with the chief justice of India, the Speaker of Lok Sabha, and the Chairman of the Rajya Sabha.

The features included:

  1. They should be demonstratively independent and impartial.
  2. Their investigations and proceedings should be conducted in private and be informal.
  3. Their appointment should be, as far as possible, non-political.
  4. Their status should compare with the highest judicial functionaries in the country.
  5. They should deal with matters in the discretionary field involving acts of injustice, corruption or favouritism.
  6. Their proceedings should not be subject to judicial interference.
  7. They should have the maximum latitude and powers in obtaining relevant information.
  8. They should not look forward to any benefit or pecuniary advantage from the executive government.

1910. How many official attempts have been made to bring about legislation on the Lokpal and Lokayuktas subject so far?

So far, ten official attempts have been made to bring about legislation on this subject.

1911. What was the fate of the first four Lokpal bills introduced in Parliament?

The first four bills lapsed due to the dissolution of Lok Sabha.

1912. What was the fate of the fifth Lokpal bill?

The fifth one was withdrawn by the government.

1913. What was the fate of the sixth and seventh Lokpal bills?

The sixth and seventh bills also lapsed due to the dissolution of the 11th and 12th Lok Sabha.

1914. What was the fate of the eighth Lokpal bill (2001)?

The eighth bill (2001) lapsed due to the dissolution of the 13th Lok Sabha in 2004.

1915. What was the fate of the ninth Lokpal bill (2011)?

The ninth bill (2011) was withdrawn by the government.

1916. Which bill was finally enacted as the Lokpal and Lokayuktas Act, 2013?

The tenth bill (the Lokpal and Lokayuktas Bill, 2011) was enacted as the Lokpal and Lokayuktas Act, 2013.

1917. What is the first salient feature of the Lokpal and Lokayuktas Act (2013)?

It seeks to establish the institution of the Lokpal at the Centre and the Lokayukta at the level of the State, providing a uniform vigilance and anti-corruption road map.

1918. What does the Lokpal’s jurisdiction include?

The jurisdiction of Lokpal includes the Prime Minister, Ministers, Members of Parliament, and Groups A, B, C and D officers and officials of the Central Government.

1919. What is the composition of the Lokpal?

The Lokpal is to consist of a Chairperson with a maximum of 8 members.

1920. What is the judicial member requirement for the Lokpal?

50% of the members shall be judicial members.

1921. What is the reservation requirement for the members of the Lokpal?

50% of the members shall come from amongst the SCs, the STs, the OBCs, minorities, and women.

1922. How are the Chairperson and members of Lokpal selected?

The selection is through a Selection Committee consisting of the Prime Minister, Speaker of the Lok Sabha, Leader of the Opposition in the Lok Sabha, Chief Justice of India or a sitting Supreme Court Judge nominated by the Chief Justice of India, and an eminent jurist nominated by the President.

1923. What body assists the Selection Committee in the selection process for Lokpal?

A Search Committee will assist the Selection Committee.

1924. What is the reservation requirement for the members of the Search Committee for Lokpal?

50% of the members of the Search Committee shall also be from amongst the SCs, the STs, the OBCs, minorities, and women.

1925. Is the Prime Minister brought under the purview of the Lokpal?

Yes, the Prime Minister has been brought under the purview of the Lokpal with subject matter exclusions and specific process for handling complaints.

1926. What is the scope of Lokpal’s jurisdiction regarding public servants?

Lokpal’s jurisdiction will cover all categories of public servants, including Group A, Group B, Group C, and Group D officers and employees of Government.

1927. What happens when the Lokpal refers complaints against Group A and Group B Officers to the CVC?

On complaints referred to the CVC by the Lokpal, the CVC will send its report of preliminary enquiry back to the Lokpal for further decision.

1928. What is the procedure for complaints against Group C and Group D employees?

With respect to categories of employees from Group C and Group D, the CVC will proceed further in exercise of its own powers under the CVC Act subject to reporting and review by the Lokpal.

1929. What power does the Lokpal have over investigating agencies, including the CBI?

The Lokpal will have the power of superintendence and direction over any investigating agency, including the CBI, for cases referred to them by the Lokpal.

1930. What committee recommends the selection of the Director of CBI?

A High-Powered Committee chaired by the Prime Minister will recommend the selection of the Director of CBI.

1931. What provisions does the Act incorporate regarding property of public servants acquired by corrupt means?

It incorporates provisions for attachment and confiscation of property of public servants acquired by corrupt means, even while the prosecution is pending.

1932. What are the clear timelines laid down by the Act for preliminary enquiry, investigation, and trial?

For preliminary enquiry, it is three months extendable by three months. For investigation, it is six months which may be extended by six months at a time. For trial, it is one year extendable by one year.

1933. What is the change in maximum and minimum punishment under the Prevention of Corruption Act by the Lokpal and Lokayuktas Act?

It enhances maximum punishment from seven years to ten years. The minimum punishment under sections 7, 8, 9 and 12 will be three years, and under section 15 (punishment for attempt) will be two years.

1934. Which institutions are under the jurisdiction of Lokpal?

Institutions which are financed fully or partly by Government are under the jurisdiction of Lokpal, but institutions aided by Government are excluded.

1935. What protection does the Act provide for honest and upright public servants?

It provides adequate protection for honest and upright public servants.

1936. What power is conferred upon the Lokpal regarding sanction for prosecution of public servants?

Lokpal is conferred with power to grant sanction for prosecution of public servants in place of the Government or competent authority.

1937. What provisions are aimed at strengthening the CBI under the Act?

Provisions include:

  1. Setting up of a Directorate of Prosecution headed by a Director of Prosecution under the overall control of the Director of CBI.
  2. Appointment of the Director of Prosecution on the recommendation of the CVC.
  3. Maintenance of a panel of advocates by CBI other than Government advocates with the consent of the Lokpal for handling Lokpal-referred cases.
  4. Transfer of officers of CBI investigating cases referred by Lokpal with the approval of Lokpal.
  5. Provision of adequate funds to CBI for investigating cases referred by Lokpal.

1938. Which entities receiving donations from foreign sources are brought under the jurisdiction of Lokpal?

All entities receiving donations from foreign source in the context of the Foreign Contribution Regulation Act (FCRA) in excess of `10 lakhs per year are brought under the jurisdiction of Lokpal.

1939. What mandate does the Act contain regarding the institution of Lokayukta?

It contains a mandate for setting up of the institution of Lokayukta through enactment of a law by the State Legislature within a period of 365 days from the date of commencement of this Act.

1940. What is the first drawback of the Lokpal and Lokayuktas Act, 2013?

Lokpal cannot suo motu proceed against any public servant.

1941. What is the second drawback of the Lokpal and Lokayuktas Act, 2013?

Emphasis on form of complaint rather than substance.

1942. What is the third drawback of the Lokpal and Lokayuktas Act, 2013?

Heavy punishment for false and frivolous complaints against public servants may deter complaints being filed to Lokpal.

1943. What is the fourth drawback of the Lokpal and Lokayuktas Act, 2013?

Anonymous complaints not allowed – Can’t just make a complaint on plain paper and drop it in a box with supporting documents.

1944. What is the fifth drawback of the Lokpal and Lokayuktas Act, 2013?

Legal assistance to public servant against whom complaint is filed.

1945. What is the sixth drawback of the Lokpal and Lokayuktas Act, 2013?

Limitation period of 7 years to file complaints.

1946. What is the seventh drawback of the Lokpal and Lokayuktas Act, 2013?

Very non-transparent procedure for dealing with complaints against the PM.

1947. When was the institution of lokayukta first established in India?

The institution of lokayukta was established first in Maharashtra in 1971.

1948. Which state had passed the Act regarding lokayukta even before Maharashtra established it?

Odisha had passed the Act in this regard in 1970.

1949. Is the structure of the lokayukta uniform across all states?

No, the structure of the lokayukta is not same in all the states. Some states have created both lokayukta and upalokayukta, while others have created only lokayukta.

1950. Who appoints the lokayukta and upalokayukta?

The lokayukta and upalokayukta are appointed by the governor of the state.

1951. Are judicial qualifications prescribed for the lokayukta in all states?

Judicial qualifications are prescribed for the lokayukta in some states, but no specific qualifications are prescribed in other states.

1952. What is the term of office for the lokayukta in most states?

In most states, the term of office fixed for lokayukta is of 5 years duration or 65 years of age, whichever is earlier.

1953. Is there uniformity regarding the jurisdiction of lokayukta in all states?

No, there is no uniformity regarding the jurisdiction of lokayukta in all the states.

1954. Is the chief minister included within the jurisdiction of lokayukta in all states?

The chief minister is included within the jurisdiction of lokayukta in some states, while he/she is excluded from the purview of lokayukta in other states.

1955. Are Ministers and higher civil servants included in the purview of lokayukta in all states?

Ministers and higher civil servants are included in the purview of lokayukta in almost all the states.

1956. Are Members of state legislatures included in the purview of lokayukta in all states?

Members of state legislatures are included in the purview of lokayukta in some states.

1957. Are the authorities of the local bodies, corporations, companies and societies included in the jurisdiction of the lokayukta in all states?

The authorities of the local bodies, corporations, companies and societies are included in the jurisdiction of the lokayukta in most of the states.

1958. How can the lokayukta initiate investigations?

In most states, the lokayukta can initiate investigations either on the basis of a complaint received from the citizen against unfair administrative action or suo moto.

1959. Can the lokayukta consider cases of ‘grievances’ as well as ‘allegations’?

The lokayukta can consider the cases of ‘grievances’ as well as ‘allegations’ in some states.

1960. Is the job of lokayuktas confined to investigating allegations (corruption) in all states?

No, in other states, the job of lokayuktas is confined to investigating allegations (corruption) and not grievances (maladministration).

1961. To whom does the lokayukta present its report?

The lokayukta presents, annually, to the governor of the state a consolidated report on his/her performance.

1962. What does the governor do with the lokayukta’s report?

The governor places this report along with an explanatory memorandum before the state legislature.

1963. Are the recommendations made by the lokayukta binding on the state government?

No, the recommendations made by the lokayukta are only advisory and not binding on the state government.

Chapter 67 National Investigation Agency

1964. When was the National Investigation Agency (NIA) constituted, and under what provisions?

The National Investigation Agency (NIA) was constituted in 2009 under the provisions of the National Investigation Agency Act, 2008 (NIA Act).

1965. What is the NIA’s role in the country?

It is the central counter-terrorism law enforcement agency in the country.

1966. What event led to the establishment of the NIA?

The NIA was established in the backdrop of the 2008 Mumbai terror attacks, popularly known as the 26/11 incident.

1967. Where are the NIA’s headquarters located?

The headquarters of the NIA is in New Delhi.

1968. What is the NIA’s specialized cell known as, and what does it deal with?

The NIA has a separate specialised cell known as TFFC Cell dealing with the subjects of fake currency notes and terror funding.

1969. Who heads the NIA?

The NIA is headed by a Director-General.

1970. What are the powers of the NIA’s Director-General?

His/her powers are similar to the powers exercisable by a Director-General of Police in respect of the police force in a state.

1971. Under whose administrative control does the NIA work?

The NIA works under the administrative control of the Ministry of Home Affairs, Government of India.

1972. What assistance does the state government provide to the NIA?

The state government extends all assistance and co-operation to the NIA for investigation of the offences specified under the NIA Act.

1973. What are the reasons given by the Government of India for creating the NIA?

Reasons include:

  1. Large-scale terrorism sponsored from across borders and numerous incidents of terrorist attacks.
  2. Complex inter-state and international linkages of incidents, and connections with arms/drugs smuggling, fake currency, and infiltration.
  3. Need for a central agency to investigate terrorism-related offences and certain other Acts with national ramifications.

1974. What is the NIA’s mandate regarding offences?

The NIA is mandated to investigate and prosecute offences under the various Acts mentioned in the Schedule of the NIA Act.

1975. What does the NIA do in pursuance of its mandate regarding counter-terrorism investigation?

In pursuance of its mandate, the NIA collects, collates and analyses counter-terrorism investigation.

1976. What is the NIA’s role in sharing inputs?

It also shares inputs with its sister intelligence agencies and law enforcement units both at central and state governments level.

1977. What is the first function of the NIA?

To investigate and prosecute offences in respect of the Acts specified in the Schedule of the NIA Act.

1978. What is the second function of the NIA?

To provide assistance to, and seek assistance from, other intelligence and investigation agencies of the central government and state governments.

1979. What is the third function of the NIA?

To take other such measures which may be necessary for speedy and effective implementation of the provisions of the NIA Act.

1980. What is the vision of the NIA?

The vision is to be a thoroughly professional investigative agency matching the best international standards, setting excellence in counter-terrorism investigations, creating deterrence for terrorist groups, and developing as a storehouse of terrorist-related information.

1981. What is the mission of the NIA?

The mission is to:

  1. Conduct in-depth professional investigation of scheduled offences using scientific methods.
  2. Ensure effective and speedy trial.
  3. Develop into a professional, result-oriented organisation upholding the Constitution and human rights.
  4. Develop a professional workforce through regular training and exposure to best practices.
  5. Display scientific temper and progressive spirit.
  6. Induct modern methods and latest technology.
  7. Maintain professional and cordial relations with state/UT governments and law enforcement agencies.
  8. Assist all states and other investigating agencies in terrorist cases.
  9. Build a database on terrorist-related information and share it.
  10. Study and analyse laws relating to terrorism in other countries and evaluate adequacy of existing laws in India.
  11. Win the confidence of citizens through selfless and fearless endeavors.

1982. What is the jurisdiction of the NIA?

The NIA has concurrent jurisdiction to investigate and prosecute offences affecting the sovereignty, security, and integrity of India, security of state, friendly relations with foreign states, and offences under various Acts enacted to implement international treaties, agreements, conventions, and UNO resolutions.

1983. What types of terror attacks is the NIA empowered to probe?

The NIA is empowered to probe terror attacks including bomb blasts, hijacking of aircrafts and ships, attacks on nuclear installations, and use of weapons of mass destruction.

1984. When was the NIA’s jurisdiction extended?

In 2019, the jurisdiction of the NIA was extended.

1985. What additional offences is the NIA empowered to probe after its jurisdiction was extended in 2019?

The NIA is also empowered to probe offences relating to human trafficking, counterfeit currency or bank notes, manufacture or sale of prohibited arms, cyber-terrorism, and explosive substances.

1986. What is the first provision of the NIA (Amendment) Act, 2019?

It applied the provisions of the NIA Act also to persons who commit a scheduled offence beyond India against Indian citizens or affecting the interest of India.

1987. What is the second provision of the NIA (Amendment) Act, 2019?

It provided that the officers of the NIA shall have the similar powers, duties, privies and liabilities as police officers in connection with the investigation of offences, not only in India but also outside India.

1988. What is the third provision of the NIA (Amendment) Act, 2019?

It empowered the central government, with respect to a scheduled offence committed outside India, to direct the NIA to register the case and take up investigation as if such offence has taken place in India.

1989. What is the fourth provision of the NIA (Amendment) Act, 2019?

It provided that the central government and the state governments may designate Sessions Courts as Special Courts for conducting the trial of offences under the NIA Act.

1990. What is the fifth provision of the NIA (Amendment) Act, 2019?

It inserted certain new offences in the Schedule of the NIA Act.

Chapter 68 National Disaster Management Authority

1991. When did the Government of India set up a High Powered Committee and a National Committee for disaster management?

The Government of India set up a High Powered Committee in 1999 and a National Committee in 2001 (after the Gujarat earthquake).

1992. What was the purpose of these committees?

To make recommendations on the preparation of disaster management plans and suggest effective mitigation mechanisms.

1993. When did the Government of India enact the Disaster Management Act?

After the Indian Ocean tsunami of 2004, the Government of India enacted the Disaster Management Act, 2005.

1994. What did the Disaster Management Act, 2005, provide for?

The Act provided for the creation of the National Disaster Management Authority (NDMA) to spearhead and implement a holistic and integrated approach to disaster management in the country.

1995. When was the NDMA initially constituted, and by what means?

Initially, the NDMA was constituted in 2005 by an Executive Order of the Government of India.

1996. When was the NDMA notified under the provisions of the Act?

Subsequently, the NDMA was notified in 2006 under the provisions of the Act.

1997. What is the composition of the NDMA?

The NDMA consists of a chairperson and other members, not exceeding nine.

1998. Who is the ex-officio chairperson of the NDMA?

The Prime Minister is the ex-officio chairperson of the NDMA.

1999. Who nominates the other members of the NDMA?

The other members are nominated by the chairperson of the NDMA.

2000. Who designates the vice-chairperson of the NDMA?

The chairperson of the NDMA designates one of the members as the vice-chairperson of the NDMA.

2001. What is the status of the vice-chairperson of the NDMA?

The vice-chairperson has the status of a Cabinet Minister.

2002. What is the status of the other members of the NDMA?

The other members have the status of a Minister of State.

2003. What is the NDMA in terms of disaster management in the country?

The NDMA is the apex body for disaster management in the country.

2004. Under whose administrative control does the NDMA work?

It works under the administrative control of the Union Ministry of Home Affairs.

2005. What is the vision of the NDMA?

The vision is: ‘To build a safer and disaster resilient India by a holistic, pro-active, technology driven and sustainable development strategy that involves all stakeholders and fosters a culture of prevention, preparedness and mitigation’.

2006. What are the objectives of the NDMA?

The objectives of the NDMA are:

  1. To promote a culture of prevention, preparedness and resilience at all levels.
  2. To encourage mitigation measures based on technology, traditional wisdom and environmental sustainability.
  3. To mainstream disaster management into the developmental planning process.
  4. To establish institutional and techno-legal frameworks for a regulatory environment and compliance regime.
  5. To ensure an efficient mechanism for identification, assessment and monitoring of disaster risks.
  6. To develop contemporary forecasting and early warning systems backed by responsive and failsafe communication.
  7. To ensure efficient response and relief with a caring approach towards vulnerable sections.
  8. To undertake reconstruction as an opportunity to build disaster resilient structures and habitat.
  9. To promote a productive and proactive partnership with the media for disaster management.

2007. What is the NDMA’s responsibility regarding policies, plans, and guidelines for disaster management?

The NDMA has the responsibility for laying down the policies, plans and guidelines for disaster management for ensuring timely and effective response to disaster.

2008. What is the first function of the NDMA?

To lay down policies on disaster management.

2009. What is the second function of the NDMA?

To approve the National Plan.

2010. What is the third function of the NDMA?

To approve plans prepared by the Ministries or Departments of the Government of India in accordance with the National Plan.

2011. What is the fourth function of the NDMA?

To lay down guidelines to be followed by the State Disaster Management Authorities (SDMAs) in drawing up the State Plan.

2012. What is the fifth function of the NDMA?

To lay down guidelines to be followed by different Ministries or Departments of the Government of India for integrating prevention and mitigation measures in their development plans.

2013. What is the sixth function of the NDMA?

To coordinate the enforcement and implementation of the policy and plan for disaster management.

2014. What is the seventh function of the NDMA?

To recommend provision of funds for the purpose of mitigation.

2015. What is the eighth function of the NDMA?

To provide such support to other countries affected by major disasters as may be determined by the central government.

2016. What is the ninth function of the NDMA?

To take other such measures for the prevention of disaster, or the mitigation, or preparedness and capacity building for dealing with the threatening disaster situation or disaster as it may consider necessary.

2017. What is the tenth function of the NDMA?

To lay down broad policies and guidelines for the functioning of the National Institute of Disaster Management.

2018. What is the first additional function of the NDMA?

It recommends guidelines for the minimum standards of relief to be provided to persons affected by disaster.

2019. What is the second additional function of the NDMA?

It recommends, in cases of disasters of severe magnitude, relief in repayment of loans or grant of fresh loans on concessional terms to the persons affected by such disasters.

2020. What is the third additional function of the NDMA?

It exercises the general superintendence, direction and control of the National Disaster Response Force (NDRF).

2021. What is the purpose of the NDRF?

This force has been constituted for the purpose of specialist response to a threatening disaster situation or disaster.

2022. What is the fourth additional function of the NDMA?

It authorises the concerned department or authority to make the emergency procurement of provisions or materials for rescue or relief, waiving tender procedures.

2023. What is the fifth additional function of the NDMA?

It prepares an annual report on its activities and submits it to the central government, which causes it to be laid before both Houses of Parliament.

2024. What does the Disaster Management Act, 2005, require every state government to establish?

Under the Disaster Management Act, 2005, every state government should establish a State Disaster Management Authority (SDMA) for the state.

2025. What is the composition of an SDMA?

An SDMA consists of a chairperson and other members, not exceeding nine.

2026. Who is the ex-officio chairperson of the SDMA?

The Chief Minister of the state is the ex-officio chairperson of the SDMA.

2027. Who is the ex-officio member of the SDMA?

The chairperson of the State Executive Committee is the ex-officio member of the SDMA.

2028. Who nominates the other members of the SDMA?

The other members, not exceeding eight, are nominated by the chairperson of the SDMA.

2029. Who designates the vice-chairperson of the SDMA?

The chairperson of the SDMA designates one of the members as the vice-chairperson of the SDMA.

2030. Who acts as the ex-officio chief executive officer of the SDMA?

The chairperson of the State Executive Committee acts as the ex-officio chief executive officer of the SDMA.

2031. What is the SDMA’s responsibility regarding policies and plans for disaster management in the state?

An SDMA has the responsibility for laying down policies and plans for disaster management in the state.

2032. What is the first function of the SDMA?

To lay down the state disaster management policy.

2033. What is the second function of the SDMA?

To approve the State Plan in accordance with the guidelines laid down by the NDMA.

2034. What is the third function of the SDMA?

To approve the disaster management plans prepared by the departments of the government of the state.

2035. What is the fourth function of the SDMA?

To lay down guidelines to be followed by the departments of the government of the state for integrating prevention and mitigation measures in their development plans and providing necessary technical assistance.

2036. What is the fifth function of the SDMA?

To coordinate the implementation of the State Plan.

2037. What is the sixth function of the SDMA?

To recommend the provision of funds for mitigation and preparedness measures.

2038. What is the seventh function of the SDMA?

To review the development plans of the different departments of the state and ensure that prevention and mitigation measures are integrated therein.

2039. What is the eighth function of the SDMA?

To review the measures being taken for mitigation, capacity building and preparedness by the departments of the government of the state and issue necessary guidelines.

2040. What is the ninth function of the SDMA?

To prepare an annual report on its activities and submit it to the state government, which causes it to be laid before the state legislature.

2041. What does the Disaster Management Act, 2005, require every state government to establish at the district level?

Under the Disaster Management Act, 2005, every state government should establish a District Disaster Management Authority (DDMA) for every district in the state.

2042. What is the composition of a DDMA?

A DDMA consists of a chairperson and other members, not exceeding seven.

2043. Who is the ex-officio chairperson of the DDMA?

The Collector (or District Magistrate or Deputy Commissioner) of the district is the ex-officio chairperson of the DDMA.

2044. Who is the ex-officio co-chairperson of the DDMA?

The elected representative of the local authority is the ex-officio co-chairperson of the DDMA.

2045. Who is the ex-officio co-chairperson of the DDMA in Tribal Areas?

In Tribal Areas, the chief executive member of the district council of autonomous district is the ex-officio co-chairperson of the DDMA.

2046. Who are the ex-officio members of the DDMA?

The chief executive officer of the DDMA, the superintendent of police, and the chief medical officer of the district are the ex-officio members of the DDMA.

2047. How many other district level officers can be appointed as members of the DDMA?

Not more than two other district level officers are appointed by the state government as members of the DDMA.

2048. Who is the co-chairperson of the DDMA if a Zilla Parishad exists in the district?

In case of a district where Zilla Parishad exists, the chairperson of that Zilla Parishad is the co-chairperson of the DDMA.

2049. Who appoints the chief executive officer of the DDMA?

The chief executive officer of the DDMA is appointed by the state government.

2050. What is the DDMA’s role in disaster management at the district level?

The DDMA acts as the district planning, coordinating and implementing body for disaster management and takes all measures in accordance with the guidelines laid down by the NDMA and the SDMA.

2051. What is the first function of the DDMA?

To prepare a disaster management plan including district response plan for the district.

2052. What is the second function of the DDMA?

To coordinate and monitor the implementation of the National Policy, State Policy, National Plan, State Plan and District Plan.

2053. What is the third function of the DDMA?

To ensure that vulnerable areas are identified and prevention/mitigation measures are undertaken by government departments and local authorities.

2054. What is the fourth function of the DDMA?

To ensure that the guidelines for prevention, mitigation, preparedness, and response measures laid down by the NDMA and SDMA are followed by all departments and local authorities.

2055. What is the fifth function of the DDMA?

To organise and coordinate specialised training programmes for different levels of officers, employees and voluntary rescue workers in the district.

2056. What is the sixth function of the DDMA?

To facilitate community training and awareness programmes for prevention or mitigation with the support of local authorities, governmental and non-governmental organisations.

2057. What is the seventh function of the DDMA?

To set up, maintain, review and upgrade the mechanism for early warnings and dissemination of proper information to the public.

2058. What is the eighth function of the DDMA?

To advise, assist and coordinate the activities of the departments of the government at the district level, statutory bodies and other governmental and non-governmental organisations in the district engaged in disaster management.

2059. What is the ninth function of the DDMA?

To identify buildings and places which could be used as relief centres or camps and make arrangements for water supply and sanitation.

2060. What is the tenth function of the DDMA?

To perform such other functions as the state government or SDMA may assign to it or as it deems necessary for disaster management in the District.

Chapter 69 Bar Council of India

2061. What is the nature of the Bar Council of India (BCI)?

The Bar Council of India (BCI) is a statutory (and not a constitutional) body.

2062. Under what legislation was the BCI established?

It was established under a legislation enacted by the Parliament, namely, the Advocates Act, 1961.

2063. When did the Government of India appoint an All India Bar Committee, and who was its chairman?

In 1951, the Government of India appointed an All India Bar Committee under the chairmanship of Justice S.R. Das of the Supreme Court.

2064. What was the mandate of the All India Bar Committee?

The mandate of the committee was to examine and report on the issue of re-organisation of the Bar and legal profession in the country.

2065. When did the All India Bar Committee submit its report, and what did it recommend?

The committee submitted its report in 1953, recommending the establishment of an All India Bar Council and State Bar Councils (SBCs) to regulate legal profession at national and state level.

2066. When did the Law Commission of India endorse the recommendation for the creation of BCI and SBCs?

In 1958, the Law Commission of India repeated and endorsed the recommendation.

2067. When was the Advocates Act passed, and what did it provide for?

Consequently, the Advocates Act, 1961, was passed by the Parliament to provide for, inter alia, the creation of the BCI and SBCs.

2068. What is the nature of the BCI in terms of autonomy?

The BCI is an autonomous body.

2069. Under whose administrative control does the BCI work?

It works under the Department of Legal Affairs of the Union Ministry of Law and Justice.

2070. What is the composition of the BCI?

The BCI consists of elected members and ex-officio members.

2071. How are the elected members of the BCI constituted?

One member elected by each SBC from amongst its members.

2072. Who are the ex-officio members of the BCI?

The Attorney-General of India and the Solicitor-General of India are the ex-officio members.

2073. Who heads the BCI, and how are they elected?

The BCI shall have a Chairman and a Vice-Chairman, who are elected by the Council from amongst its members.

2074. What is the term of office for the Chairman and Vice-Chairman of the BCI?

They hold office for a period of two years.

2075. What is the term of office for a member of the BCI elected by a SBC?

The term of office of a member of the BCI, elected by a SBC, shall be for the period for which he/she holds office as a member of that SBC.

2076. What are the committees that the BCI consists of?

The BCI consists of the following committees:

  1. Disciplinary Committee (one or more).
  2. Legal Aid Committee (one or more).
  3. Executive Committee.
  4. Legal Education Committee.
  5. Other Committees (if necessary).

2077. What is the first function of the BCI?

To lay down standards of professional conduct and etiquette for advocates.

2078. What is the second function of the BCI?

To lay down the procedure to be followed by its disciplinary committee and the disciplinary committee of each SBC.

2079. What is the third function of the BCI?

To safeguard the rights, privileges, and interests of advocates.

2080. What is the fourth function of the BCI?

To promote and support law reform.

2081. What is the fifth function of the BCI?

To deal with and dispose of any matter which is referred to it by a SBC.

2082. What is the sixth function of the BCI?

To exercise general supervision and control over SBCs.

2083. What is the seventh function of the BCI?

To promote legal education and to lay down standards of legal education in consultation with the Universities in India imparting legal education and the SBCs.

2084. What is the eighth function of the BCI?

To recognise universities whose degree in law shall be a qualification for enrolment as an advocate and for that purpose to visit and inspect universities.

2085. What is the ninth function of the BCI?

To conduct seminars and organise talks on legal topics by eminent jurists and publish journals and papers of legal interest.

2086. What is the tenth function of the BCI?

To organise legal aid to the poor people.

2087. What is the eleventh function of the BCI?

To recognise (on a reciprocal basis) foreign qualifications in law obtained outside India for admission as an advocate under this Act.

2088. What is the twelfth function of the BCI?

To manage and invest its funds.

2089. What is the thirteenth function of the BCI?

To provide for the election of its members.

2090. What is the fourteenth function of the BCI?

To perform all other functions conferred on it under this Act.

2091. What is the fifteenth function of the BCI?

To do all other things necessary for discharging the above functions.

2092. For what purposes may the BCI establish funds?

The BCI may establish funds for:

  1. Giving financial assistance to organize welfare schemes for indigent, disabled or other advocates.
  2. Giving legal aid or advice.
  3. Establishing law libraries.

2093. Can the BCI receive grants, donations, gifts, and benefactions?

Yes, the BCI may also receive grants, donations, gifts, and benefactions for the above purposes.

Yes, the BCI can become a member of international legal bodies such as the International Bar Association or the International Legal Aid Association.

2095. What does the Advocates Act, 1961, provide for regarding State Bar Councils (SBCs)?

The Advocates Act, 1961, provides for the establishment of a SBC for each state or a common SBC for two or more states or for a state and a union territory.

2096. How many SBCs are there currently?

At present, there are 24 SBCs.

2097. What is the composition of any State Bar Council?

Any State Bar Council consists of elected members as well as ex-officio members.

2098. What is the number of elected members in a SBC based on the electorate size?

For an electorate of:

  • Five thousand: 15 members.
  • Five to ten thousand: 20 members.
  • More than ten thousand: 25 members.

2099. How are the elected members of a SBC chosen?

They are elected in accordance with the system of proportional representation by means of the single transferable vote from amongst advocates on the electoral roll of the SBC.

2100. What is the experience requirement for elected members of a SBC?

One-half of such elected members shall be persons who have for ten years been advocates on a state roll.

2101. Who is the ex-officio member in a SBC?

The Advocate-General of the state is the ex-officio member.

2102. Who are the ex-officio members in a common SBC?

In a common SBC, the Advocate-General of each of the states is the ex-officio member.

2103. Who is the ex-officio member in the SBC of Delhi?

In the SBC of Delhi, the Additional Solicitor-General of India is the ex-officio member.

2104. Who heads each SBC, and how are they elected?

Each SBC shall have a Chairman and a Vice-Chairman, who are elected by the Council amongst its members.

2105. What is the term of office of an elected member of any SBC?

The term of office of an elected member of any SBC is five years.

2106. What happens if a SBC fails to provide for the election of its members before the expiry of their term?

If any SBC fails to provide for the election of its members before the expiry of said term, then the BCI may extend the said term for a period of six months.

2107. What are the committees that a State Bar Council consists of?

A State Bar Council consists of the following committees:

  1. Disciplinary Committee (one or more).
  2. Legal Aid Committee (one or more).
  3. Executive Committee.
  4. Enrolment Committee.
  5. Other Committees (if necessary).

2108. What is the first function of a State Bar Council?

To admit persons as advocates on its roll.

2109. What is the second function of a State Bar Council?

To prepare and maintain such roll.

2110. What is the third function of a State Bar Council?

To entertain and determine cases of misconduct against advocates on its roll.

2111. What is the fourth function of a State Bar Council?

To safeguard the rights, privileges, and interests of advocates on its roll.

2112. What is the fifth function of a State Bar Council?

To promote the growth of Bar Associations for the purposes of effective implementation of welfare schemes for indigent, disabled or other advocates.

2113. What is the sixth function of a State Bar Council?

To promote and support law reform.

2114. What is the seventh function of a State Bar Council?

To conduct seminars and organise talks on legal topics by eminent jurists and publish journals and papers of legal interest.

2115. What is the eighth function of a State Bar Council?

To organise legal aid to the poor.

2116. What is the ninth function of a State Bar Council?

To manage and invest its funds.

2117. What is the tenth function of a State Bar Council?

To provide for the election of its members.

2118. What is the eleventh function of a State Bar Council?

To visit and inspect universities in accordance with the directions issued by the BCI.

2119. What is the twelfth function of a State Bar Council?

To perform all other functions conferred on it under this Act.

2120. What is the thirteenth function of a State Bar Council?

To do all other things necessary for discharging the above functions.

2121. For what purposes may a SBC establish funds?

A SBC may establish funds for:

  1. Giving financial assistance to organise welfare schemes for the indigent, disabled or other advocates.
  2. Giving legal aid or advice.
  3. Establishing law libraries.

2122. Can a SBC receive grants, donations, gifts, and benefactions?

Yes, a SBC may also receive grants, donations, gifts, and benefactions for the above purposes.

2123. What two categories of Advocates does the Advocates Act, 1961, provide for?

The Advocates Act, 1961, provides for Senior Advocates and other advocates.

2124. What is the process for designating an Advocate as a Senior Advocate?

The Supreme Court and the High Courts can designate an Advocate as a Senior Advocate if they are satisfied that the Advocate fulfills the qualifications prescribed under the Advocates Act, 1961, by virtue of ability, standing at the Bar, or special knowledge/experience in law.

2125. What are the three categories of Advocates who are entitled to practise law before the Supreme Court?

The three categories are: Senior Advocate, Advocate-on-Record, and Other Advocates.

2126. What is a ‘Senior Advocate’?

A ‘Senior Advocate’ means any advocate so designated under the Advocates Act, 1961, and all such advocates whose names were borne on the roll of the senior advocates of the Court immediately before the commencement of the Advocates Act, 1961.

2127. Who else is considered for designation as Senior Advocates in the Supreme Court?

Apart from the designation of Advocates as Senior Advocates, retired Chief Justices/Judges of the High Courts are also considered for designation as Senior Advocates in the Supreme Court.

2128. What is an ‘Advocate-on-Record’?

An ‘Advocate-on-Record’ means an advocate who is entitled under the Supreme Court Rules, 2013, to act as well as to plead for a party in the Supreme Court.

2129. Can any other Advocate file an appearance or act for a party in the Supreme Court?

No Advocate other than an Advocate-on-Record is entitled to file an appearance or act for a party in the Supreme Court.

2130. When did the Supreme Court introduce the ‘Advocate-on-Record’ examination?

In 1959, the Rules were amended, introducing the ‘Advocate-on-Record’ examination conducted by the Supreme Court.

2131. Who conducts the Advocate-on-Record Examination?

The Registry of the Supreme Court conducts Advocate-on-Record Examination periodically with approval of the Examination Committee and under the supervision of Secretary, Board of Examiners, appointed by the Chief Justice of India.

2132. What is the eligibility requirement to appear in the Advocate-on-Record examination?

No Advocate shall be eligible to appear in the examination unless he/she has received training from an Advocate-on-Record of not less than ten years standing for a continuous period of one year commencing from the end of the fourth year of date of his/her enrolment.

2133. What are Other Advocates?

These are Advocates whose names are entered on the roll of any State Bar Council maintained under the Advocates Act, 1961.

2134. Can Other Advocates appear, plead, or address the Court in the Supreme Court on behalf of a party?

They cannot appear, plead and address the Court in any matter on behalf of a party in the Supreme Court unless instructed by an Advocate-on-Record or permitted by the Court.

Chapter 70 Law Commission of India

2135. What is the nature of the Law Commission of India?

The Law Commission of India is a non-statutory advisory body.

2136. How is the Law Commission of India established?

It is established by the order of the Central Government from time to time for a fixed tenure.

2137. What is the function of the Law Commission of India?

Its function is to recommend legislative measures for the purpose of consolidation and codification of laws.

2138. Are the recommendations of the Law Commission of India binding on the government?

No, its recommendations are not binding on the government.

2139. How many Law Commissions were established during the British regime in the 19th century?

During the British regime, four Law Commissions were established in the 19th century.

2140. What were some of the legislations that were products of these four Commissions?

The Indian Penal Code, the Criminal Procedure Code, the Civil Procedure Code, the Indian Contract Act, the Indian Evidence Act, the Transfer of Property Act and some other laws are the products of these four Commissions.

2141. Who was the Chairman of the First Law Commission (1834)?

The Chairman of the First Law Commission was Lord Macaulay.

2142. Who was the Chairman of the Second Law Commission (1853)?

The Chairman of the Second Law Commission was Sir John Romilly.

2143. Who was the Chairman of the Third Law Commission (1861)?

The Chairman of the Third Law Commission was Sir John Romilly.

2144. Who was the Chairman of the Fourth Law Commission (1879)?

The Chairman of the Fourth Law Commission was Dr Whitney Stokes.

2145. When was the First Law Commission of independent India established?

The First Law Commission of independent India was established in 1955.

2146. What was the term of the First Law Commission of independent India, and who headed it?

The term of this Commission was three years, and it was headed by MC Setalvad, the then Attorney-General of India.

2147. Who was the Chairman of the First Law Commission (1955–1958)?

The Chairman of the First Law Commission was M C Setalvad, Former Attorney-General of India.

2148. Who was the Chairman of the Second Law Commission (1958–1961)?

The Chairman of the Second Law Commission was Justice T V Venkatarama Aiyar.

2149. Who was the Chairman of the Third Law Commission (1961–1964)?

The Chairman of the Third Law Commission was Justice J L Kapur.

2150. Who was the Chairman of the Fourth Law Commission (1964–1968)?

The Chairman of the Fourth Law Commission was Justice J L Kapur.

2151. Who was the Chairman of the Fifth Law Commission (1968–1971)?

The Chairman of the Fifth Law Commission was K.V.K. Sundaram, I.C.S.

2152. Who was the Chairman of the Sixth Law Commission (1971–1974)?

The Chairman of the Sixth Law Commission was Justice P B Gajendragadkar.

2153. Who was the Chairman of the Seventh Law Commission (1974–1977)?

The Chairman of the Seventh Law Commission was Justice P B Gajendragadkar.

2154. Who was the Chairman of the Eighth Law Commission (1977–1979)?

The Chairman of the Eighth Law Commission was Justice H R Khanna.

2155. Who was the Chairman of the Ninth Law Commission (1979–1980)?

The Chairman of the Ninth Law Commission was Justice P V Dixit.

2156. Who was the Chairman of the Tenth Law Commission (1981–1985)?

The Chairman of the Tenth Law Commission was Justice K K Mathew.

2157. Who was the Chairman of the Eleventh Law Commission (1985–1988)?

The Chairman of the Eleventh Law Commission was Justice D A Desai.

2158. Who was the Chairman of the Twelfth Law Commission (1988–1991)?

The Chairman of the Twelfth Law Commission was Justice M P Thakkar.

2159. Who was the Chairman of the Thirteenth Law Commission (1991–1994)?

The Chairman of the Thirteenth Law Commission was Justice K N Singh.

2160. Who was the Chairman of the Fourteenth Law Commission (1995–1997)?

The Chairman of the Fourteenth Law Commission was Justice K Jayachandra Reddy.

2161. Who was the Chairman of the Fifteenth Law Commission (1997–2000)?

The Chairman of the Fifteenth Law Commission was Justice B P Jeevan Reddy.

2162. Who was the Chairman of the Sixteenth Law Commission (2000–2003)?

The Chairman of the Sixteenth Law Commission was Justice B P Jeevan Reddy (2000–2001) and Justice M Jagannadha Rao (2002–2003).

2163. Who was the Chairman of the Seventeenth Law Commission (2003–2006)?

The Chairman of the Seventeenth Law Commission was Justice M Jagannadha Rao.

2164. Who was the Chairman of the Eighteenth Law Commission (2006–2009)?

The Chairman of the Eighteenth Law Commission was Justice A R Lakshmanan.

2165. Who was the Chairman of the Nineteenth Law Commission (2009–2012)?

The Chairman of the Nineteenth Law Commission was Justice P Venkatarama Reddy.

2166. Who was the Chairman of the Twentieth Law Commission (2012–2015)?

The Chairman of the Twentieth Law Commission was Justice D K Jain (2012–2013) and Justice A P Shah (2013–2015).

2167. Who was the Chairman of the Twenty-First Law Commission (2015–2018)?

The Chairman of the Twenty-First Law Commission was Justice B S Chauhan.

2168. Who is the Chairman of the Twenty-Second Law Commission (2020–2024)?

The Chairman of the Twenty-Second Law Commission is Justice Ritu Raj Awasthi.

2169. What is the term for Law Commissions constituted since 1955?

Since 1955, twenty-one more Law Commissions have been constituted, each with a three-year term.

2170. Is the composition of the Law Commission fixed?

No, the composition of the Commission is not fixed. It varies from one Commission to another.

2171. What is the general composition of the Law Commission?

Generally, it consists of a Chairman, some full-time members, a member-secretary, and some part-time members.

2172. What are the qualifications for the Chairman and full-time members of the Law Commission?

The Chairman and full-time members are either serving or retired judges of the Supreme Court or High Courts, or legal experts, jurists or professors of law in any university of India.

2173. What is the rank of the Member-Secretary of the Law Commission?

The Member-Secretary belongs to the Indian Legal Service and holds the rank of either Additional Secretary or Secretary to the Government of India.

2174. What are the qualifications for the part-time members of the Law Commission?

The part-time members are appointed from among the eminent members of the bar or eminent scholars in the academic field or persons having specialised knowledge in a particular branch of law.

2175. What is the composition of the Law Commission’s regular staff?

The Commission’s regular staff consists of about a dozen research personnel of different ranks and varied experiences. A small group of secretarial staff looks after the administration side of the Commission’s operations.

2176. What is the first function of the Law Commission?

To identify laws which are no longer needed or relevant and can be immediately repealed.

2177. What is the second function of the Law Commission?

To examine existing laws in light of Directive Principles of State Policy and suggest improvements/reforms, and necessary legislations to implement DPSP and attain Preamble objectives.

2178. What is the third function of the Law Commission?

To consider and convey to the Government its views on any subject relating to law and judicial administration specifically referred to it by the Government.

2179. What is the fourth function of the Law Commission?

To consider requests for providing research to any foreign countries as may be referred to it by the Government.

2180. What is the fifth function of the Law Commission?

To take all such measures as may be necessary to harness law and the legal process in the service of the poor.

2181. What is the sixth function of the Law Commission?

To revise Central Acts of general importance to simplify them and remove anomalies, ambiguities and inequities.

2182. What is the first stage of the Law Commission’s working?

The projects undertaken by the Commission are initiated in its meetings.

2183. What is the second stage of the Law Commission’s working?

Priorities are discussed, topics are identified and preparatory work is assigned to the members.

2184. What is the third stage of the Law Commission’s working?

Different methodologies for collection of data and research are adopted.

2185. What is the fourth stage of the Law Commission’s working?

A working paper, outlining the problem and suggesting matters deserving reform, emerges as the outcome.

2186. What is the fifth stage of the Law Commission’s working?

This paper is sent out for circulation in the public and concerned interest groups to elicit reactions and suggestions.

2187. What is the sixth stage of the Law Commission’s working?

Responses are evaluated and the information is organised for proper incorporation in the report.

2188. What is the seventh stage of the Law Commission’s working?

The report is subjected to close scrutiny by the full Commission in prolonged meetings for its finalisation.

2189. What is the eighth stage of the Law Commission’s working?

The final report is forwarded to the Government (Ministry of Law and Justice).

2190. What happens to the Law Commission’s reports after they are forwarded to the Government?

The reports of the Commission are considered by the Ministry of Law and Justice in consultation with the concerned administrative ministries and are submitted to Parliament from time to time.

2191. How many reports has the Law Commission submitted till now?

Till now, the Commission submitted 277 reports on different subjects.

2192. What is the first point highlighting the role of the Law Commission?

The Government gets the benefit of recommendations from a specialised body on different aspects of law.

2193. What is the second point highlighting the role of the Law Commission?

The Commission, on a reference made to it by the Central Government or suo-motu, undertakes research in law and reviews existing laws for reforms and new legislations.

2194. What is the third point highlighting the role of the Law Commission?

The Commission undertakes studies and research for bringing reforms in the justice delivery systems for elimination of delay, speedy disposal of cases, and reduction in litigation cost.

2195. What is the fourth point highlighting the role of the Law Commission?

The various Commissions have been able to make an important contribution towards the progressive development and codification of Law of the country.

2196. What was the subject of Report No. 263 (2016) by the 21st Law Commission?

The subject of Report No. 263 was The Protection of Children (Inter-Country Removal and Retention) Bill, 2016.

2197. What was the subject of Report No. 264 (2017) by the 21st Law Commission?

The subject of Report No. 264 was The Criminal Law (Amendment) Bill, 2017 (Provisions dealing with Food Adulteration).

2198. What was the subject of Report No. 265 (2017) by the 21st Law Commission?

The subject of Report No. 265 was Prospects of Exempting Income Arising out of Maintenance Money of Minor.

2199. What was the subject of Report No. 266 (2017) by the 21st Law Commission?

The subject of Report No. 266 was The Advocates Act, 1961 (Regulation of Legal Profession).

2200. What was the subject of Report No. 267 (2017) by the 21st Law Commission?

The subject of Report No. 267 was The Hate Speech.

2201. What was the subject of Report No. 268 (2017) by the 21st Law Commission?

The subject of Report No. 268 was Amendments to Criminal Procedure Code, 1973- Provisions Relating to Bail.

2202. What was the subject of Report No. 269 (2017) by the 21st Law Commission?

The subject of Report No. 269 was Transportation and House Keeping of Egg Laying Hens (Layers) and Broiler Chickens.

2203. What was the subject of Report No. 270 (2017) by the 21st Law Commission?

The subject of Report No. 270 was Compulsory Registration of Marriages.

2204. What was the subject of Report No. 271 (2017) by the 21st Law Commission?

The subject of Report No. 271 was Human DNA Profiling – A Draft Bill for the Use and Regulation of DNA Based Technology.

2205. What was the subject of Report No. 272 (2017) by the 21st Law Commission?

The subject of Report No. 272 was Assessment of Statutory Framework of Tribunals in India.

2206. What was the subject of Report No. 273 (2017) by the 21st Law Commission?

The subject of Report No. 273 was Implementation of ‘United Nations Convention Against Torture and other Cruel, Inhuman and Degrading Treatment or Punishment’ Through Legislation.

2207. What was the subject of Report No. 274 (2018) by the 21st Law Commission?

The subject of Report No. 274 was Review of the Contempt of Courts Act, 1971.

2208. What was the subject of Report No. 275 (2018) by the 21st Law Commission?

The subject of Report No. 275 was Legal Framework: BCCI vis-a-vis Right to Information Act, 2005.

2209. What was the subject of Report No. 276 (2018) by the 21st Law Commission?

The subject of Report No. 276 was Legal Framework: Gambling and Sports Betting Including in Cricket in India.

2210. What was the subject of Report No. 277 (2018) by the 21st Law Commission?

The subject of Report No. 277 was Wrongful Prosecution (Miscarriage of Justice): Legal Remedies.

Chapter 71 Delimitation Commission of India

2211. What does the word ‘delimitation’ literally mean?

The word ‘delimitation’ literally means the act or process of fixing limits or boundaries of territorial constituencies in a country or Province having a legislative body.

2212. What body is assigned the job of delimitation?

The job of delimitation is assigned to a high-powered body known as Delimitation Commission or a Boundary Commission.

2213. What are the two pillars of Indian parliamentary democracy?

Periodic delimitation and elections constitute the pillars of the Indian parliamentary democracy.

2214. What is the importance of delimitation for free and fair elections?

Delimitation ensures fair elections by adjusting constituency boundaries to reflect changing ground realities, thereby upholding the principle of one man, one vote.

2215. What is the ideal principle of one man, one vote in a representative democracy?

The principle of one man, one vote envisages that there should be parity in the value of votes of electors.

2216. Is the Delimitation Commission of India a statutory or constitutional body?

The Delimitation Commission of India is a statutory (and not a constitutional) body.

2217. How is the Delimitation Commission of India established?

It is established by the Central Government under the provisions of a law enacted by the Parliament.

2218. What is the function of the Delimitation Commission of India?

Its function is to demarcate the boundaries of the Parliamentary and Assembly Constituencies in the country.

The Commission is a powerful body. Its orders have the force of law and cannot be challenged in any court.

2220. When do the Delimitation Commission’s orders come into force?

The orders come into force on a date specified by the President of India.

2221. What happens after the Delimitation Commission’s orders come into force regarding Parliament and State Legislative Assembly?

They are laid before the Lok Sabha and the State Legislative Assembly concerned, but modifications are not permissible therein by them.

2222. How many Delimitation Commissions have been constituted so far?

So far, four such Commissions have been constituted.

2223. When was the First Delimitation Commission established, and under which Act?

The First Delimitation Commission was established in 1952 under The Delimitation Commission Act, 1952.

2224. When was the Second Delimitation Commission established, and under which Act?

The Second Delimitation Commission was established in 1963 under The Delimitation Commission Act, 1962.

2225. When was the Third Delimitation Commission established, and under which Act?

The Third Delimitation Commission was established in 1973 under The Delimitation Act, 1972.

2226. When was the Fourth Delimitation Commission established, and under which Act?

The Fourth Delimitation Commission was established in 2002 under The Delimitation Act, 2002.

2227. Which Articles of the Constitution deal with the delimitation of Parliamentary and Assembly Constituencies?

Articles 81, 82, 170, 330 and 332 of the Constitution of India deal with the delimitation of the Parliamentary and Assembly Constituencies.

2228. Which Constitutional Amendment Acts amended these Articles, and when?

These Articles were amended by the 84th Constitutional Amendment Act of 2001 and the 87th Constitutional Amendment Act of 2003.

2229. What is the cumulative effect of these two amendments regarding the total number of existing seats in the Lok Sabha?

The total number of existing seats as allocated to various states in the Lok Sabha on the basis of 1971 census shall remain unaltered till the first census to be taken after the year 2026.

2230. What is the cumulative effect of these two amendments regarding the total number of existing seats in the Legislative Assemblies of all states?

The total number of existing seats in the Legislative Assemblies of all states as fixed on the basis of 1971 census shall also remain unaltered till the first census to be taken after the year 2026.

2231. What is the cumulative effect of these two amendments regarding the number of seats to be reserved for SCs and STs?

The number of seats to be reserved for the Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes in the Lok Sabha and State Legislative Assemblies shall be re-worked out on the basis of 2001 census.

2232. What is the cumulative effect of these two amendments regarding the redelimitation of each state?

Each state shall be redelimited into territorial parliamentary and assembly constituencies on the basis of 2001 census, and the extent of such constituencies as delimited now shall remain frozen till the first census to be taken after the year 2026.

2233. What is the cumulative effect of these two amendments regarding the population of constituencies?

The constituencies shall be so re-delimited that population (on the basis of 2001 census) of each parliamentary and assembly constituency in a state shall, so far as practicable, be the same throughout the state.

2234. What Act did Parliament enact in pursuance of the constitutional provisions for delimitation?

In pursuance of the above mentioned provisions of the Constitution, the Parliament enacted the Delimitation Act, 2002.

2235. What was the task of the Delimitation Commission of 2002?

The Commission’s task was to readjust the Parliamentary and Assembly constituencies in all the states of India (except the erstwhile state of Jammu and Kashmir) on the basis of **2001 census.

2236. What was the composition of the Fourth Delimitation Commission of 2002?

The Fourth Delimitation Commission of 2002 was a three-member body. It consisted of:

  1. The Chairperson who was to be either a serving or a retired judge of the Supreme Court.
  2. The Chief Election Commissioner or an Election Commissioner nominated by the Chief Election Commissioner as an ex-officio member.
  3. The State Election Commissioner of concerned State or Union Territory as the other ex-officio member.

2237. How many associate members did the Commission have in respect of each state?

Additionally, the Commission had ten associate members in respect of each state.

2238. What was the composition of these associate members?

Out of them, five were members of the Lok Sabha elected from that state and another five were members of the State Legislative Assembly.

2239. What was the rule for associate members if the number of Lok Sabha members in a state was less than five?

Where the number of members of the Lok Sabha in a state was less than five, all such members were the associate members for that state.

2240. Who nominated these associated members?

These associated members were nominated by the Speakers of the Lok Sabha and State Legislative Assemblies concerned.

2241. Did these associated members have the right to vote or to sign any order of the Commission?

No, these associated members did not have the right to vote or to sign any order of the Commission.

2242. Who was appointed as the Chairperson of the Commission?

Justice Kuldip Singh, a retired judge of the Supreme Court, was appointed as the Chairperson of the Commission.

2243. When did the Commission submit its recommendations to the Government?

The Commission submitted its recommendations to the Government in 2007.

2244. When did the President of India sign the notification for implementing the recommendations of the Commission?

The President of India signed the notification for implementing the recommendations of the Commission in 2008.

2245. Which states are the recommendations of the Commission not applicable to?

The recommendations of the Commission are not applicable to five states, i.e. Assam, Arunachal Pradesh, Manipur, Nagaland and Jharkhand.

2246. What did the Government of India do regarding the delimitation exercise in the four north-eastern states and Jharkhand?

The Government of India deferred the delimitation exercise in the four north-eastern states and nullified the final order of the Commission for the state of Jharkhand.

2247. On what basis were the 2009 General Elections to the Lok Sabha held for most parliamentary constituencies?

The 2009 General Elections to the Lok Sabha for 499 out of 543 Parliamentary constituencies were held on the basis of the newly delimited constituencies.

2248. When did the Government of India set up a Delimitation Commission (2020) for certain states and UTs?

Subsequently, in March 2020, the Government of India set-up a Delimitation Commission for the purpose of delimitation of Parliamentary and Assembly constituencies in four north-eastern states and the Union Territory of Jammu and Kashmir (UT of J&K).

2249. What was the composition of the Delimitation Commission (2020)?

This Commission consisted of the following members:

  1. Justice Ranjana Prakash Desai, a retired judge of the Supreme Court, as the Chairperson.
  2. Sushil Chandra, Election Commissioner, as the ex-officio member.
  3. The State Election Commissioner of the concerned State or UT, as the other ex-officio member.

2250. What was the term of appointment for Justice Ranjana Prakash Desai as Chairperson?

The appointment of Justice Ranjana Prakash Desai was for a period of one year or till further orders, whichever was earlier.

2251. What was the assigned task of the Commission?

The Commission was assigned the task:

  1. To delimit the constituencies in the above four north-eastern states in accordance with the provisions of the Delimitation Act, 2002.
  2. To delimit the constituencies in the UT of J&K in accordance with the provisions of the J&K Reorganisation Act, 2019 and the Delimitation Act, 2002.

2252. When did the Government of India remove the four north-eastern states from the Commission’s purview?

In March 2021, the Government of India removed the above four north-eastern states from the Commission’s purview.

2253. What happened to the term of the Commission regarding its delimitation work in the UT of J&K?

The term of the Commission was extended by one year (till March 2022), and again by two months (till May 2022).

2254. How many members of Lok Sabha were associated with the Commission’s work from the UT of J&K?

The Commission also associated in its work, five members of Lok Sabha elected from the UT of J&K.

2255. Did these associated members have voting rights?

No, they had no voting rights.

2256. When did the Commission complete its task and submit its report?

The Commission completed its task in May 2022. The report is entitled “Delimited Landscape of Union Territory of Jammu & Kashmir”.

2257. How has the delimitation exercise in J&K been different from other parts of the country in the past?

Delimitation exercise in J&K in the past has been different because of the region’s special status, which was withdrawn by the J&K Reorganisation Act, 2019.

2258. How was the delimitation of Lok Sabha seats in J&K governed until the J&K Reorganisation Act, 2019?

Until then, delimitation of Lok Sabha seats in J&K was governed by the Constitution of India.

2259. How was the delimitation of State Legislative Assembly seats in J&K governed until the J&K Reorganisation Act, 2019?

The delimitation of State Legislative Assembly seats was governed by the Constitution of J&K and the J&K Representation of People Act, 1957.

2260. When were the Assembly seats in J&K last delimited, and on what census basis?

The Assembly seats in J&K were delimited in 1957, 1966, 1975 and 1995. The last exercise was conducted on the basis of 1981 census.

2261. Why was there no delimitation commission set up by the State Government after 2001 in J&K?

The State Assembly passed a law putting a freeze on fresh delimitation of seats until the relevant figures for the first census taken after the year 2026 have been published.

2262. How many seats did the J&K Assembly have at that time, and how many were reserved for Pakistan occupied J&K?

The J&K Assembly at that time had 111 seats, which included 4 seats in Ladakh. Also, 24 seats were kept reserved for Pakistan occupied J&K.

2263. What did the J&K Reorganisation Act, 2019, provide for regarding the Legislative Assembly of the UT of J&K?

The Act provided for the creation of a Legislative Assembly for the UT of J&K and fixed the total number of seats to be filled by direct elections as 114.

2264. What is the provision for nomination of women members to the Assembly of UT of J&K?

There is a beneficent provision for nomination of 2 women members to the Assembly by the Lieutenant Governor, if women are not adequately represented.

2265. What is the provision for seats in the Assembly of UT of J&K under occupation of Pakistan?

For the area of the UT of J&K under occupation of Pakistan, 24 seats in the Assembly shall remain vacant, and the said area and seats shall be excluded in delimiting the territorial constituencies.

2266. What was the increase in seats in the Legislative Assembly of the UT of J&K?

There is an increase of 7 seats in the Legislative Assembly of the UT of J&K.

2267. On what basis did the present Delimitation Commission delimit the Parliamentary and Assembly Constituencies in the UT of J&K?

The present Delimitation Commission delimited constituencies based on the 2011 census and in accordance with the provisions of the J&K Reorganisation Act, 2019 and the Delimitation Act, 2002.

2268. Why had the nature of constituencies become malapportioned in J&K before the present delimitation?

Because the last delimitation was based on the 1981 census, and the 2011 census population had increased more than 100% over the 1981 census population of J&K.

2269. On what basis were the seats reserved for SCs and STs in the Legislative Assembly of the UT of J&K worked out?

The number of seats to be reserved for the SCs and the STs in the Legislative Assembly of the UT of J&K has been worked out on the basis of 2011 census.

2270. Did the Constitution of the erstwhile State of J&K provide for reservation of seats for STs in the Legislative Assembly?

No, the Constitution of the erstwhile State of J&K did not provide for reservation of seats for the STs in the Legislative Assembly.

2271. When did the Commission make the final order in respect of the delimitation of Parliamentary and Assembly constituencies in the UT of J&K?

In May 2022, the Commission made the final order.

2272. How did the Commission treat J&K for the purpose of delimitation?

The Commission has treated the J&K as a single entity for the purpose of delimitation.

2273. What is the outcome regarding the number of Assembly Constituencies per Parliamentary constituency in J&K?

Consequently, all 5 Parliamentary constituencies now have an equal number of 18 Assembly Constituencies.

2274. What new Parliamentary Constituency was carved out by combining areas from Kashmir and Jammu regions?

Anantnag – Rajouri Parliamentary Constituency has been carved out by combining Anantnag area of the Kashmir region and Rajouri & Poonch area of the Jammu region.

2275. Out of the total 90 Assembly constituencies in J&K, how many are for the Jammu region and Kashmir region respectively?

Out of the total 90 Assembly constituencies in the J&K, 43 are for the Jammu region and 47 are for the Kashmir region.

2276. How many new Assembly constituencies were created for the Jammu region and Kashmir region respectively?

6 new Assembly constituencies were created for the Jammu region and 1 new Assembly constituency for the Kashmir region.

2277. How many Assembly constituencies were reserved for STs in J&K, and how many in each region?

9 Assembly constituencies were reserved for the STs. Out of these, 6 are in the Jammu region and 3 are in the Kashmir region.

2278. How many Assembly constituencies were reserved for SCs in J&K?

7 Assembly constituencies were reserved for the SCs.

2279. What is an example of a changed name for an Assembly constituency?

One Assembly constituency is named as Shri Mata Vaishno Devi.

2280. What was one of the recommendations of the Commission regarding Kashmiri Migrants?

Provision of at least two members (one of them must be a female) from the community of Kashmiri migrants in the J&K Assembly. Such members may be given power at par with the power of nominated members of the Assembly of UT of Puducherry.

2281. What was one of the recommendations of the Commission regarding Displaced Persons from PoJ&K?

The Central Government may consider giving the displaced persons from PoJ&K some representation in the J&K Assembly by way of nomination of representatives.

2282. Which Ministry does the Central Information Commission fall under?

The Central Information Commission falls under the Ministry of Personnel.

2283. Which Ministry does the Finance Commission fall under?

The Finance Commission falls under the Ministry of Finance.

2284. Which Ministry does the Union Public Service Commission fall under?

The Union Public Service Commission falls under the Ministry of Personnel.

2285. Which Ministry does the Inter-State Council fall under?

The Inter-State Council falls under the Ministry of Home Affairs.

2286. Which Ministry does the Staff Selection Commission fall under?

The Staff Selection Commission falls under the Ministry of Personnel.

2287. Which Ministry does the National Commission for SCs fall under?

The National Commission for SCs falls under the Ministry of Social Justice & Empowerment.

2288. Which Ministry does the National Commission for STs fall under?

The National Commission for STs falls under the Ministry of Tribal Affairs.

2289. Which Ministry does the Central Vigilance Commission fall under?

The Central Vigilance Commission falls under the Ministry of Personnel.

2290. Which Ministry do Zonal Councils fall under?

Zonal Councils fall under the Ministry of Home Affairs.

2291. Which Ministry does the Central Bureau of Investigation fall under?

The Central Bureau of Investigation falls under the Ministry of Personnel.

2292. Which Ministry does the National Investigation Agency fall under?

The National Investigation Agency falls under the Ministry of Home Affairs.

2293. Which Ministry does the Commissioner for Linguistic Minorities fall under?

The Commissioner for Linguistic Minorities falls under the Ministry of Minority Affairs.

2294. Which Ministry does the National Commission for Protection of Child Rights fall under?

The National Commission for Protection of Child Rights falls under the Ministry of Women and Child Development.

2295. Which Ministry does the National Commission for Backward Classes fall under?

The National Commission for Backward Classes falls under the Ministry of Social Justice & Empowerment.

2296. Which Ministry does the Chief Commissioner for Disabled Persons fall under?

The Chief Commissioner for Disabled Persons falls under the Ministry of Social Justice & Empowerment.

2297. Which Ministry does the Central Social Welfare Board fall under?

The Central Social Welfare Board falls under the Ministry of Women and Child Development.

2298. Which Ministry does the North Eastern Council fall under?

The North Eastern Council falls under the Ministry of Development of the North Eastern Region.

2299. Which Ministry does the Central Administrative Tribunal fall under?

The Central Administrative Tribunal falls under the Ministry of Personnel.

2300. Which Ministry does the National Commission for Minorities fall under?

The National Commission for Minorities falls under the Ministry of Minority Affairs.

2301. Which Ministry does the National Human Rights Commission fall under?

The National Human Rights Commission falls under the Ministry of Home Affairs.

2302. Which Ministry does the National Commission for Women fall under?

The National Commission for Women falls under the Ministry of Women and Child Development.

2303. Which Ministry does the Good and Services Tax Council fall under?

The Good and Services Tax Council falls under the Ministry of Finance.

2304. Which Ministry does the Lokpal fall under?

The Lokpal falls under the Ministry of Personnel.

2305. Which Ministry does the National Disaster Management Authority fall under?

The National Disaster Management Authority falls under the Ministry of Home Affairs.

2306. Which Ministry does the Attorney General of India fall under?

The Attorney General of India falls under the Ministry of Law and Justice.

2307. Which Ministry does the Solicitor General of India fall under?

The Solicitor General of India falls under the Ministry of Law and Justice.

2308. Which Ministry does the Law Commission of India fall under?

The Law Commission of India falls under the Ministry of Law and Justice.

2309. Which Ministry does the Election Commission of India fall under?

The Election Commission of India falls under the Ministry of Law and Justice.

2310. Which Ministry does the Delimitation Commission of India fall under?

The Delimitation Commission of India falls under the Ministry of Law and Justice.

2311. Which Ministry does the National Consumer Disputes Redressal Commission fall under?

The National Consumer Disputes Redressal Commission falls under the Ministry of Consumer Affairs.

2312. Which Ministry does the Bar Council of India fall under?

The Bar Council of India falls under the Ministry of Law and Justice.

2313. Which Ministry does the NITI Aayog fall under?

The NITI Aayog falls under the Ministry of Planning.

2314. Which Ministry does the Comptroller and Auditor General of India fall under?

The Comptroller and Auditor General of India falls under the Ministry of Finance.

Chapter 72 North Eastern Council

2315. What is the nature of the North Eastern Council (NEC)?

The North Eastern Council is a statutory (and not a constitutional) advisory body.

2316. When was the NEC established, and through what means?

It was established in the year 1972 through an Act of Parliament, namely the North Eastern Council Act, 1971.

2317. What is the composition of the NEC in terms of member states?

The Council consists of eight mem-ber states of the North Eastern Region.

2318. What are the eight member states of the North Eastern Region?

The eight member states are: Arunachal Pradesh, Assam, Manipur, Meghalaya, Mizoram, Nagaland, Sikkim, and Tripura.

2319. When did Sikkim become the eighth member state of the Council?

In 2002, Sikkim became the eighth member state of the Council.

2320. Where is the Secretariat (Headquarters) of the NEC located?

The Secretariat (Headquarters) of the Council is located in Shillong, Meghalaya.

2321. What was the purpose for setting up the NEC?

The Council was set-up for securing bal-anced development of the North Eastern Region, for effecting better inter-state co-ordination, and for maintaining security and public order in the region.

2322. What change was made to the NEC’s mandate by the 2002 Amendment?

By virtue of the 2002 Amendment, the Council has been made the Regional Planning Body for the north eastern region.

2323. Under whose administrative control does the NEC operate?

The Council operates under the admin-istrative control of the Union Ministry of Development of the North Eastern Region (DONER).

2324. What is the composition of the NEC?

The Council consists of the following members:

  1. The Governors of the eight member states.
  2. The Chief Ministers of the eight mem-ber states (or one nominated person if no Council of Ministers).
  3. Three members nominated by the President of India.
  4. A Union Minister nominated by the President of India (if deemed necessary).
  5. A Chairman nominated by the President of India.
  6. A Vice Chairman nominated by the President of India (if deemed necessary).

2325. Who are the ex-officio Chairman and Vice-Chairman of the NEC since July 2018?

Since July 2018, the Union Home Minister is the ex-officio Chairman and the Minister (In-charge), Ministry of DONER is the ex-officio Vice-Chairman of the Council.

2326. What is the first function of the NEC?

The Council shall function as a regional planning body for the north-eastern area.

2327. What priority does the NEC give when formulating regional plans for the north-eastern area?

While formulating the regional plans, the Coun-cil shall give priority to schemes and projects which will benefit two or more states.

2328. What is the NEC’s function regarding Sikkim when formulating regional plans?

In case of Sikkim, the Council shall formulate specific projects and schemes for that state, including the review of implementation.

2329. What is the third function of the NEC?

The Council shall review, from time to time, the implementation of the projects and schemes included in the re-gional plan and recommend measures for effecting coordination among the Governments of the states concerned.

2330. What does the NEC recommend when a project or scheme is intended to benefit two or more states?

The Council shall recommend the manner in which:

  1. Such project or scheme may be executed or implemented and managed or maintained.
  2. The benefits therefrom may be shared.
  3. The expenditure thereon may be incurred.

2331. What is the fifth function of the NEC?

The Council shall review, from time to time, the measures taken by the member states for the maintenance of security and public order in the region and recommend further necessary measures.

2332. What is the sixth function of the NEC?

The Council shall have such power as may be delegated to it by the Central Government.

2333. When did the Ministry of DONER constitute the North Eastern Council Revitalisation Committee?

In 2003, the Ministry of DONER constituted the North Eastern Council Revitalisation Committee as a follow-up to the 2002 Amendment.

2334. What was the purpose of the North Eastern Council Revitalisation Committee?

To suggest measures to operation-alise the revised mandate of the North Eastern Council (NEC) as a Regional Planning Body and to revitalise it.

2335. When did the Committee submit its report to the Government?

The Committee submitted its report to the Government in 2004.

2336. What matters did the recommendations of the Committee relate to?

The recommendations related to:

  1. Composition of the NEC.
  2. Strengthening/restructuring of organi-sational set up of the NEC Secretariat.
  3. Setting up of sectoral empowered.com-mittees.
  4. Measures for regional planning for sustainable growth and development.
  5. Financing of the regional plan from Gross Budgetary Support in place of the Non-Lapsable Central Pool of Resources.
  6. Measures for implementation of the regional plan.
  7. Monitoring and evaluation of develop-ment projects.
  8. Role of NEC in border trade.
  9. Operationalising NEC’s mandate relat-ing to security and public order.

Chapter 73 Co-operative Societies

1. What was the 97th Constitutional Amendment Act of 2011 primarily about, and what three changes did it introduce to the Constitution?

The 97th Constitutional Amendment Act of 2011 granted constitutional status and protection to co-operative societies. It introduced three changes:

  1. Made the right to form co-operative societies a fundamental right (Article 19(1)(c)).
  2. Included a new Directive Principle of State Policy on the promotion of co-operative societies (Article 43-B).
  3. Added a new Part IX-B to the Constitution, titled “The Co-operative Societies” (Articles 243-ZH to 243-ZT).

2. What are the principles guiding the incorporation, regulation, and winding-up of co-operative societies as per the state legislature’s provisions?

The state legislature may make provisions for the incorporation, regulation, and winding-up of co-operative societies based on the principles of voluntary formation, democratic member-control, member-economic participation, and autonomous functioning.

3. What is the maximum number of directors allowed on the board of a co-operative society?

The maximum number of directors of a co-operative society shall not exceed twenty-one.

4. What reservations are mandated for Scheduled Castes, Scheduled Tribes, and women on the board of co-operative societies?

The state legislature shall provide for the reservation of one seat for the Scheduled Castes or Scheduled Tribes and two seats for women on the board of every co-operative society with members from such categories.

5. What is the term of office for elected members of the board and its office bearers in a co-operative society?

The term of office for elected members of the board and its office bearers shall be five years from the date of election.

6. What provisions are made for co-option of persons with specialized experience to the board of a co-operative society, and what are their voting rights?

The state legislature shall make provisions for co-option of up to two persons with experience in banking, management, finance, or other related fields, in addition to the twenty-one directors. However, these co-opted members shall not have the right to vote in any election or be eligible to be elected as office bearers.

7. How are functional directors of a co-operative society treated in relation to the total number of directors?

Functional directors are also members of the board and are excluded when counting the total number of directors (twenty-one).

8. What is the timeline for conducting elections for the board of a co-operative society?

The election of a board must be conducted before the expiry of the term of the existing board to ensure newly elected members assume office immediately.

9. Where does the superintendence, direction, and control of electoral rolls and elections for co-operative societies vest?

The superintendence, direction, and control of the preparation of electoral rolls and the conduct of elections to a co-operative society shall vest in such body as provided by the state legislature.

10. What is the maximum period for which a board of a co-operative society can be superseded or kept under suspension?

No board shall be superseded or kept under suspension for a period exceeding six months.

11. Under what conditions can a co-operative society’s board be superseded or suspended?

A board may be superseded or suspended in cases of:

  1. Persistent default.
  2. Negligence in the performance of duties.
  3. Committing any act prejudicial to the interests of the society or its members.
  4. A stalemate in the constitution or functions of the board.
  5. The election body failing to conduct elections according to the State Act.

12. What is the exception to the rule of supersession or suspension of a co-operative society board?

A board shall not be superseded or kept under suspension if there is no Government shareholding or loan or financial assistance or any guarantee by the Government.

13. What happens after a board is superseded, regarding the conduct of elections?

In case of supersession, the appointed administrator must arrange for elections within six months and hand over management to the elected board.

14. What provisions can the state legislature make regarding the audit of accounts of co-operative societies?

The state legislature may make provisions for the maintenance and auditing of accounts at least once in each financial year, and shall lay down minimum qualifications for auditors and auditing firms.

15. Who is responsible for appointing the auditor or auditing firm for a co-operative society’s accounts?

Every co-operative society shall be audited by an auditor or auditing firm appointed by the general body of the co-operative society, from a panel approved by the State Government or an authorized body.

16. What is the timeline for auditing the accounts of co-operative societies?

The accounts of every co-operative society must be audited within six months of the close of the financial year.

17. What is required for the audit report of an apex co-operative society?

The audit report of the accounts of an apex co-operative society shall be laid before the state legislature.

18. What is the timeline for convening annual general body meetings of co-operative societies?

The state legislature may provide that the annual general body meeting of every co-operative society shall be convened within six months of the close of the financial year.

19. What rights does the state legislature provide to members of a co-operative society regarding information and participation?

The state legislature may provide for access to books, information, and accounts to every member, and make provisions to ensure member participation in management, as well as for co-operative education and training.

20. What information must every co-operative society file in its returns to the designated State Government authority?

Every co-operative society must file returns within six months of the close of every financial year, including:

  1. Annual report of its activities.
  2. Audited statement of accounts.
  3. Plan for surplus disposal approved by the general body.
  4. List of amendments to by-laws.
  5. Declaration regarding the date of holding general body meeting and conduct of elections.

21. What acts are considered offences under laws made by the state legislature regarding co-operative societies?

A state law on co-operative societies shall include the following acts as offences:

  1. Willfully making a false return or furnishing false information.
  2. Willfully disobeying any summon, requisition, or order.
  3. Employer failing to pay deducted amounts to a co-operative society within fourteen days.
  4. Officer willfully failing to handover custody of books, accounts, documents, records, cash, security, and other property.
  5. Any person adopting corrupt practices before, during, or after elections.

22. How do the provisions of Part IX-B apply to multi-state co-operative societies?

For multi-state co-operative societies, any reference to “State Legislature,” “State Act,” or “State Government” in Part IX-B shall be construed as a reference to “Parliament,” “Central Act,” or “Central Government” respectively.

23. How do the provisions of Part IX-B apply to Union Territories?

The provisions of Part IX-B apply to Union Territories, but the President may direct that they do not apply to any Union Territory or part thereof as specified in a notification.

24. What happens to existing laws relating to co-operative societies that are inconsistent with Part IX-B?

Any inconsistent provision of existing law shall continue in force until amended, repealed, or until the expiration of one year from the commencement of the Constitution (Ninety-seventh Amendment) Act, 2011, whichever is less.

25. What was the primary reason for the 97th Amendment Act of 2011 regarding co-operative societies?

The primary reason was the weakness in safeguarding members’ interests and fulfilling the objectives of co-operative institutions, including indefinite postponement of elections and long tenures for nominated office bearers, which reduced accountability. The amendment aimed to revitalize these institutions and ensure their autonomy, democratic functioning, and professional management.

26. What is the constitutional status of “co-operative societies” in the Seventh Schedule?

“Co-operative societies” is a subject enumerated in Entry 32 of the state list of the Seventh Schedule of the Constitution.

27. What was the Central Government’s commitment regarding the functioning of co-operative societies when introducing the 97th Amendment?

The Central Government was committed to ensuring that co-operative societies function in a democratic, professional, autonomous, and economically sound manner, by incorporating provisions to cover vital aspects of their working.

28. What was the Gujarat High Court’s ruling in the Rajendra Shah case (2013) regarding the 97th Constitutional Amendment Act (2011)?

In the Rajendra Shah case (2013), the Gujarat High Court declared that Part IX-B of the 97th Constitutional Amendment Act (2011) was ultra vires the Constitution for lacking requisite ratification by the states under Article 368.

29. Did the Gujarat High Court’s ruling in the Rajendra Shah case (2013) affect the amendments made to Article 19(1)(c) and Article 43-B by the 97th Amendment?

No, the court held that its judgment would not impact the amendment made in Article 19(1)(c) (fundamental right to form co-operative societies) and the insertion of Article 43-B (directive principle on promotion of co-operative societies).

30. What was the Supreme Court’s final decision in the Union of India vs. Rajendra N. Shah (2021) case regarding the 97th Amendment Act (2011)?

The Supreme Court upheld the Gujarat High Court’s judgment, except for striking down the entirety of Part IX-B. It declared that Part IX-B is operative only for multi-state co-operative societies within various states and Union Territories.

31. Which Article in Part IX-B of the Constitution deals with the definitions related to co-operative societies?

Article 243ZH deals with definitions.

32. Which Article in Part IX-B of the Constitution pertains to the incorporation of co-operative societies?

Article 243ZI pertains to the incorporation of Co-operative Societies.

33. Which Article in Part IX-B of the Constitution specifies the number and term of members of the board and its office bearers?

Article 243ZJ specifies the number and term of members of Board and its Office Bearers.

34. Which Article in Part IX-B of the Constitution covers the election of members of the board?

Article 243ZK covers the election of Members of Board.

35. Which Article in Part IX-B of the Constitution addresses the supersession and suspension of the board and interim management?

Article 243ZL addresses supersession and Suspension of Board and Interim Management.

36. Which Article in Part IX-B of the Constitution deals with the audit of accounts of co-operative societies?

Article 243ZM deals with the Audit of Accounts of Co-operative Societies.

37. Which Article in Part IX-B of the Constitution concerns the convening of general body meetings?

Article 243ZN concerns the Convening of General Body Meetings.

38. Which Article in Part IX-B of the Constitution grants the right of a member to get information?

Article 243ZO grants the Right of a Member to Get Information.

39. Which Article in Part IX-B of the Constitution deals with the filing of returns by co-operative societies?

Article 243ZP deals with Returns.

40. Which Article in Part IX-B of the Constitution specifies offences and penalties related to co-operative societies?

Article 243ZQ specifies Offences and Penalties.

41. Which Article in Part IX-B of the Constitution addresses the application of its provisions to multi-state co-operative societies?

Article 243ZR addresses Application to Multi-state Co-operative Societies.

42. Which Article in Part IX-B of the Constitution deals with the application of its provisions to Union Territories?

Article 243ZS deals with Application to Union Territories.

43. Which Article in Part IX-B of the Constitution concerns the continuance of existing laws related to co-operative societies?

Article 243ZT concerns the Continuance of Existing Laws.

44. What does the term “board” mean in the context of co-operative societies, as defined in the Constitution?

The “board” means the board of directors or the governing body of a co-operative society, entrusted with the direction and control of the management of its affairs.

45. What does the term “office bearer” mean in the context of co-operative societies?

An “office bearer” means a President, Vice-President, chairperson, vice-chairperson, secretary, or treasurer of a co-operative society, and includes any other person to be elected by the board.

46. What is the maximum suspension period for cooperative banks (other than multi-state cooperative banks) as per the 97th Amendment?

In the case of cooperative banks (other than multi-state cooperative banks), the suspension period cannot exceed one year.

47. Who is the “Registrar” in relation to multi-state co-operative societies and state co-operative societies?

The “Registrar” means the Central Registrar appointed by the Central Government for multi-state co-operative societies, and the Registrar appointed by the state government for state co-operative societies.

48. When did the Constitution (Ninety-seventh Amendment) Act, 2011, officially commence?

The Constitution (Ninety-seventh Amendment) Act, 2011, commenced on February 15, 2012.

49. What was the directive from the Centre to state governments regarding their State Cooperative Society Acts after the 97th Amendment Act, 2011?

The Centre asked state governments to amend their respective State Cooperative Society Acts in tune with the Constitution (97th Amendment) Act, 2011, before February 14, 2013.

Chapter 74 Official Language

1. Which Part of the Constitution deals with the official language and what Articles are included?

Part XVII of the Constitution deals with the official language, covering Articles 343 to 351.

2. Into what four heads are the provisions regarding official language divided?

The provisions are divided into: Language of the Union, Regional languages, Language of the judiciary and texts of laws, and Special directives.

3. What is the official language of the Union as per the Constitution, and what form of numerals is to be used?

Hindi written in Devanagari script is the official language of the Union. The form of numerals to be used for official purposes is the international form of Indian numerals, not the Devanagari form.

4. For what period was English allowed to continue for official purposes of the Union from the commencement of the Constitution?

English was allowed to continue for a period of fifteen years (from 1950 to 1965) for all official purposes of the Union.

5. What power does Parliament have regarding the use of English language after the initial fifteen-year period?

Even after fifteen years, Parliament may provide for the continued use of English language for specified purposes.

6. What is the President’s role in appointing a commission regarding the Hindi language?

At the end of five and ten years from the commencement of the Constitution, the President should appoint a commission to make recommendations on the progressive use of Hindi, restrictions on English, and other related issues.

7. What body is constituted to examine the recommendations of the Official Language Commission?

A committee of Parliament is to be constituted to examine the recommendations of the commission and report its views to the President.

8. When was the first Official Language Commission appointed, and who was its chairman?

The first Official Language Commission was appointed in 1955 under the chairmanship of B.G. Kher.

9. When did the Official Language Commission submit its report, and by whom was it examined?

The commission submitted its report in 1956, and it was examined by a committee of Parliament constituted in 1957 under the chairmanship of Gobind Ballabh Pant.

10. Was another Official Language Commission appointed as envisaged by the Constitution in 1960?

No, another Official Language Commission (as envisaged by the Constitution) was not appointed in 1960.

11. What did the Official Languages Act of 1963 provide for regarding the use of English?

The Act provided for the continued use of English (even after 1965), in addition to Hindi, for all official purposes of the Union and for parliamentary business. It enabled the indefinite use of English.

12. How was the Official Languages Act of 1963 amended in 1967 regarding the use of English?

The Act was amended in 1967 to make the use of English, in addition to Hindi, compulsory in certain cases.

13. What is the constitutional provision regarding the official language of different states?

The Constitution does not specify the official language of different states. The legislature of a state may adopt any one or more of the languages in use in the state or Hindi as the official language. Until then, English continues as the official language.

For the time being, the official language of the Union (English) remains the link language. However, two or more states are free to agree to use Hindi for communication between themselves.

15. What does the Official Languages Act (1963) stipulate for communication between the Union and non-Hindi states?

The Act lays down that English should be used for communication between the Union and non-Hindi states. If Hindi is used for communication between a Hindi and a non-Hindi state, it should be accompanied by an English translation.

16. Under what conditions can the President officially recognize a language spoken by a substantial proportion of a state’s population?

When the President is satisfied (on demand) that a substantial proportion of a state’s population desires the use of any language, he may direct that such language be officially recognized in that state, protecting linguistic minorities.

17. What is the language for all proceedings in the Supreme Court and High Courts until Parliament provides otherwise?

All proceedings in the Supreme Court and in every High Court are to be in the English language only.

18. What is the authoritative language for texts of bills, acts, ordinances, orders, rules, regulations, and bylaws at the Central and state levels?

The authoritative texts of all bills, acts, ordinances, orders, rules, regulations, and bylaws at the Central and state levels are to be in the English language only.

19. Can a state governor authorize the use of Hindi or other official languages in High Court proceedings?

Yes, the governor of a state, with the previous consent of the President, can authorize the use of Hindi or any other official language in High Court proceedings, but not for judgments, decrees, and orders.

20. What is required if a state legislature prescribes the use of a language other than English for bills, acts, etc.?

If a state legislature prescribes the use of any language other than English for bills, acts, ordinances, orders, rules, regulations, or bylaws, a translation of the same in English must be published.

21. What does the Official Languages Act of 1963 state about Hindi translations of central acts and bills introduced in Parliament?

The Act lays down that Hindi translations of acts, ordinances, orders, regulations, and bylaws published under the President’s authority are deemed authoritative texts. Every bill introduced in Parliament must be accompanied by a Hindi translation.

22. Can a state governor authorize the use of Hindi or other official languages for High Court judgments?

Yes, with the previous consent of the President, the governor can authorize the use of Hindi or any other official language for judgments, decrees, and orders passed by the High Court, but they must be accompanied by an English translation.

23. What is the current language requirement for the Supreme Court?

The Parliament has not made any provision for the use of Hindi in the Supreme Court, so it hears only those who petition or appeal in English.

24. What does the Authorised Translations (Central Laws) Act of 1973 provide for regarding translations of central laws into regional languages?

The Act lays down that a translation in any regional language specified in the Eighth Schedule (other than Hindi) of any central act, ordinance, order, rule, regulation, and bylaw published under the President’s authority is deemed to be the authoritative text in that language.

25. What are the special directives in the Constitution regarding linguistic minorities and the Hindi language?

The Constitution contains special directives to protect the interests of linguistic minorities and to promote the development of the Hindi language.

26. What right does the Constitution guarantee to aggrieved persons regarding representations to authorities?

Every aggrieved person has the right to submit a representation for grievance redressal to any officer or authority of the Union or a state in any of the languages used in the Union or state, meaning it cannot be rejected for not being in the official language.

27. What provision is made for instruction in mother-tongue at the primary stage for children belonging to linguistic minority groups?

Every state and local authority should provide adequate facilities for instruction in the mother-tongue at the primary stage of education for children belonging to linguistic minority groups. The President can issue necessary directions for this purpose.

28. What is the President’s role in appointing a special officer for linguistic minorities?

The President should appoint a special officer for linguistic minorities to investigate matters related to constitutional safeguards for linguistic minorities and report to him/her. The President then places these reports before Parliament and sends them to state governments.

29. What duty does the Constitution impose on the Centre regarding the Hindi language?

The Constitution imposes a duty on the Centre to promote the spread and development of the Hindi language so that it may become the lingua franca of India’s composite culture.

30. How is the enrichment of Hindi to be secured as per the Constitution?

The Centre is directed to secure the enrichment of Hindi by assimilating forms, style, and expressions used in Hindustani and other Eighth Schedule languages, and by drawing its vocabulary primarily from Sanskrit and secondarily from other languages.

31. How many languages are currently specified in the Eighth Schedule of the Constitution, and how many were there originally?

At present, the Eighth Schedule specifies 22 languages (originally 14 languages).

32. Which languages were added to the Eighth Schedule by the 21st, 71st, and 92nd Amendment Acts?

Sindhi was added by the 21st Amendment Act of 1967; Konkani, Manipuri, and Nepali were added by the 71st Amendment Act of 1992; and Bodo, Dogri, Maithili, and Santhali were added by the 92nd Amendment Act of 2003.

33. What are the two objectives behind specifying regional languages in the Eighth Schedule?

The two objectives are:

  1. Members of these languages are to be given representation in the Official Language Commission.
  2. The forms, style, and expression of these languages are to be used for the enrichment of the Hindi language.

34. What did the Official Languages Act (1963) provide for regarding the Committee of Parliament on Official Language?

The Act provided for setting up a Committee of Parliament on Official Language to review the progress of Hindi’s use for official purposes of the Union.

35. When was the Committee of Parliament on Official Language set up, and what is its composition?

The Committee was set up in 1976 and comprises 30 members of Parliament (20 from Lok Sabha and 10 from Rajya Sabha).

36. What is the duty of the Committee of Parliament on Official Language?

The Committee’s duty is to review the progress of Hindi’s use for official purposes of the Union and submit a report to the President with recommendations.

37. What is the convention regarding the Chairman of the Committee of Parliament on Official Language?

As a convention, the Union Home Minister has been elected as Chairman of the Committee from time to time.

38. What aspects does the Committee of Parliament on Official Language examine?

The Committee reviews the progressive use of Hindi in Central Government offices, taking note of constitutional provisions, the Official Languages Act, 1963, rules, and circulars. It also examines the medium of instructions in schools, colleges, and universities, mode of recruitment to Central Government services, and departmental examination medium.

39. Who heads the Secretariat of the Committee of Parliament on Official Language?

The Secretariat of the Committee is headed by the Secretary of the Committee, and it is a subordinate office of the Department of Official Language, Ministry of Home Affairs.

40. When did the Government of India decide to create a new category of languages called “classical languages”?

In 2004, the Government of India decided to create a new category of languages called “classical languages”.

41. How many languages have been granted classical language status so far?

So far, six languages have been granted classical language status.

42. Which language was the first to be declared a classical language and in what year?

Tamil was the first language to be declared classical in 2004.

43. Which language was declared a classical language in 2005?

Sanskrit was declared a classical language in 2005.

44. Which languages were declared classical languages in 2008?

Telugu and Kannada were declared classical languages in 2008.

45. Which language was declared a classical language in 2013?

Malayalam was declared a classical language in 2013.

46. Which language was the most recent to be declared a classical language and in what year?

Odia was the most recent language to be declared classical in 2014.

47. What are the benefits available to languages declared as Classical Languages?

The benefits include:

  1. Two major international awards for scholars of eminence in Classical Indian Languages annually.
  2. Establishment of a ‘Centre of Excellence for Studies in Classical Languages’.
  3. Request to the University Grants Commission to create Professional Chairs for Classical Languages in Central Universities.

48. What are the criteria laid down by the Government of India for a language to be considered for classical language status?

The criteria are:

  1. High antiquity of its early texts/recorded history over 1500-2000 years.
  2. A body of ancient literature/texts considered a valuable heritage.
  3. The literary tradition must be original and not borrowed.
  4. The classical language and literature must be distinct from modern forms, potentially with a discontinuity.

49. Which Article deals with the Official language of the Union?

Article 343 deals with the Official language of the Union.

50. Which Article deals with the Commission and Committee of Parliament on official language?

Article 344 deals with the Commission and Committee of Parliament on official language.

51. Which Article deals with the official language or languages of a state?

Article 345 deals with the official language or languages of a state.

52. Which Article deals with the official language for communication between states or between a state and the Union?

Article 346 deals with the official language for communication between one state and another or between a state and the Union.

53. Which Article provides for a special provision relating to language spoken by a section of the population of a state?

Article 347 provides for a special provision relating to language spoken by a section of the population of a state.

54. Which Article deals with the language to be used in the Supreme Court and in the High Courts and for Acts, Bills, etc.?

Article 348 deals with the language to be used in the Supreme Court and in the High Courts and for Acts, Bills, etc.

55. Which Article provides for a special procedure for enactment of certain laws relating to language?

Article 349 provides for a special procedure for enactment of certain laws relating to language.

56. Which Article deals with the language to be used in representation for redress of grievances?

Article 350 deals with the language to be used in representation for redress of grievances.

57. Which Article provides for facilities for instruction in mother-tongue at the primary stage?

Article 350A provides for facilities for instruction in mother-tongue at primary stage.

58. Which Article provides for a Special Officer for linguistic minorities?

Article 350B provides for a Special Officer for linguistic minorities.

59. Which Article provides the directive for the development of the Hindi language?

Article 351 provides the directive for development of the Hindi language.

60. How was the Official Language Commission constituted as per footnote 1?

The Commission was to consist of a chairman and other members representing the different languages specified in the Eighth Schedule of the Constitution.

61. What was the composition of the Committee of Parliament on Official Language as per footnote 2?

The Committee was to consist of 30 members (20 from Lok Sabha and 10 from Rajya Sabha).

62. What are the types of Central government communications that require continued use of English, in addition to Hindi, as per footnote 3?

These include: (a) resolutions, general orders, rules, notifications, administrative or other reports or press communications issued by the Central government; (b) administrative and other reports and official papers laid before Parliament; and (c) contracts and agreements executed, licences, permits, notices, etc., issued by the Central government or by a corporation or a company owned by the Central government.

63. Which Amendment Act added the provision for mother-tongue instruction at the primary stage, and on whose recommendation?

This provision was added by the 7th Amendment Act of 1956 on the recommendation of the States Reorganisation Commission.

64. Which Amendment Act substituted “Odia” for “Oriya”?

The 96th Amendment Act of 2011 substituted “Odia” for “Oriya”.

Chapter 75 Public Services

1. Into what three categories are public services in India classified?

Public services in India are classified into all-India services, Central services, and state services.

2. What are All-India Services?

All-India services are those services that are common to both Central and state governments. Members of these services occupy top positions under both the Centre and the states, serving them by turns.

3. What are the three existing All-India Services?

The three existing All-India Services are: Indian Administrative Service (IAS), Indian Police Service (IPS), and Indian Forest Service (IFoS).

4. Which pre-independence services were replaced by IAS and IPS after 1947?

The Indian Civil Service (ICS) was replaced by IAS, and the Indian Police (IP) was replaced by IPS in 1947.

5. When was the Indian Forest Service (IFoS) established as the third All-India Service?

The Indian Forest Service (IFoS) was established as the third All-India Service in 1966.

6. What Article of the Constitution authorizes Parliament to create new All-India Services?

Article 312 of the Constitution authorizes Parliament to create new All-India Services.

7. What is the procedure for Parliament to create a new All-India Service?

A new All-India Service can be created only by an act of Parliament based on a resolution passed by Rajya Sabha supported by a two-thirds majority.

8. Why is the power to create new All-India Services given to the Rajya Sabha?

This power is given to the Rajya Sabha to protect the interests of states in the Indian federal system.

9. Did the Drafting Committee of the Constituent Assembly initially provide constitutional status to the All-India Services?

No, the Drafting Committee did not provide a constitutional status to the All-India Services, and the Draft Constitution did not mention them.

10. Who is regarded as the “Father of All-India Services”?

Sardar Vallabhbhai Patel is regarded as the ‘Father of All-India Services’.

11. What did the All-India Services Act of 1951 authorize the Central Government to do?

The Act authorized the Central Government to make rules in consultation with state governments for the regulation of recruitment and service conditions of All-India Services members.

12. How are members of All-India Services recruited, trained, and assigned?

Members are recruited and trained by the Central Government but are assigned to different states for work. They are borne on different state cadres, and the Centre has no cadre of its own.

13. How do All-India Service officers serve the Central Government?

They serve the Central Government on deputation under the tenure system.

14. What are the three categories of All-India Services?

The three categories are: Super time scale, Senior scale, and Junior scale.

15. Which Ministries of the Central Government manage and control the IAS, IPS, and IFoS respectively?

IAS is managed by the Ministry of Personnel, Public Grievances and Pensions. IPS is managed by the Ministry of Home Affairs. IFoS is managed by the Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change.

16. How are All-India Services controlled and by whom are their salaries and pensions met?

All-India Services are controlled jointly by the Central and state governments. The ultimate control lies with the Central Government, while immediate control vests with the state governments. Their salaries and pensions are met by the states.

17. Who can take disciplinary action against All-India Service officers?

Disciplinary action (imposition of penalties) against these officers can only be taken by the Central government.

18. How many state cadres exist for the All-India Services, and which are the two joint cadres?

There are twenty-six state cadres. The two joint cadres are Assam-Meghalaya and Arunachal Pradesh, Goa, Mizoram and the Union Territories (AGMUT).

19. What are Central Services?

The personnel of Central Services work under the exclusive jurisdiction of the Central Government, manning specialized positions in various departments.

20. Which Ministry is the central personnel agency in the Government of India for Central Services?

The Ministry of Personnel is the central personnel agency.

21. How were Central Services classified before independence and what were the changes after independence?

Before independence, they were Class I, Class II, Subordinate, and Inferior services. After independence, Subordinate and Inferior Services became Class III and Class IV (on First Pay Commission recommendation, 1946–1947). In 1974, classifications changed to Group A, Group B, Group C, and Group D (on Third Pay Commission recommendation, 1970–1973).

22. What are the four categories of Central Services currently?

The four categories are: Central Services, Group A; Central Services, Group B; Central Services, Group C; and Central Services, Group D.

23. Which is the topmost Central Service in terms of prestige, status, pay, and emoluments?

The Indian Foreign Service (IFS) is the topmost Central Service in terms of prestige, status, pay, and emoluments.

24. Which Ministry manages the Indian Foreign Service (IFS)?

The Indian Foreign Service (IFS) is managed by the Ministry of External Affairs.

25. What are State Services?

The personnel of state services work under the exclusive jurisdiction of the state government, holding various positions in state government departments.

26. How do the positions held by State Service members compare to those held by All-India Service members in the state administrative hierarchy?

State Service members occupy lower positions in the administrative hierarchy of the state than those held by All-India Service members (IAS, IPS, and IFoS).

27. What is the most prestigious among all state services?

The civil service (also known as the administrative service) is the most prestigious among all state services.

28. How are state services classified into categories and gazetted/non-gazetted classes?

State services are classified into Class I (Group A), Class II (Group B), Class III (Group C), and Class IV (Group D). Class I and II are gazetted, while Class III and IV are non-gazetted.

29. What is the difference between gazetted and non-gazetted classes in state services regarding publication of names and privileges?

Names of gazetted class members are published in the Government Gazette for appointment, transfer, promotion, and retirement, and they enjoy certain privileges. Names of non-gazetted members are not published, and they are called ‘employees’.

30. What percentage of senior posts in IAS, IPS, and IFoS are required to be filled by promotion of officers from state services?

Senior posts not exceeding thirty-three and one-third percent in IAS, IPS, and IFoS are required to be filled by promotion of officers employed in state services.

31. How are promotions of state service officers to All-India Services made?

Such promotions are made on the recommendation of a selection committee constituted for this purpose in each state, presided over by the Chairman or a member of UPSC.

32. Which Articles in the Constitution contain provisions regarding All-India, Central, and state services?

Articles 308 to 314 in Part XIV of the Constitution contain these provisions.

33. What does Article 309 empower Parliament and state legislatures to regulate?

Article 309 empowers Parliament and state legislatures to regulate the recruitment and conditions of service of persons appointed to public services and posts under the Centre and states.

34. Who can make rules to regulate recruitment and service conditions until laws are made by Parliament or state legislatures?

Until such laws are made, the President or the governor can make rules to regulate these matters.

35. What does “recruitment” include in the context of public service?

Recruitment includes any method for inducting a person in public service, such as appointment, selection, deputation, promotion, and appointment by transfer.

36. What do “conditions of service” for a public servant include?

Conditions of service include pay, allowances, periodical increments, leave, promotion, tenure or termination of service, transfer, deputation, various types of rights, disciplinary action, holidays, hours of work, and retirement benefits like pension, provident fund, and gratuity.

37. What restrictions can Parliament or state legislatures impose on the Fundamental Rights of public servants?

They can impose “reasonable” restrictions in the interests of integrity, honesty, efficiency, discipline, impartiality, secrecy, neutrality, anonymity, and devotion to duty.

38. What does Article 310 state regarding the tenure of office for members of defence services, civil services, and persons holding military/civil posts?

According to Article 310, they hold office during the pleasure of the President (for Central services/military posts) or governor (for state civil services/posts). This is known as the Doctrine of Pleasure.

39. What is the exception to the general rule of dismissal at pleasure under Article 310?

The President or governor may provide for compensation if a post is abolished before the contractual period or if a person is required to vacate for reasons not connected with misconduct. This applies only to new entrants not already in service.

40. What two safeguards does Article 311 provide to civil servants against arbitrary dismissal?

Article 311 provides two safeguards:

  1. A civil servant cannot be dismissed or removed by an authority subordinate to the appointing authority.
  2. A civil servant cannot be dismissed, removed, or reduced in rank except after an inquiry with informed charges and a reasonable opportunity to be heard.

41. To which categories of public servants do these two safeguards under Article 311 apply?

These safeguards apply only to members of the civil services of the Centre, All-India Services, civil services of a state, or persons holding civil posts under the Centre or a state, but not to members of defence services or persons holding military posts.

42. In which three cases is the second safeguard (holding inquiry) under Article 311 not available?

The second safeguard is not available if:

  1. A civil servant is convicted on a criminal charge.
  2. The authority deems it not reasonably practicable to hold such inquiry (reasons to be recorded).
  3. The President or governor is satisfied that it’s not expedient in the interest of state security.

43. How many stages did the opportunity of being heard for a civil servant originally have, and what change did the 42nd Amendment Act of 1976 make?

Originally, there were two stages: inquiry stage and punishment stage. The 42nd Amendment Act of 1976 abolished the provision for the second opportunity.

44. What does the Supreme Court’s interpretation of “reasonable opportunity of being heard” (in the second safeguard) include?

It includes:

  1. Opportunity to deny guilt and establish innocence by knowing the charges and allegations.
  2. Opportunity to defend oneself by cross-examining witnesses and examining one’s own witnesses.
  3. The disciplinary authority must supply a copy of the inquiry officer’s report for observations and comments.

45. What does Article 312 provide for regarding the creation of new All-India Services?

Article 312 states that Parliament can create new All-India Services (including an All-India Judicial Service) if the Rajya Sabha passes a resolution supported by two-thirds of members present and voting, declaring it necessary in the national interest.

46. What power does Parliament have regarding the recruitment and conditions of service of persons appointed to All-India Services?

Parliament can regulate the recruitment and conditions of service of persons appointed to All-India Services, and has enacted the All-India Services Act, 1951 for this purpose.

47. Which services were deemed to be created by Parliament under Article 312 at the commencement of the Constitution?

The Indian Administrative Service and the Indian Police Service were deemed to be services created by Parliament under this provision.

48. What is the scope of the All-India Judicial Service if created?

The All-India Judicial Service should not include any post inferior to that of a district judge.

49. Is a law creating an All-India Judicial Service considered an amendment of the Constitution for Article 368 purposes?

No, a law providing for the creation of this service is not deemed an amendment of the Constitution for the purposes of Article 368.

50. Has an All-India Judicial Service been created so far?

No, although the 42nd Amendment Act of 1976 made the provision for its creation, no such law has been made so far.

51. What does Article 312A (inserted by the 28th Amendment Act of 1972) confer powers on Parliament to do?

Article 312A confers powers on Parliament to vary or revoke the conditions of service of persons appointed to a civil service of the Crown in India before 1950.

52. What does Article 313 deal with?

Article 313 deals with transitional provisions, stating that until otherwise provided, all laws in force before 1950 applicable to any public service would continue.

53. What happened to Article 314?

Article 314, which made provision for protection of existing officers of certain services, was repealed by the 28th Amendment Act of 1972.

54. What is the subject matter of Article 308?

Article 308 concerns Interpretation.

55. What is the subject matter of Article 309?

Article 309 concerns Recruitment and conditions of service of persons serving the Union or a state.

56. What is the subject matter of Article 310?

Article 310 concerns Tenure of office of persons serving the Union or a state.

57. What is the subject matter of Article 311?

Article 311 concerns Dismissal, removal or reduction in rank of persons employed in civil capacities under the Union or a state.

58. What is the subject matter of Article 312?

Article 312 concerns All-India Services.

59. What is the subject matter of Article 312A?

Article 312A concerns Power of Parliament to vary or revoke conditions of service of officers of certain services.

60. What is the subject matter of Article 313?

Article 313 concerns Transitional provisions.

61. What is the subject matter of Article 314?

Article 314 concerns Provision for protection of existing officers of certain services (Repealed).

62. In 1963, a provision was made for the creation of three more all-India services. Which one actually came into existence in 1966?

Out of the Indian Forest Service, Indian Medical and Health Service, and Indian Service of Engineers, only the Indian Forest Service came into existence in 1966.

63. What does “civil post” mean in the context of public services?

A “civil post” means an appointment or office or employment on the civil side of the administration, as distinguished from the military side.

64. What is the difference between “dismissal” and “removal” in the context of government employment?

Dismissal disqualifies for future employment under the government, while removal does not.

Chapter 76 Rights and Liabilities of the Government

1. Which Articles in the Constitution deal with the property, contracts, rights, liabilities, obligations, and suits of the Union and the states?

Articles 294 to 300 in Part XII of the Constitution deal with these matters.

The Constitution regards the Union or the states as juristic (legal) persons.

3. What happened to the property and assets vested in the Dominion of India, provinces, or Indian princely states before the Constitution’s commencement?

All such property and assets became vested in the Union or the corresponding state.

4. What happened to the rights, liabilities, and obligations of the government of the Dominion of India, provinces, or Indian states?

They became the rights, liabilities, and obligations of the Government of India or the corresponding state.

5. What is “Escheat” in the context of property accruing to the government?

Escheat refers to property accruing to the government due to the death of a person intestate without any heir.

6. What is “Lapse” in the context of property accruing to the government?

Lapse refers to the termination of rights through disuse or failure to follow appropriate procedures.

7. What is “Bona Vacantia” in the context of property accruing to the government?

Bona vacantia refers to property found without any owner.

8. When does property accrue to the state versus the Union in cases of escheat, lapse, or bona vacantia?

The property vests in the state if it is situated there, and in the Union in any other case.

9. What sea-wealth vests in the Union of India?

All lands, minerals, and other things of value under the waters of the ocean within the territorial waters of India, the continental shelf of India, and the exclusive economic zone of India vest in the Union.

10. Can a state near the ocean claim jurisdiction over sea-wealth?

No, a state near the ocean cannot claim jurisdiction over these things.

11. To what distance do India’s territorial waters extend from the baseline?

India’s territorial waters extend to a distance of 12 nautical miles from the appropriate baseline.

12. To what distance does India’s exclusive economic zone extend?

India’s exclusive economic zone extends up to 200 nautical miles.

13. Who is empowered to make laws for the compulsory acquisition and requisitioning of private property?

Both the Parliament and the state legislatures are empowered to make such laws.

14. What change did the 44th Amendment Act (1978) make regarding compensation for compulsory acquisition of private property?

The 44th Amendment Act (1978) abolished the constitutional obligation to pay compensation, except in two cases.

15. In which two cases is the government constitutionally obligated to pay compensation for acquiring private property after the 44th Amendment Act (1978)?

Compensation is still required when:

  1. The government acquires the property of a minority educational institution.
  2. The government acquires land held by a person under personal cultivation and the land is within statutory ceiling limits.

16. Can the Union or a state acquire, hold, and dispose of property under the exercise of its executive power?

Yes, the Union or a state can acquire, hold, and dispose of property under the exercise of its executive power.

17. What does Article 300 of the Constitution lay down regarding suits by or against the Government in India?

Article 300 states that the Government of India may sue or be sued by the name of the Union of India, and the government of a state may sue or be sued by the name of that state.

18. How does the Constitution (Article 300) define the extent of governmental liability in suits?

The Union of India or states can sue or be sued in relation to their respective affairs in the like cases as the Dominion of India and corresponding provinces or Indian states might have sued or been sued before the Constitution.

19. Has any law been enacted by Parliament or a state legislature to further define governmental liability in suits?

No, no such law has been enacted so far. Hence, the position remains as it existed before the Constitution.

20. In the pre-Constitution period, was the government suable for contracts and torts?

In the pre-Constitution period, the government was suable for contracts but not for torts (wrongs committed by its servants) in respect of its sovereign functions.

21. What three conditions must be fulfilled for contracts entered into by the Union or a state under executive power to be valid?

The three conditions are:

  1. They must be expressed to be made by the president or governor.
  2. They must be executed on behalf of the president or governor.
  3. They must be executed by such a person or in such a manner as the president or governor may direct or authorise.

22. What is the consequence if these conditions for contracts are not complied with?

Failure to comply with these conditions nullifies the contracts and renders them void and unenforceable in the courts.

23. Are the president or governor personally liable for contracts executed in their name?

No, the president or the governor are not personally liable in respect of any contract executed in their name.

24. Does the personal immunity of the president or governor immunize the government from contractual liability?

No, this immunity is purely personal and does not immunize the government from contractual liability.

25. What was the East India Company’s liability for its functions as a trader versus a sovereign?

The East India Company was suable for its functions as a trader but not as a sovereign.

26. What English Common Law maxim was the basis for the Company’s immunity in sovereign functions?

The immunity was based on the maxim that the “King can do no wrong.”

Yes, it has been done away with by the Crown Proceedings Act (1947).

28. What is the current position in India regarding the government’s liability for torts committed by its officials?

The government (Union or states) in India can be sued for torts committed by its officials only in the exercise of its non-sovereign functions, but not in sovereign functions.

29. Which famous case (1861) established the distinction between sovereign and non-sovereign functions of the Government in India?

The distinction was established in the P and O Steam Navigation Company case (1861).

30. Which Supreme Court case (1964) reaffirmed the distinction between sovereign and non-sovereign functions in the post-independence era?

The Kasturilal case (1964) reaffirmed this distinction.

31. What did the Supreme Court rule in the Nagendra Rao case (1994) regarding the doctrine of sovereign immunity?

In the Nagendra Rao case (1994), the Supreme Court criticised the doctrine of sovereign immunity and adopted a liberal approach, ruling that the State would be liable to pay compensation for damage due to negligent acts of its servants, as the distinction between sovereign and non-sovereign functions does not exist in the modern sense.

32. What functions are considered primary and inalienable functions of a constitutional Government for which the State cannot claim immunity?

Functions such as administration of justice, maintenance of law and order, and repression of crime are considered primary and inalienable.

33. Did the Supreme Court overrule its judgment in the Kasturilal case (1964) in the Nagendra Rao case (1994)?

No, the Supreme Court did not overrule its judgment in the Kasturilal case (1964), but stated it is applicable to rare and limited cases.

34. What did the Supreme Court rule in the Common Cause case (1999) regarding the doctrine of sovereign immunity?

In the Common Cause case (1999), the Supreme Court rejected the sovereign immunity rule, stating that the rule of State liability should be co-extensive with the modern concept of a welfare State, and that the efficacy of Kasturilal case as a binding precedent had been eroded.

35. What did the Supreme Court rule in the Prisoner’s Murder case (2000) regarding the Kasturilal case?

In the Prisoner’s Murder case (2000), the Supreme Court ruled that the Kasturilal case has paled into insignificance and is no longer of any binding value in the process of judicial advancement.

36. What immunities does the Constitution confer upon the President of India and Governors of states with regard to their official acts?

The President and Governors cannot be sued during or after their term for any act done in the exercise of their official powers and duties.

37. Can the official conduct of the President be reviewed by a court or tribunal?

Yes, the official conduct of the President can be reviewed by a court, tribunal, or any other body authorized by either House of Parliament to investigate charges for impeachment.

38. Can criminal proceedings be started against the President and Governors for their personal acts?

No, no criminal proceedings can be started against them for their personal acts, nor can they be arrested or imprisoned, during their term of office.

39. Can civil proceedings be started against the President and Governors for their personal acts?

Yes, civil proceedings can be started against them for personal acts during their term of office, but only after giving two months’ advance notice.

40. Does the Constitution grant immunity to ministers for their official acts?

No, the Constitution does not grant any immunity to ministers for their official acts.

41. Are ministers liable in courts for official acts done by the President and Governors on their advice?

No, ministers are not liable in courts for official acts done by the President and Governors on their advice, as courts are debarred from inquiring into such advice.

42. Do ministers enjoy immunity for their personal acts?

No, ministers do not enjoy any immunity for their personal acts, and can be sued for crimes and torts like common citizens.

43. Do judicial officers enjoy immunity from liability for their official acts?

Yes, judicial officers enjoy immunity from any liability in respect of their official acts and hence, cannot be sued.

44. What does the Judicial Officers Protection Act (1850) lay down?

The Act lays down that ‘no judge, magistrate, justice of peace, collector or other person acting judicially shall be liable to be sued in any civil court for any act done by him in the discharge of his official duty’.

45. Are civil servants personally liable for official contracts they make?

No, civil servants are conferred personal immunity from legal liability for official contracts, meaning the government (Central or state) is liable.

46. Under what condition is a civil servant personally liable for a contract?

If the contract is made without complying with the conditions specified in the Constitution, then the civil servant who made the contract is personally liable.

Civil servants enjoy immunity from legal liability for their tortious acts in respect of the sovereign functions of the government.

48. What is the liability of civil servants for torts or illegal acts in other cases (non-sovereign functions)?

In other cases, the liability of civil servants for torts or illegal acts is the same as that of any ordinary citizen.

49. Can civil proceedings be instituted against civil servants for acts done in their official capacity?

Yes, civil proceedings can be instituted against them for anything done in their official capacity after giving two months’ advance notice.

50. Is advance notice required for civil proceedings against civil servants for acts done outside the scope of their official duties?

No, no such notice is required when the action is to be brought against them for acts done outside the scope of their official duties.

51. Can criminal proceedings be instituted against civil servants for acts done in their official capacity?

Yes, criminal proceedings can be instituted against them for acts done in their official capacity, with the prior permission of the president or the governor, where necessary.

52. What is the subject matter of Article 294?

Article 294 concerns Succession to property, assets, rights, liabilities and obligations in certain cases.

53. What is the subject matter of Article 295?

Article 295 concerns Succession to property, assets, rights, liabilities and obligations in other cases.

54. What is the subject matter of Article 296?

Article 296 concerns Property accruing by escheat or lapse or as bona vacantia.

55. What is the subject matter of Article 297?

Article 297 concerns Things of value within territorial waters or continental shelf and resources of the exclusive economic zone to vest in the Union.

56. What is the subject matter of Article 298?

Article 298 concerns Power to carry on trade, etc.

57. What is the subject matter of Article 299?

Article 299 concerns Contracts.

58. What is the subject matter of Article 300?

Article 300 concerns Suits and proceedings.

59. What is the subject matter of Article 361?

Article 361 concerns Protection (immunities) of President and Governors.

60. Which Act passed by Parliament after the 40th Constitutional Amendment Act, 1976, deals with Territorial Waters, Continental Shelf, and Exclusive Economic Zone?

The Territorial Waters, Continental Shelf, Exclusive Economic Zone and other Maritime Zones Act, 1976, deals with these matters.

61. Which Amendment Act added the first provision regarding compensation for property acquisition?

The 44th Amendment Act (1978) added the first provision.

62. Which Amendment Act added the second provision regarding compensation for property acquisition?

The 17th Amendment Act (1964) added the second provision.

Chapter 77 Special Provisions Relating to Certain Classes

1. What is the rationale behind the special provisions in the Constitution relating to certain classes?

The special provisions are made to realize the objectives of equality and justice as laid down in the Preamble.

2. Which Articles in the Constitution (Part XVI) contain special provisions for Scheduled Castes (SCs), Scheduled Tribes (STs), Backward Classes (BCs), and Anglo-Indians?

Articles 330 to 342A in Part XVI contain these special provisions.

3. What are the six areas to which these special provisions relate?

These provisions relate to:

  1. Reservation in Legislatures
  2. Special Representation in Legislatures
  3. Reservation in Services and Posts
  4. Educational Grants
  5. Appointment of National Commissions
  6. Appointment of Commissions of Investigation

4. Into what two broad categories can these special provisions be classified?

These provisions can be classified as Permanent and Temporary and Protective and Developmental.

5. Who has the power to specify which castes or tribes are to be called SCs or STs in each state and union territory?

The Constitution leaves this power to the President.

6. How are the lists of SCs or STs in states affected by presidential notifications?

The lists of SCs or STs vary from state to state and union territory.

7. What is the process for the President to issue notifications specifying SCs and STs in the case of states?

In the case of states, the President issues the notification after consulting the governor of the state concerned.

8. Who has the sole power to include or exclude any caste or tribe from the Presidential notification specifying SCs or STs?

Any inclusion or exclusion can be done only by the Parliament and not by a subsequent Presidential notification.

9. Does the Constitution specify the classes of citizens to be called socially and educationally backward classes (OBCs)?

No, the Constitution has not specified these classes.

10. What did the 102nd Amendment Act of 2018 provide regarding the specification of socially and educationally backward classes?

The 102nd Amendment Act of 2018 provided that the President may, with respect to any state or union territory, specify the socially and educationally backward classes for constitutional purposes.

11. What change did the 105th Amendment Act of 2021 make to the provision for specifying socially and educationally backward classes?

The 105th Amendment Act of 2021 modified the provision to state that the President may specify such classes in the Central List for the purposes of the central government.

12. What does the expression “Central List” mean as explained by the 105th Amendment Act of 2021?

The expression “Central List” means the list of socially and educationally backward classes prepared and maintained by and for the central government.

13. What power did the 105th Amendment Act of 2021 empower states or union territories to do regarding OBC lists?

The Act empowered a state or union territory to prepare and maintain a list of socially and educationally backward classes for its own purposes by law.

14. How does the Constitution define an “Anglo-Indian” person?

An Anglo-Indian means a person whose father or any other male progenitor in the male line is or was of European descent but who is domiciled within the territory of India and was born within such territory of parents habitually resident therein and not established there for temporary purposes only.

15. What is the basis for reservation of seats for SCs and STs in the Lok Sabha and state legislative assemblies?

Seats are reserved for SCs and STs on the basis of population ratios.

16. What was the original duration for the provision of reservation for SCs and STs in legislatures, and how has it been extended?

Originally, it was for ten years (up to 1960). It has been continuously extended by ten years each time, and under the 104th Amendment Act of 2019, it is to last until 2030.

17. What should be taken into consideration when making appointments to public services for SCs and STs?

The claims of SCs and STs are to be taken into consideration without sacrificing the efficiency of administration.

18. What did the 82nd Amendment Act of 2000 provide for regarding relaxation in qualifying marks for SCs and STs?

The 82nd Amendment Act of 2000 provides for making provisions for relaxation in qualifying marks in examinations or lowering standards of evaluation for reservation in promotions to public services.

19. What is the President’s role in setting up National Commissions for SCs and STs?

The President should set up a National Commission for the SCs (Article 338) and a National Commission for the STs (Article 338-A) to investigate matters relating to their constitutional safeguards and report to him/her.

20. What was the previous arrangement for National Commissions for SCs and STs, and what change did the 89th Amendment Act of 2003 make?

Previously, the Constitution provided for a combined National Commission for SCs and STs. The 89th Amendment Act of 2003 bifurcated it into two separate bodies.

21. What is the President’s role in appointing a commission to report on the administration of scheduled areas and the welfare of STs?

The President is required to appoint such a commission, at any time but compulsorily after ten years of the Constitution’s commencement.

22. Who headed the first commission appointed in 1960 to report on the administration of scheduled areas and welfare of STs?

The first commission was headed by U.N. Dhebar and submitted its report in 1961.

23. Who headed the second commission appointed in 2002 for the same purpose?

The second commission was appointed in 2002 under the chairmanship of Dilip Singh Bhuria and submitted its report in 2004.

24. What is the extent of the executive power of the Centre regarding the welfare of STs in states?

The executive power of the Centre extends to giving directions to a state with respect to drawing up and execution of schemes for the welfare of STs.

25. When was the National Commission for BCs first set up, and what change did the 102nd Amendment Act of 2018 make?

The National Commission for BCs was set up in 1993 by an Act of Parliament. The 102nd Amendment Act of 2018 conferred a constitutional status on the commission, inserting a new Article 338-B.

26. What is the President’s role regarding the National Commission for socially and educationally BCs?

The President should set up a National Commission for socially and educationally BCs to investigate all matters relating to their constitutional safeguards and report to him/her.

27. Who headed the first backward classes commission appointed in 1953, and when did it submit its report?

The first backward classes commission was appointed in 1953 under the chairmanship of Kaka Kalelkar and submitted its report in 1955.

28. Why was no action taken on the recommendations of the first backward classes commission?

No action was taken as the recommendations were considered too vague and impractical, and there was a sharp division among members on the criterion of backwardness.

29. Who chaired the second Backward Classes Commission appointed in 1979, and what was its significant recommendation implemented in 1990?

The second Backward Classes Commission was appointed in 1979 with B.P. Mandal as chairman. Its report in 1980 recommended 27 percent reservation of government jobs for OBCs, which was implemented by the V.P. Singh Government in 1990.

30. What was the provision for special representation for Anglo-Indians in Legislatures before 2020?

Before 2020, the President nominated two members from the Anglo-Indian community to the Lok Sabha, and the governor nominated one member to the State Legislative Assembly, if the community was not adequately represented.

31. What was the original duration for the special representation for Anglo-Indians, and what happened to this provision under the 104th Amendment Act, 2019?

Originally, it was for ten years (up to 1960) and was extended continuously. However, the 104th Amendment Act, 2019, did not extend it further, causing the provision to cease effect on January 25, 2020.

32. What special provisions existed for Anglo-Indians in services and educational grants before independence and how long did they continue after the Constitution?

Before independence, certain posts were reserved for Anglo-Indians in railway, customs, postal, and telegraph services, and Anglo-Indian educational institutions received special grants. These benefits continued on a progressive diminution basis until they ended in 1960.

33. What are the functions of the National Commission for SCs vis-à-vis Anglo-Indians?

The National Commission for SCs is also required to discharge similar functions with regard to the Anglo-Indian community as it does with SCs, investigating matters relating to their constitutional and legal safeguards and reporting to the President.

34. Which Article deals with Reservation of seats for scheduled castes and scheduled tribes in the House of the people?

Article 330 deals with Reservation of seats for scheduled castes and scheduled tribes in the House of the people.

35. Which Article deals with Representation of the Anglo-Indian community in the House of the people?

Article 331 deals with Representation of the Anglo-Indian community in the House of the people.

36. Which Article deals with Reservation of seats for scheduled castes and scheduled tribes in the legislative assemblies of the states?

Article 332 deals with Reservation of seats for scheduled castes and scheduled tribes in the legislative assemblies of the states.

37. Which Article deals with Representation of the Anglo-Indian community in the legislative assemblies of the states?

Article 333 deals with Representation of the Anglo-Indian community in the legislative assemblies of the states.

38. Which Article deals with Reservation of seats and special representation to cease after certain period?

Article 334 deals with Reservation of seats and special representation to cease after certain period.

39. Which Article deals with Claims of scheduled castes and scheduled tribes to services and posts?

Article 335 deals with Claims of scheduled castes and scheduled tribes to services and posts.

40. Which Article deals with Special provision for Anglo-Indian community in certain services?

Article 336 deals with Special provision for Anglo-Indian community in certain services.

41. Which Article deals with Special provision with respect to educational grants for the benefit of Anglo-Indian community?

Article 337 deals with Special provision with respect to educational grants for the benefit of Anglo-Indian community.

42. Which Article deals with National Commission for scheduled castes?

Article 338 deals with National Commission for scheduled castes.

43. Which Article deals with National Commission for scheduled tribes?

Article 338A deals with National Commission for scheduled tribes.

44. Which Article deals with National Commission for backward classes?

Article 338B deals with National Commission for backward classes.

45. Which Article deals with Control of the Union over the administration of scheduled areas and the welfare of scheduled tribes?

Article 339 deals with Control of the Union over the administration of scheduled areas and the welfare of scheduled tribes.

46. Which Article deals with Appointment of a commission to investigate the conditions of backward classes?

Article 340 deals with Appointment of a commission to investigate the conditions of backward classes.

47. Which Article deals with Scheduled castes?

Article 341 deals with Scheduled castes.

48. Which Article deals with Scheduled tribes?

Article 342 deals with Scheduled tribes.

49. Which Article deals with Socially and educationally backward classes?

Article 342A deals with Socially and educationally backward classes.

50. What are the names of the Presidential orders that specify Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes, mentioned in footnote 2?

These are the Constitution (Scheduled Castes) Order, 1950; the Constitution (Scheduled Castes) (Union Territories) Order, 1951; the Constitution (Scheduled Tribes) Order, 1950; and the Constitution (Scheduled Tribes) (Union Territories) Order, 1951.

51. Which Amendment Acts modified the Presidential orders specifying SCs and STs?

Parliament modified these orders by enacting the Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes Orders (Amendment) Act in 1956, 1976, and subsequent years.

52. Which Amendment Act inserted a new Article 342A, and which one amended it?

The 102nd Amendment Act of 2018 inserted a new Article 342A. This Article was later amended by the 105th Amendment Act of 2021.

53. Which Amendment Acts extended the period of reservation for SCs and STs in legislatures from ten years to eighty years (until 2030)?

The 8th Amendment Act of 1959, 23rd Amendment Act of 1969, 45th Amendment Act of 1980, 62nd Amendment Act of 1989, 79th Amendment Act of 1999, 95th Amendment Act of 2009, and the 104th Amendment Act of 2019 extended the period.

54. What does Clause 10 of Article 338 state regarding the reference to Scheduled Castes?

Clause 10 of Article 338 reads: “In this article, reference to the Scheduled Castes shall be construed as including references to the Anglo-Indian community.”

Chapter 78 Special Provisions for Some States

1. Which Articles in the Constitution contain special provisions for certain states?

Articles 371 to 371-J in Part XXI of the Constitution contain special provisions.

2. How many states are covered by these special provisions?

These provisions cover twelve states: Maharashtra, Gujarat, Nagaland, Assam, Manipur, Andhra Pradesh, Telangana, Sikkim, Mizoram, Arunachal Pradesh, Goa, and Karnataka.

3. What is the intention behind these special provisions for certain states?

The intention is to meet the aspirations of people from backward regions, protect the cultural and economic interests of tribal people, deal with disturbed law and order, or protect the interests of local people.

4. Were these special provisions part of the original Constitution?

No, the Constitution did not originally make any special provisions for these states. They were incorporated by subsequent amendments due to state reorganisation or conferment of statehood.

5. Under Article 371, what special responsibilities is the President authorized to provide for the Governors of Maharashtra and Gujarat?

The President is authorized to provide for special responsibilities for:

  1. Establishment of separate development boards for Vidarbha, Marathwada, and the rest of Maharashtra, and for Saurashtra, Kutch, and the rest of Gujarat.
  2. Provision for a report on these boards to be placed annually before the State Legislative Assembly.
  3. Equitable allocation of funds for developmental expenditure in these areas.
  4. Equitable arrangement providing adequate facilities for technical education, vocational training, and employment opportunities in state services in these areas.

6. What Acts of Parliament would not apply to Nagaland unless the State Legislative Assembly decides so, as per Article 371-A?

Acts of Parliament relating to:

  1. Religious or social practices of the Nagas.
  2. Naga customary law and procedure.
  3. Administration of civil and criminal justice involving Naga customary law.
  4. Ownership and transfer of land and its resources.

7. What special responsibility does the Governor of Nagaland have regarding law and order?

The Governor of Nagaland shall have special responsibility for law and order as long as internal disturbances caused by hostile Nagas continue.

8. When does the Governor of Nagaland’s special responsibility for law and order cease?

This special responsibility ceases when the President so directs.

9. What must the Governor of Nagaland ensure regarding money provided by the Central Government for specific purposes?

The Governor must ensure that such money is included in the demand for a grant relating to that purpose and not in any other demand moved in the State Legislative Assembly.

10. What is mandated for the Tuensang district of Nagaland regarding a regional council?

A regional council consisting of 35 members should be established for the Tuensang district.

11. What powers does the Governor have regarding the Tuensang district for a period of ten years from Nagaland’s formation?

The Governor shall:

  1. Carry on the administration of the Tuensang district.
  2. In his/her discretion, arrange for equitable distribution of money from the Centre between Tuensang district and the rest of Nagaland.
  3. Direct whether any Act of Nagaland Legislature applies to Tuensang district.
  4. Make Regulations for peace, progress, and good government of the Tuensang district.
  5. Make the final decision on all matters relating to Tuensang district.

12. How are members from the Tuensang district elected to the Nagaland Legislative Assembly?

Members from the Tuensang district are not elected directly by the people but by the regional council.

13. Under Article 371-B, what is the President empowered to provide for in Assam?

The President is empowered to provide for the creation of a committee of the Assam Legislative Assembly consisting of members elected from the Tribal Areas and other specified members.

14. What special provisions does Article 371-C make for Manipur?

Article 371-C makes special provisions for:

  1. Creation of a committee of the Manipur Legislative Assembly from Hill Areas members.
  2. Governor having special responsibility for proper functioning of that committee.
  3. Governor submitting an annual report to the President on Hill Areas administration.
  4. Central Government giving directions to the State Government on Hill Areas administration.

15. Which Articles contain special provisions for Andhra Pradesh or Telangana?

Articles 371-D and 371-E contain these special provisions.

16. How was Article 371-D extended to Telangana?

In 2014, Article 371-D was extended to the state of Telangana by the Andhra Pradesh Re-organisation Act of 2014.

17. What does Article 371-D empower the President to provide for regarding equitable opportunities in Andhra Pradesh/Telangana?

The President is empowered to provide for equitable opportunities and facilities for people from different parts of the state in public employment and education, and make different provisions for various parts.

18. What provisions can the President make for civil posts, direct recruitment, and educational admissions in local cadres for different parts of Andhra Pradesh/Telangana?

The President may require the State Government to organize civil posts in local cadres, provide for direct recruitment, and specify local areas for educational institution admissions, including preference or reservation.

19. What can the President provide for regarding the establishment of an Administrative Tribunal in Andhra Pradesh/Telangana?

The President may provide for the establishment of an Administrative Tribunal to deal with disputes and grievances related to appointment, allotment, or promotion to civil posts.

20. Does the Administrative Tribunal in Andhra Pradesh/Telangana function within the purview of the state High Court?

No, the tribunal is to function outside the purview of the state High Court.

21. Can any court (other than the Supreme Court) exercise jurisdiction over matters subject to the Administrative Tribunal in Andhra Pradesh/Telangana?

No, no court (other than the Supreme Court) is to exercise any jurisdiction.

22. When can the President abolish the Administrative Tribunal?

The President may abolish the tribunal when he/she is satisfied that its continued existence is not necessary.

23. What does Article 371-E empower Parliament to provide for in Andhra Pradesh?

Article 371-E empowers Parliament to provide for the establishment of a Central University in the state of Andhra Pradesh.

24. Which Constitutional Amendment Act made Sikkim a full-fledged state and included special provisions for it?

The 36th Constitutional Amendment Act of 1975 made Sikkim a full-fledged state and included a new Article 371-F.

25. What is the minimum number of members for the Sikkim Legislative Assembly?

The Sikkim Legislative Assembly is to consist of not less than 30 members.

26. How many seats are allotted to Sikkim in the Lok Sabha?

One seat is allotted to Sikkim in the Lok Sabha, and Sikkim forms one Parliamentary constituency.

27. What is the Parliament empowered to provide for regarding the Sikkim Legislative Assembly to protect the rights of different sections of the Sikkim population?

Parliament is empowered to provide for:

  1. The number of seats in the Sikkim Legislative Assembly that may be filled by candidates from such sections.
  2. The delimitation of Assembly constituencies from which candidates from such sections alone may stand.

28. What special responsibility does the Governor of Sikkim have?

The Governor shall have special responsibility for peace and for an equitable arrangement for ensuring the social and economic advancement of different sections of the Sikkim population.

29. How does the Governor of Sikkim act in discharging his/her special responsibility?

The Governor acts in his/her discretion, subject to the directions issued by the President.

30. Can the President extend laws in force in other states of the Indian Union to Sikkim?

Yes, the President can extend (with restrictions or modifications) to Sikkim any law in force in a state of the Indian Union.

31. What special provisions does Article 371-G specify for Mizoram?

Article 371-G specifies that Acts of Parliament relating to:

  1. Religious or social practices of the Mizos.
  2. Mizo customary law and procedure.
  3. Administration of civil and criminal justice involving Mizo customary law.
  4. Ownership and transfer of land. These would not apply to Mizoram unless the State Legislative Assembly so decides.

32. What is the minimum number of members for the Mizoram Legislative Assembly?

The Mizoram Legislative Assembly is to consist of not less than 40 members.

33. What special responsibility does the Governor of Arunachal Pradesh have under Article 371-H?

The Governor of Arunachal Pradesh shall have special responsibility for law and order in the state.

34. How does the Governor of Arunachal Pradesh act in discharging his/her special responsibility for law and order?

The Governor exercises his/her individual judgment, after consulting the Council of Ministers, and his/her decision is final. This special responsibility ceases when the President so directs.

35. What is the minimum number of members for the Arunachal Pradesh Legislative Assembly?

The Arunachal Pradesh Legislative Assembly is to consist of not less than 30 members.

36. What does Article 371-I provide for regarding the Goa Legislative Assembly?

Article 371-I provides that the Goa Legislative Assembly is to consist of not less than 30 members.

37. Under Article 371-J, what special responsibilities is the President empowered to provide for the Governor of Karnataka?

The President is empowered to provide for:

  1. Establishment of a separate development board for Hyderabad-Karnataka region.
  2. Provision for a report on the board’s working to be placed annually before the State Legislative Assembly.
  3. Equitable allocation of funds for developmental expenditure over the region.
  4. Reservation of seats in educational and vocational training institutions in the region for students belonging to the region.
  5. Reservation in state government posts in the region for persons belonging to the region.

38. Which Constitutional Amendment Act inserted Article 371-J?

Article 371-J was inserted by the 98th Constitutional Amendment Act of 2012.

39. What was the aim of the special provisions in Article 371-J for the Hyderabad-Karnataka region?

The aim was to establish an institutional mechanism for equitable allocation of funds for development needs, and to enhance human resources and promote employment by providing for local cadres in service and reservation in educational and vocational training institutions.

40. Which Article deals with Special provision with respect to the states of Maharashtra and Gujarat?

Article 371 deals with Special provision with respect to the states of Maharashtra and Gujarat.

41. Which Article deals with Special provision with respect to the state of Nagaland?

Article 371A deals with Special provision with respect to the state of Nagaland.

42. Which Article deals with Special provision with respect to the state of Assam?

Article 371B deals with Special provision with respect to the state of Assam.

43. Which Article deals with Special provision with respect to the state of Manipur?

Article 371C deals with Special provision with respect to the state of Manipur.

44. Which Article deals with Special provisions with respect to the state of Andhra Pradesh or the state of Telangana?

Article 371D deals with Special provisions with respect to the state of Andhra Pradesh or the state of Telangana.

45. Which Article deals with the Establishment of Central University in Andhra Pradesh?

Article 371E deals with the Establishment of Central University in Andhra Pradesh.

46. Which Article deals with Special provisions with respect to the state of Sikkim?

Article 371F deals with Special provisions with respect to the state of Sikkim.

47. Which Article deals with Special provision with respect to the state of Mizoram?

Article 371G deals with Special provision with respect to the state of Mizoram.

48. Which Article deals with Special provision with respect to the state of Arunachal Pradesh?

Article 371H deals with Special provision with respect to the state of Arunachal Pradesh.

49. Which Article deals with Special provision with respect to the state of Goa?

Article 371-I deals with Special provision with respect to the state of Goa.

50. Which Article deals with Special provisions with respect to the state of Karnataka?

Article 371J deals with Special provisions with respect to the state of Karnataka.

51. What is the title of Part XXI of the Constitution?

Part XXI is entitled “Temporary, Transitional and Special Provisions”.

52. Which Amendment Acts modified Article 371?

Article 371 was amended by the 7th Constitutional Amendment Act of 1956 and the Bombay Reorganisation Act of 1960.

53. Which Amendment Act added Article 371A?

Article 371A was added by the 13th Constitutional Amendment Act of 1962.

54. What does footnote 4 state about the validity of the Governor’s actions?

The validity of anything done by the Governor shall not be called in question on the ground that he/she ought or ought not to have acted in the exercise of his/her individual judgement.

55. Who is the ex-officio Chairman of the Tuensang district regional council?

The Deputy Commissioner of the Tuensang district is the ex-officio Chairman.

56. Which Amendment Act added Article 371B?

Article 371B was added by the 22nd Constitutional Amendment Act of 1969.

57. What are the Tribal Areas of Assam specified in the Sixth Schedule of the Constitution?

They are North Cachar Hills District, Karbi Anglong District, and Bodoland Territorial Areas District.

58. Which Amendment Act added Article 371C?

Article 371C was added by the 27th Constitutional Amendment Act of 1971.

59. What does the expression “Hill Areas” mean in Article 371C?

The expression “Hill Areas” means such areas as the President may, by order, declare to be Hill Areas.

60. Which Amendment Act added Articles 371D and 371E?

Both Articles 371D and 371E were added by the 32nd Constitutional Amendment Act of 1973.

61. When was the Andhra Pradesh Administrative Tribunal set up?

The tribunal was set up by the Andhra Pradesh Administrative Tribunal Order, 1975.

62. Which Amendment Act added Article 371G?

Article 371G was added by the 53rd Constitutional Amendment Act of 1986.

63. Which Amendment Act added Article 371H?

Article 371H was added by the 55th Constitutional Amendment Act of 1986.

64. Which Amendment Act added Article 371-I?

Article 371-I was added by the 56th Constitutional Amendment Act of 1987.

65. What are the six backward districts included in the Hyderabad-Karnataka region?

The Hyderabad-Karnataka region includes Gulbarga, Bidar, Raichur, Koppal, Yadgir, and Bellary.

Chapter 79 Political Parties

1. What are political parties?

Political parties are voluntary associations or organised groups of individuals who share the same political views, try to gain political power through constitutional means, and aim to promote the national interest.

2. What are the four types of political parties in modern democratic states based on their socio-economic and political institutions?

The four types are: reactionary parties, conservative parties, liberal parties, and radical parties.

3. How do political scientists classify parties based on ideologies?

They classify them as leftist parties (radical), centrist parties (liberal), and rightist parties (reactionary and conservative).

4. What are examples of leftist, centrist, and rightist parties in India?

CPI and CPM are examples of leftist parties; the Congress is a centrist party; and the BJP is an example of a rightist party.

5. What are the three kinds of party systems in the world?

The three kinds are: one-party system, two-party system, and multi-party system.

6. Give examples of countries with a one-party system and a two-party system.

Former communist countries like the USSR had a one-party system. The USA and Britain have a two-party system.

7. Give examples of countries with a multi-party system.

France, Switzerland, and Italy have a multi-party system.

8. What are the characteristic features of the Indian party system?

The Indian party system is characterized by a multi-party system, one-dominant party system (historically), lack of clear ideology, personality cult, formation based on traditional factors, emergence of regional parties, factions and defections, and lack of effective opposition.

9. Why has India developed a multi-party system?

Factors contributing to India’s multi-party system include its continental size, diversified society, adoption of universal adult franchise, and peculiar political process.

10. Who called the Indian party system a “one party dominance system” or the “Congress system”?

Rajni Kothari, an eminent political analyst, used these terms.

11. When did the dominant position of the Congress begin to decline?

The dominant position of the Congress began to decline since 1967.

12. What has replaced ideology in Indian politics, according to the text?

Pragmatism has replaced commitment to principles, making politics issue-based rather than ideology-based.

13. What is the criticism regarding personality cult in Indian political parties?

Parties are often organized around an eminent leader who becomes more important than the party itself, leading to the saying that “there are political personalities rather than political parties in India.”

14. What are the traditional factors on which a large number of parties in India are formed?

Many parties in India are formed on the basis of religion, caste, language, culture, and race.

15. What are the consequences of parties being formed on traditional factors?

These parties generally work for the promotion of communal and sectional interests, thereby undermining the general public interest.

16. What has been the role of regional parties in national politics?

Regional parties have come to play a significant role in national politics due to the rise of coalition governments at the Centre.

17. What are some of the manifestations of factionalism and defections in Indian political parties?

Factionalism, defections, splits, mergers, fragmentation, and polarisation have been important aspects, driven by lust for power and material considerations.

18. When did the practice of defections gain greater currency in India?

The practice of defections gained greater currency after the fourth general elections (1967).

19. What are the consequences of defections on political stability?

Defections have caused political instability both at the Centre and in the states, leading to the disintegration of parties.

20. Why has an effective opposition not emerged in India since the first general elections?

Opposition parties have lacked unity and often adopted mutually conflicting positions with respect to the ruling party, failing to play a constructive role in the body politic and nation building.

21. Who registers political parties and grants them recognition as national or state parties?

The Election Commission registers political parties and grants them recognition.

22. What are the privileges associated with recognition as a national or state party?

Recognized parties receive privileges such as allocation of party symbols, provision of time for political broadcasts on state-owned television and radio, and access to electoral rolls.

23. What is the difference in symbol allotment between a national/state party and a registered-unrecognized party?

A national party gets an exclusively reserved symbol throughout the country. A state party gets an exclusively reserved symbol in its state. A registered-unrecognized party can select a symbol from a list of free symbols.

24. What are the three conditions for a party to be recognized as a National Party?

A party is recognized as a national party if it fulfills any of the following:

  1. Secures 6% of valid votes in any four or more states in a Lok Sabha or legislative assembly general election, AND wins 4 Lok Sabha seats from any state.
  2. Wins 2% of Lok Sabha seats in a general election, AND these candidates are elected from three states.
  3. Is recognized as a state party in four states.

25. What are the five conditions for a party to be recognized as a State Party?

A party is recognized as a state party if it fulfills any of the following:

  1. Secures 6% of valid votes in the state in a legislative assembly general election, AND wins 2 seats in the assembly.
  2. Secures 6% of valid votes in the state in a Lok Sabha general election from that state, AND wins 1 seat in the Lok Sabha from that state.
  3. Wins 3% of seats in the legislative assembly in a general election, OR 3 seats, whichever is more.
  4. Wins 1 seat in the Lok Sabha for every 25 seats or any fraction thereof allotted to the state in a general election from that state.
  5. Secures 8% of total valid votes polled in the state in a general election to the Lok Sabha from the state or to the legislative assembly of the state.

26. How many national parties and state parties were there at the time of the First Lok Sabha general elections (1952)?

There were 14 national parties and 39 state parties in 1952.

27. How many national parties and state parties were there on the eve of the Seventeenth Lok Sabha general elections (2019)?

There were 7 national parties and 52 state parties in 2019.

28. Who founded the Indian National Congress (INC) and in what year?

The Indian National Congress (INC) was founded by A.O. Hume in 1885.

29. When was the Shiromani Akali Dal (SAD) formed?

The Shiromani Akali Dal (SAD) was formed in 1920.

30. Who founded the Communist Party of India (CPI) and in what year?

The Communist Party of India (CPI) was founded by M.N. Roy in 1925.

31. Who founded the Jammu & Kashmir National Conference (JKNC) and in what year?

The Jammu & Kashmir National Conference (JKNC) was founded by Sheikh Abdullah in 1939.

32. Who founded the Dravida Munnetra Kazhagam (DMK) and in what year?

The Dravida Munnetra Kazhagam (DMK) was founded by C.N. Annadurai in 1949.

33. When was the Communist Party of India (Marxist) (CPM) formed?

The Communist Party of India (Marxist) (CPM) was formed in 1964.

34. Who founded the Shiv Sena (SHS) and in what year?

The Shiv Sena (SHS) was founded by Bal Thackeray in 1966.

35. Who founded the All India Anna Dravida Munnetra Kazhagam (AIADMK) and in what year?

The All India Anna Dravida Munnetra Kazhagam (AIADMK) was founded by M.G. Ramachandran in 1972.

36. Who founded the Bharatiya Janata Party (BJP) and in what year?

The Bharatiya Janata Party (BJP) was founded by A.B. Vajpayee and L.K. Advani in 1980.

37. Who founded the Telugu Desam Party (TDP) and in what year?

The Telugu Desam Party (TDP) was founded by N.T. Rama Rao in 1982.

38. Who founded the Bahujan Samaj Party (BSP) and in what year?

The Bahujan Samaj Party (BSP) was founded by Kanshi Ram in 1984.

39. Who founded the Asom Gana Parishad (AGP) and in what year?

The Asom Gana Parishad (AGP) was founded by P.K. Mahanta in 1985.

40. Who founded the Samajwadi Party (SP) and in what year?

The Samajwadi Party (SP) was founded by Mulayam Singh Yadav in 1992.

41. Who founded the Rashtriya Janata Dal (RJD) and in what year?

The Rashtriya Janata Dal (RJD) was founded by Lalu Prasad Yadav in 1997.

42. Who founded the Biju Janata Dal (BJD) and in what year?

The Biju Janata Dal (BJD) was founded by Naveen Patnaik in 1997.

43. Who founded the All India Trinamool Congress (AITC) and in what year?

The All India Trinamool Congress (AITC) was founded by Mamata Banerjee in 1998.

44. Who founded the Jammu and Kashmir People’s Democratic Party (PDP) and in what year?

The Jammu and Kashmir People’s Democratic Party (PDP) was founded by Mufti Mohd. Sayeed in 1999.

45. Who founded the Janata Dal (United) (JD (U)) and in what year?

The Janata Dal (United) (JD (U)) was founded by Sharad Yadav in 1999.

46. Who founded the Janata Dal (Secular) (JD(S)) and in what year?

The Janata Dal (Secular) (JD(S)) was founded by H.D. Deve Gowda in 1999.

47. Who founded the Nationalist Congress Party (NCP) and in what year?

The Nationalist Congress Party (NCP) was founded by Sharad Pawar, P.A. Sangma, and Tariq Anwar in 1999.

48. Who founded the Lok Janshakti Party (LJP) and in what year?

The Lok Janshakti Party (LJP) was founded by Ram Vilas Paswan in 2000.

49. Who founded the Telangana Rashtra Samithi (TRS) (Now, Bharat Rashtra Samithi) (BRS) and in what year?

The Telangana Rashtra Samithi (TRS) (Now, Bharat Rashtra Samithi) (BRS) was founded by K. Chandra Shekar Rao in 2001.

50. Who founded the Yuvajana Sramika Rythu Congress Party (YSRCP) and in what year?

The Yuvajana Sramika Rythu Congress Party (YSRCP) was founded by Y.S. Jagan Mohan Reddy in 2011.

51. Who founded the Aam Aadmi Party (AAP) and in what year?

The Aam Aadmi Party (AAP) was founded by Arvind Kejriwal in 2012.

52. Who founded the National People’s Party (NPP) and in what year?

The National People’s Party (NPP) was founded by P.A. Sangma in 2013.

53. What are the two major parties in the US and Britain, as per footnote 1?

In the US, the two parties are Democratic and Republican. In Britain, they are Conservative and Labour.

54. What is the source of Rajni Kothari’s observation on the “Congress System in India,” as per footnote 2?

Rajni Kothari’s observation is from his article “Congress System in India, Asian Survey, Volume 4, No. 12 (December, 1964), pp. 1–18.”

55. What is the source of the Election Symbols (Reservation and Allotment) Order, 1968, as per footnote 3?

The source is “The Election Symbols (Reservation and Allotment) Order, 1968, as amended from time to time.”

56. What were the 14 national parties at the time of the First Lok Sabha general elections (1952), as listed in footnote 5?

The 14 national parties were: Bharatiya Jan Sangh (BJS), Bolshevik Party of India (BPI), Communist Party of India (CPI), Forward Bloc (Marxist Group) (FBL-MG), Forward Bloc (Ruikar Group) (FBL-RG), Hindu Mahasabha (HMS), Indian National Congress (INC), Krishikar Lok Party (KLP), Kisan Mazdoor Praja Party (KMPP), Revolutionary Communist Party of India (RCPI), Ram Rajya Parishad (RRP), Revolutionary Socialist Party (RSP), Scheduled Caste Federation (SCF), and Socialist Party (SP).

57. What were the 7 national parties on the eve of the Seventeenth Lok Sabha general elections (2019), as listed in footnote 6?

The 7 national parties were: Bahujan Samaj Party (BSP), Bharatiya Janata Party (BJP), Communist Party of India (CPI), Communist Party of India (Marxist) (CPM), Indian National Congress (INC), Nationalist Congress Party (NCP), and All India Trinamool Congress (AITC).

Chapter 80 Role of Regional Parties

1. What is a key feature of the Indian Political System regarding parties?

A key feature is the presence of a large number of regional parties.

2. What is the primary area of operation for a regional party?

A regional party generally operates within a particular state or specific region, with its electoral base limited to a single region.

3. What do regional parties articulate and identify with?

They articulate regional interests and identify with a particular cultural, religious, linguistic, or ethnic group.

4. What are regional parties primarily concerned with?

They are primarily concerned with exploiting local resources of discontent or preserving a variety of primordial demands based on language, caste, community, or region.

5. What is the focus of regional parties in terms of issues and political power?

They focus on local or regional issues and aim to capture political power at the state level.

6. What is a common political desire of regional parties in the Indian Union?

They have a political desire for greater regional autonomy of states in the Indian Union.

7. What are the four categories into which regional parties in India can be classified?

The four categories are:

  1. Parties based on regional culture or ethnicity.
  2. Parties with an all-India outlook but lacking a national electoral base.
  3. Parties formed by a split in national parties.
  4. Personalized parties formed by individual charismatic leaders.

8. Give examples of regional parties based on regional culture or ethnicity.

Examples include Shiromani Akali Dal, National Conference, DMK, Telugu Desam, Shiv Sena, and Asom Gana Parishad.

9. Give examples of regional parties with an all-India outlook but lacking a national electoral base.

Examples include Samajwadi Party and Nationalist Congress Party.

10. Give examples of regional parties formed by a split in national parties.

Examples include Biju Janata Dal, Rashtriya Janata Dal, Trinamool Congress, and YSR Congress.

11. What are personalized parties, and what is their typical lifespan?

Personalized parties are formed by individual leaders based on their charismatic personality and are typically short-lived.

12. What are the multiple reasons for the emergence of regional parties in India?

Reasons include:

  1. Cultural and ethnic pluralism.
  2. Economic disparities and regional imbalances.
  3. Desire to maintain separate identity due to historical factors.
  4. Self-interest of deposed Maharajas and dispossessed Zamindars.
  5. Failure of national parties to meet regional aspirations.
  6. Reorganisation of states on language basis.
  7. Charismatic personality of regional leaders.
  8. Factional fights within larger parties.
  9. Centralising tendencies of the Congress party.
  10. Absence of a strong opposition party at the central level.
  11. Role of caste and religion in politics.
  12. Alienation and discontentment among tribal groups.

13. What is one of the positive roles played by regional parties in Indian politics regarding governance?

They have provided better governance and a stable government at the regional level.

14. How have regional parties impacted the one-party dominant system in the country?

They have posed a challenge to the one-party dominant system and led to a decline in the domination of the Congress party.

15. What impact have regional parties had on centre-state relations?

They have made a strong impact on centre-state relations, making the central leadership more responsive to regional needs due to tension and demands for greater autonomy.

They have made politics more competitive and popular participation in the political process more extensive at the grass roots.

17. How have regional parties widened the choice for voters?

They have widened the choice for voters in both parliamentary and assembly elections, allowing voters to vote for parties promoting their state/region’s interests.

18. How have regional parties influenced political consciousness and attention to local issues?

They have increased the political consciousness of the people and their interest in politics, bringing local or regional issues to the attention of the masses.

19. How have regional parties acted as a check against dictatorial tendencies of the central government?

They opposed the ruling Congress party at the center on certain issues and forced the dominant party to be more reasonable in its approach to conflict resolution.

20. How have regional parties contributed to the successful functioning of parliamentary democracy?

They have played a successful role as ruling parties in some states and opposition parties at the center, ensuring the minority has its say.

21. What partisan role have regional parties exposed regarding Governors?

They have succeeded in exposing the partisan role of Governors in the appointment and dismissal of Chief Ministers, issuing ordinances, and reserving bills for presidential consideration.

22. What role have regional parties assumed in national politics after the era of coalition politics?

They have assumed an important role in national politics, joining coalition governments at the centre and sharing power with national parties.

23. What is a negative aspect of regional parties regarding regional versus national interests?

They have given more importance to regional interests rather than national interests, neglecting the implications of their narrow approach to national issues.

24. What negative tendencies have regional parties encouraged, hindering national integration?

They have encouraged regionalism, casteism, linguism, communalism, and tribalism, which have become hurdles to national integration.

25. What role have regional parties played in the unresolution of inter-state disputes?

They are responsible for the unresolution of inter-state water disputes, inter-state border disputes, and other inter-state issues.

26. What forms of misutilisation of power have regional parties indulged in?

They have indulged in corruption, nepotism, favouritism, and other forms of misutilisation of power to promote self-interest.

27. What impact have regional parties’ focus on populist schemes had on state economy and development?

Their focus on populist schemes has adversely affected the state economy and development.

28. How do regional parties influence decision-making and policy-making in coalition governments at the centre?

They bring in regional factors in decision-making and policy-making, forcing the central leadership to yield to their demands.

29. What is the source of Stanley A. Kochnock’s observation on regional parties, as per footnote 1?

The observation is from Ram Reddy, G. and Sharma, B.A.V., Regionalism in India – A Study of Telangana, Concept Publishers, New Delhi, 1979, pp. 87–88.

30. What is the source of P.R. Brass’s work on the politics of India, as per footnote 2?

The source is Brass, P.R., The Politics of India Since Independence, Second Edition, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK, 1993, p. 89.

31. What is the source of K.R. Bombwall’s work on regional parties, as per footnote 3?

The source is Bombwall, K.R., Regional parties in Indian politics: A preview. In Bhatnagar, S. and Kumar, P. (Eds) Regional Political Parties in India, ESS Publications, Delhi, 1988, pp. 1–16.

32. What is the source of J.R. Siwach’s work on Indian government and politics, as per footnote 6?

The source is Siwach, J.R., Dynamics of Indian Government and Politics, Second Edition, Sterling Publishers Private Limited, New Delhi, 1990, p. 865.

Chapter 81 Elections

1. Which Articles in the Constitution deal with the electoral system in India?

Articles 324 to 329 in Part XV of the Constitution deal with the electoral system.

2. What does Article 324 provide for regarding the conduct of elections?

Article 324 provides for an independent Election Commission to ensure free and fair elections. The power of superintendence, direction, and control of elections to Parliament, state legislatures, President, and Vice-President is vested in the Commission.

3. What system has the Constitution abolished regarding electoral rolls?

The Constitution has abolished the system of communal representation and separate electorates.

4. On what grounds is a person not ineligible for inclusion in the electoral roll?

No person is ineligible for inclusion in the electoral roll on grounds only of religion, race, caste, sex, or any of them.

5. What is the basis for elections to the Lok Sabha and state assemblies?

Elections to the Lok Sabha and state assemblies are on the basis of adult franchise.

6. What is the voting age in India?

Every person who is a citizen of India and 18 years of age is entitled to vote, unless disqualified.

7. What disqualifications can prevent a person from voting?

Disqualifications can be based on non-residence, unsound mind, crime, or corrupt or illegal practice, as per the Constitution or appropriate legislature.

8. What powers does Parliament have regarding elections to the Parliament and state legislatures?

Parliament may make provisions for all matters relating to elections, including electoral rolls and delimitation of constituencies.

9. What powers do state legislatures have regarding elections to the state legislatures?

State legislatures can also make provisions for all matters relating to elections to state legislatures, but they can only supplement parliamentary law and cannot override it.

10. Can the validity of any law relating to the delimitation of constituencies or allotment of seats be questioned in any court?

No, the Constitution declares that the validity of such laws cannot be questioned in any court.

11. What is the finality of orders issued by the Delimitation Commission?

Orders issued by the Delimitation Commission become final and cannot be challenged in any court.

12. How can an election to Parliament or a state legislature be questioned?

It can be questioned only by an election petition presented to such authority and in such manner as provided by the appropriate legislature.

13. Since when are election petitions triable by high courts alone, and where does the appellate jurisdiction lie?

Since 1966, election petitions are triable by high courts alone, but the appellate jurisdiction lies with the Supreme Court alone.

14. What does Article 323B empower the appropriate legislature to establish for election disputes?

Article 323B empowers the appropriate legislature (Parliament or state legislature) to establish a tribunal for the adjudication of election disputes.

15. Does Article 323B provide for the exclusion of court jurisdiction in election disputes?

Yes, it provides for the exclusion of the jurisdiction of all courts (except the special leave appeal jurisdiction of the Supreme Court) in such disputes.

16. Has an election tribunal been established under Article 323B so far?

No, no such tribunal has been established so far.

17. What did the Supreme Court declare about the provision for election tribunals in 1997?

In 1997, the Supreme Court declared this provision as unconstitutional.

18. What is the implication if an election tribunal is established, regarding appeals?

If an election tribunal is established, an appeal from its decision lies to the high court.

19. What is the composition of the Election Commission of India (ECI)?

The ECI is a three-member body, with one Chief Election Commissioner and two Election Commissioners.

20. Who appoints the Chief Election Commissioner and the Election Commissioners?

The President of India appoints them.

21. Who supervises election work in a State/Union Territory?

The Chief Electoral Officer (CEO) of a State/Union Territory supervises the election work, subject to the ECI’s superintendence.

22. Who nominates or designates the Chief Electoral Officer?

The Election Commission of India nominates or designates an officer of the State/Union Territory Government as the CEO in consultation with that State Government/Union Territory Administration.

23. Who supervises election work in a district?

The District Election Officer (DEO) supervises the election work in a district.

24. Who nominates or designates the District Election Officer?

The Election Commission of India nominates or designates an officer of the State Government as the DEO in consultation with the State Government.

25. Who is responsible for the conduct of elections in a Parliamentary or assembly constituency?

The Returning Officer (RO) is responsible for the conduct of elections.

26. Who nominates or designates the Returning Officer?

The Election Commission of India nominates or designates an officer of the Government or a local authority as the RO in consultation with the State Government/Union Territory Administration.

27. Who is responsible for the preparation of electoral rolls?

The Electoral Registration Officer (ERO) is responsible for the preparation of electoral rolls for a Parliamentary/assembly constituency.

28. Who appoints the Electoral Registration Officer?

The Election Commission of India, in consultation with the State/UT government, appoints an officer of the government or local authorities as the ERO.

29. Who conducts the poll at a polling station?

The Presiding Officer conducts the poll at a polling station with the assistance of polling officers.

30. Who appoints the Presiding Officers and Polling Officers?

The District Election Officer appoints them. In Union Territories, such appointments are made by the Returning Officers.

31. Who nominates Observers for Parliamentary and Assembly Constituencies?

The Election Commission of India nominates officers of Government as Observers.

32. What is the role of General Observers?

The Commission deploys General Observers to ensure smooth conduct of elections and keep a close watch on every stage of the electoral process for free and fair elections.

33. What is the role of Expenditure Observers?

The Commission appoints Expenditure Observers and Assistant Expenditure Observers to monitor the election expenditure of contesting candidates.

34. What is the role of Police Observers?

The Commission deploys IPS officers as Police Observers at State and District levels to monitor activities relating to force deployment, law and order, and coordination between Civil and Police administration for free and fair elections.

35. What is the term for elections to the Lok Sabha and state Legislative Assemblies?

Elections have to take place every five years, unless called earlier.

36. Under what conditions can the President dissolve the Lok Sabha and call a General Election before five years?

The President can dissolve the Lok Sabha if the Government can no longer command confidence and no alternative government is available.

37. What is the maximum time period between the last session of a dissolved Lok Sabha and the recalling of the new House?

There can be no longer than six months between the last session of a dissolved Lok Sabha and the recalling of the new House.

38. When does the Model Code of Conduct come into effect?

The Model Code of Conduct comes into effect immediately after the Election Commission announces the schedule of elections.

39. What is the timeline for candidates to file nominations and for withdrawal after notifications are issued?

Candidates can start filing nominations for one week. Validly nominated candidates can withdraw within two days after nominations have been scrutinised.

40. What is required for a candidate to make an oath or affirmation?

A candidate is required to make and subscribe an oath or affirmation before an officer authorized by the Election Commission, such as the Returning Officer or Assistant Returning Officer, immediately after presenting nomination papers and no later than the day previous to scrutiny.

41. What is the duration of the official election campaign?

The official campaign lasts at least two weeks from the drawing up of the list of nominated candidates, and officially ends 48 hours before polling closes.

42. What is the purpose of the Model Code of Conduct during election campaigns?

The Model Code of Conduct aims to maintain election campaigns on healthy lines, avoid clashes and conflicts, ensure peace and order, and prevent the ruling party from using its official position for campaign purposes.

43. How are ballot papers printed after candidate nominations are complete?

Ballot papers are printed with the names of candidates (in languages set by the Election Commission) and the symbols allotted to each candidate.

44. Since when has the Election Commission increasingly used Electronic Voting Machines (EVMs)?

The Commission has increasingly used EVMs since 1998.

45. When were EVMs used for the first time in general elections for an entire state?

EVMs were used for the first time in the general elections for the entire state of Goa in 1999.

46. When did the Election Commission take the historic decision to use only EVMs for the Lok Sabha election?

The historic decision to use only EVMs for the Lok Sabha election was taken in 2004.

47. What are the advantages of EVMs over the traditional ballot paper/ballot box system?

Advantages include:

  1. Eliminates possibility of invalid and doubtful votes.
  2. Makes counting of votes much faster.
  3. Reduces paper quantity, making the process eco-friendly.
  4. Reduces printing cost (almost nil).

48. How is voting procedure conducted at polling stations?

Voting is by secret ballot. Polling stations are usually set up in public institutions, with one polling station within two kilometres of every voter, and no more than 1200 voters per station.

49. What steps are taken to verify an elector’s identity at the polling station?

On entering, the elector is checked against the electoral roll, identity document is verified, indelible ink is applied on the left forefinger, and a voter slip is issued.

50. What is the role of Observers in supervising elections?

Observers ensure the campaign is conducted fairly and that people are free to vote as they choose. Election expenditure Observers check candidate and party spending.

51. How is media coverage facilitated during elections?

Media are encouraged and provided with facilities to cover the election process and counting halls, subject to maintaining the secrecy of the vote.

52. What are the Election Commission’s stipulations regarding the publication of opinion polls and exit polls?

Results of opinion polls cannot be published between two days before polling starts and after poll closes. Results of exit polls can only be published after half an hour of polling ends on the last day.

53. How are votes counted after polling, and who declares the winner?

Votes cast in EVMs are counted under the supervision of Returning Officers and Observers. The Returning Officer declares the winner (candidate with maximum votes).

54. How are elections to the Lok Sabha and State Assemblies carried out?

Elections are carried out using a first-past-the-post electoral system, with the country/states divided into single-member constituencies, and electors casting one vote for a candidate.

55. What happens after the Election Commission compiles the list of elected members?

The Election Commission issues a Notification for the due constitution of the House, and the President (for Lok Sabha) or Governors (for State Assemblies) can then convene their respective Houses.

56. Who can file an election petition, and how is it treated?

Any elector or candidate can file an election petition if they suspect malpractice. It is treated as a contest involving the whole constituency, not an ordinary civil suit.

57. Who tries election petitions, and what is the consequence if one is upheld?

Election petitions are tried by the High Court of the state involved. If upheld, it can lead to the restaging of the election in that constituency.

58. How many general elections have been held to the Lok Sabha till now?

Till now, seventeen general elections have been held to the Lok Sabha.

59. What was the number of elective seats in the First Lok Sabha election (1952)?

The number of elective seats was 489.

60. Which party won the most seats in the First Lok Sabha election (1952)?

The Congress won the most seats with 364.

61. What was the number of elective seats in the Second Lok Sabha election (1957)?

The number of elective seats was 494.

62. Which party won the most seats in the Second Lok Sabha election (1957)?

The Congress won the most seats with 371.

63. What was the number of elective seats in the Third Lok Sabha election (1962)?

The number of elective seats was 494.

64. Which party won the most seats in the Third Lok Sabha election (1962)?

The Congress won the most seats with 361.

65. What was the number of elective seats in the Fourth Lok Sabha election (1967)?

The number of elective seats was 520.

66. Which party won the most seats in the Fourth Lok Sabha election (1967)?

The Congress won the most seats with 283.

67. What was the number of elective seats in the Fifth Lok Sabha election (1971)?

The number of elective seats was 518.

68. Which party won the most seats in the Fifth Lok Sabha election (1971)?

The Congress won the most seats with 352.

69. What was the number of elective seats in the Sixth Lok Sabha election (1977)?

The number of elective seats was 542.

70. Which party won the most seats in the Sixth Lok Sabha election (1977)?

The Janata won the most seats with 298.

71. What was the number of elective seats in the Seventh Lok Sabha election (1980)?

The number of elective seats was 542.

72. Which party won the most seats in the Seventh Lok Sabha election (1980)?

The Congress won the most seats with 197.

73. What was the number of elective seats in the Tenth Lok Sabha election (1991)?

The number of elective seats was 543.

74. Which party won the most seats in the Tenth Lok Sabha election (1991)?

The Congress won the most seats with 232.

75. What was the number of elective seats in the Eleventh Lok Sabha election (1996)?

The number of elective seats was 543.

76. Which party won the most seats in the Eleventh Lok Sabha election (1996)?

The BJP won the most seats with 161.

77. What was the number of elective seats in the Twelfth Lok Sabha election (1998)?

The number of elective seats was 543.

78. Which party won the most seats in the Twelfth Lok Sabha election (1998)?

The BJP won the most seats with 182.

79. What was the number of elective seats in the Thirteenth Lok Sabha election (1999)?

The number of elective seats was 543.

80. Which party won the most seats in the Thirteenth Lok Sabha election (1999)?

The BJP won the most seats with 182.

81. What was the number of elective seats in the Fourteenth Lok Sabha election (2004)?

The number of elective seats was 543.

82. Which party won the most seats in the Fourteenth Lok Sabha election (2004)?

The Congress won the most seats with 145.

83. What was the number of elective seats in the Fifteenth Lok Sabha election (2009)?

The number of elective seats was 543.

84. Which party won the most seats in the Fifteenth Lok Sabha election (2009)?

The Congress won the most seats with 206.

85. What was the number of elective seats in the Sixteenth Lok Sabha election (2014)?

The number of elective seats was 543.

86. Which party won the most seats in the Sixteenth Lok Sabha election (2014)?

The BJP won the most seats with 282.

87. What was the number of elective seats in the Seventeenth Lok Sabha election (2019)?

The number of elective seats was 543.

88. Which party won the most seats in the Seventeenth Lok Sabha election (2019)?

The BJP won the most seats with 303.

89. What is the subject matter of Article 324?

Article 324 concerns Superintendence, direction and control of elections to be vested in an Election Commission.

90. What is the subject matter of Article 325?

Article 325 concerns No person to be ineligible for inclusion in, or to claim to be included in a special, electoral roll on grounds of religion, race, caste or sex.

91. What is the subject matter of Article 326?

Article 326 concerns Elections to the House of the People and to the Legislative Assemblies of states to be on the basis of adult suffrage.

92. What is the subject matter of Article 327?

Article 327 concerns Power of Parliament to make provision with respect to elections to Legislatures.

93. What is the subject matter of Article 328?

Article 328 concerns Power of Legislature of a state to make provision with respect to elections to such Legislature.

94. What is the subject matter of Article 329?

Article 329 concerns Bar to interference by courts in electoral matters.

95. What is the subject matter of Article 329A?

Article 329A concerns Special provision as to elections to Parliament in the case of Prime Minister and Speaker (Repealed).

96. Is there a separate state election commission to deal with elections to panchayats and municipalities?

Yes, there is a separate state election commission to deal with elections to the panchayats and municipalities in the state.

97. Which Amendment Act reduced the voting age from 21 to 18 years, and when did it come into force?

The 61st Amendment Act of 1988 reduced the voting age. It came into force on March 28, 1989.

98. What was the Supreme Court’s ruling in L. Chandra Kumar vs. Union of India (1997) regarding Article 323B?

Clause 3(d) of Article 323B was declared as unconstitutional.

99. What is the source of the information on Election Machinery (footnote 3a)?

This information is obtained from the official website of the Election Commission of India.

100. What is the source of the information on Observers (footnote 4)?

The source is the Handbook for Media – General Elections to the 17th Lok Sabha (2019), Election Commission of India, pp. 95–96.

101. What is the source of the information on the Election Process (footnote 5)?

This information is downloaded from the official website of the Election Commission of India.

102. What is the source of the information on Oath or Affirmation (footnote 6)?

The source is General Elections 2009: Reference Handbook, Press Information Bureau, Government of India, p. 189.

103. When was the Model Code of Conduct first agreed upon by political parties, and when did the Election Commission first effectively use it?

The Model Code of Conduct was agreed upon by all political parties in 1968. The Election Commission first effectively put it to use in 1991.

104. What is the source of the information on EVMs (footnote 8)?

The source is General Elections 2009: Reference Handbook, Press Information Bureau, Government of India, p. 181.

105. What is an electoral roll, and how is it normally revised?

An electoral roll is a list of all registered voters in a constituency. It is normally revised every year to add names of those turning 18 or moving into the constituency, and to remove names of those who have died or moved out.

Chapter 82 Election Laws

1. What do Articles 81 and 170 of the Constitution lay down regarding seats in Parliament and State Legislative Assemblies?

Articles 81 and 170 lay down the maximum number of seats in Parliament and State Legislative Assemblies, and certain principles for allocating seats, leaving the actual allocation to be provided by law.

2. What does Article 171 of the Constitution lay down regarding seats in the Legislative Council of a State?

Article 171 lays down the maximum and minimum number of seats in the Legislative Council, and specifies methods for filling seats, leaving the actual number to be provided by law.

3. What was the purpose of enacting the Representation of the People Act, 1950?

The Act was enacted to provide for the allocation of seats in the House of the People and in the Legislative Assemblies and Legislative Councils of States.

4. What powers did the Representation of the People Act, 1950, confer on the President?

The Act sought to confer on the President the powers to delimit, after consultation with the Election Commission, the various constituencies for elections to fill seats.

5. What did the Representation of the People Act, 1950, provide for regarding electors?

The Act provided for the registration of electors for Parliamentary, Assembly, and Council Constituencies, and the qualifications and disqualifications for such registration.

6. What other provisions relating to elections does the Representation of the People Act, 1950, make?

The Act also makes provisions for:

  1. Election officers (chief electoral officers, district election officers, electoral registration officers).
  2. Manner of filling seats in the Council of States by representatives of union territories.
  3. Local authorities for elections to the State Legislative Councils.
  4. Barring the jurisdiction of civil courts.

7. What aspects of elections were not covered by the Representation of the People Act, 1950, and were left for a subsequent measure?

The Act did not cover provisions for the actual conduct of elections, qualifications and disqualifications for membership, corrupt practices and election offences, and decision of election disputes.

8. What was the purpose of enacting the Representation of the People Act, 1951?

The Act was enacted to provide for the actual conduct of elections to Parliament and State Legislatures, qualifications and disqualifications for membership, corrupt practices, election offences, and decision of election disputes.

9. What are the broad electoral matters contained in the Representation of the People Act, 1951?

The Act contains provisions relating to:

  1. Qualifications and disqualifications for membership of Parliament and State Legislatures.
  2. Notification of general elections.
  3. Administrative machinery for election conduct.
  4. Registration of political parties.
  5. Conduct of elections (nomination, agents, procedure, poll, counting, multiple elections, results, assets/liabilities, expenses).
  6. Free supply of certain material to candidates.
  7. Disputes regarding elections (election petitions, trial, withdrawal, appeals, costs).
  8. Corrupt practices and electoral offences.
  9. Powers of Election Commission in disqualification inquiries.
  10. Bye-elections and time limit for filling vacancies.

10. What do Articles 82 and 170 of the Constitution provide for regarding readjustment and division of territorial constituencies?

Articles 82 and 170 provide for readjustment and division of each State into territorial constituencies (Parliamentary and Assembly) based on the 2001 census, by authority and manner determined by Parliament.

11. What do Articles 330 and 332 of the Constitution provide for regarding reserved seats for SCs and STs?

Articles 330 and 332 provide for re-fixing the number of seats reserved for Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes in the House of the People and Legislative Assemblies of the States on the basis of the 2001 census.

12. What was the issue with previous delimitation based on the 1971 census?

The previous delimitation resulted in strikingly differing sizes of electoral constituencies due to uneven population growth and continuous migration.

13. What was the purpose of enacting the Delimitation Act, 2002?

The Act was enacted to set up a Delimitation Commission to effect delimitation based on the 2001 census to correct distortions in constituency sizes.

14. What does the Parliament (Prevention of Disqualification) Act, 1959, declare?

The Act declares that certain offices of profit under the Government shall not disqualify their holders from being chosen as members of Parliament.

15. What does the Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes Orders (Amendment) Act, 1976, provide for?

The Act provides for the inclusion in, and exclusion from, the lists of Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes for the readjustment of representation of parliamentary and assembly constituencies.

16. What does the Presidential and Vice-Presidential Elections Act, 1952, regulate?

The Act regulates certain matters relating to or connected with elections to the offices of the President and Vice-President of India.

17. What do the Registration of Electors Rules, 1960, provide for?

These rules provide for the preparation and publication of electoral rolls.

18. What do the Conduct of Elections Rules, 1961, facilitate?

These rules facilitate the conduct of fair and free elections to Parliament and State Legislatures.

19. What do the Election Symbols (Reservation and Allotment) Order, 1968, provide for?

This Order provides for the specification, reservation, choice, and allotment of symbols at elections and for the recognition of political parties.

20. What does the Registration of Political Parties (Furnishing of Additional Particulars) Order, 1992, provide for?

This Order provides for furnishing of additional particulars by associations or bodies of individual citizens seeking registration as a political party with the Election Commission of India.

21. When were the earlier Delimitation Acts enacted?

The earlier Delimitation Acts were enacted in 1952, 1962, and 1972.

22. What did the Presidential and Vice-Presidential Elections Rules, 1974, repeal?

These Rules repealed the earlier Presidential and Vice-Presidential Elections Rules, 1952.

Chapter 83 Electoral Reforms

1. What was the purpose of the Joint Parliamentary Committee on Amendments to Election Laws (1971–72)?

This committee was set up to examine the electoral system and suggest reforms.

2. When was the Tarkunde Committee appointed, and by whom?

The Tarkunde Committee was appointed in 1974 by Jaya Prakash Narayan (JP) during his “Total Revolution” movement.

3. When did the Tarkunde Committee submit its report?

The Tarkunde Committee submitted its report in 1975.

4. When was the Dinesh Goswami Committee on Electoral Reforms established?

The Dinesh Goswami Committee on Electoral Reforms was established in 1990.

5. When was the Vohra Committee on the Nexus between Crime and Politics appointed?

The Vohra Committee on the Nexus between Crime and Politics was appointed in 1993.

6. When did the Election Commission of India issue its recommendations on Electoral Reforms?

The Election Commission of India issued its recommendations on Electoral Reforms in 1998.

7. When was the Indrajit Gupta Committee on State Funding of Elections appointed?

The Indrajit Gupta Committee on State Funding of Elections was appointed in 1998.

8. When did the Law Commission of India submit its 170th Report on Reform of the Electoral Laws?

The Law Commission of India submitted its 170th Report on Reform of the Electoral Laws in 1999.

9. When was the National Commission to Review the Working of the Constitution established, and who headed it?

The National Commission to Review the Working of the Constitution (NCRWC) was established between 2000–2002, and was headed by M.N. Venkatachaliah.

10. When did the Election Commission of India submit its report on Proposed Electoral Reforms?

The Election Commission of India submitted its report on Proposed Electoral Reforms in 2004.

11. When was the Second Administrative Reforms Commission of India Report on Ethics in Governance submitted, and who headed it?

The Second Administrative Reforms Commission of India Report on Ethics in Governance was submitted in 2007, and was headed by Veerappa Moily.

12. When was the Tankha Committee (Core Committee) appointed, and what was its purpose?

The Tankha Committee (Core Committee) was appointed in 2010 to look into the whole gamut of the election laws and electoral reforms.

13. When was the J.S. Verma Committee Report on Amendments to Criminal Law submitted?

The J.S. Verma Committee Report on Amendments to Criminal Law was submitted in 2013.

14. When did the Law Commission of India submit its 244th Report on Electoral Disqualifications?

The Law Commission of India submitted its 244th Report on Electoral Disqualifications in 2014.

15. When did the Law Commission of India submit its 255th Report on Electoral Reforms?

The Law Commission of India submitted its 255th Report on Electoral Reforms in 2015.

16. Into what four heads can the electoral reforms introduced based on committee recommendations be studied?

The reforms can be studied under: Electoral reforms before 1996, Electoral reforms of 1996, Electoral reforms after 1996, and Electoral reforms since 2010.

17. What change did the 61st Constitutional Amendment Act of 1988 make regarding voting age?

The 61st Constitutional Amendment Act of 1988 reduced the voting age from 21 years to 18 years for Lok Sabha and assembly elections.

18. What provision was made in 1989 regarding officers and staff engaged in election work?

In 1989, a provision was made that officers and staff engaged in preparation, revision, and correction of electoral rolls for elections are deemed to be on deputation to the Election Commission and under its control and discipline.

19. What change was made in 1989 regarding the number of proposers for nomination papers in Rajya Sabha and state legislative council elections?

In 1989, the number of electors required to sign as proposers was increased to 10% of the electors of the constituency or ten such electors, whichever is less, to prevent non-serious candidates.

20. When was a provision made to facilitate the use of Electronic Voting Machines (EVMs) in elections?

A provision was made in 1989 to facilitate the use of EVMs.

21. When were EVMs first used experimentally in selected constituencies, and when were they first used in general elections for an entire state?

EVMs were first used experimentally in 1998 in selected constituencies of Rajasthan, Madhya Pradesh, and Delhi. They were first used in general elections for the entire state of Goa in 1999.

22. What provision was made in 1989 regarding booth capturing?

In 1989, a provision was made for adjournment of poll or countermanding of elections in case of booth capturing.

23. What does “booth capturing” include?

Booth capturing includes: (i) seizure of a polling station and forcing surrender of ballot papers/voting machines; (ii) taking possession of a polling station and allowing only one’s supporters to vote; (iii) threatening and preventing electors from going to polling stations; and (iv) seizure of the place used for counting of votes.

24. When did the Election Commission decide to issue Electors’ Photo Identity Cards (EPIC)?

A decision was taken by the Election Commission in 1993 to issue EPICs to electors throughout the country.

25. What is the purpose of issuing EPICs?

EPICs are issued to check bogus voting and impersonation of electors at elections.

26. When was the Dinesh Goswami Committee on electoral reforms appointed, and what was its purpose?

The Dinesh Goswami Committee was appointed in 1990 by the National Front Government to study the electoral system and suggest remedies.

27. When were some of the Dinesh Goswami Committee’s recommendations implemented?

Some of its recommendations were implemented in 1996.

28. How are the names of contesting candidates classified and arranged for listing?

Candidates are classified into three categories: recognised political parties, registered-unrecognised political parties, and other (independent) candidates. Their names are listed in this order, and alphabetically within each category.

29. What is the disqualification period for a person convicted of certain offences under the Prevention of Insults to National Honour Act of 1971?

A person convicted for insulting the National Flag, Constitution of India, or preventing the singing of the National Anthem is disqualified for 6 years from contesting elections.

30. What is the prohibition on the sale of liquor during elections?

No liquor or other intoxicants are to be sold, given, or distributed within a polling area during the 48 hours ending with the conclusion of poll.

31. What is the requirement for the number of proposers for a candidate’s nomination in Parliamentary or assembly constituencies?

For a candidate not sponsored by a recognised political party, 10 registered electors of the constituency are required as proposers. For a candidate sponsored by a recognised party, only one proposer is required.

32. What was the purpose of increasing the number of proposers?

This was done to discourage non-serious candidates from contesting elections.

33. What is the current rule regarding the countermanding of an election in case of death of a contesting candidate?

The election would not be countermanded on the death of a contesting candidate before actual polling.

34. What option is given to a recognised political party if its deceased candidate belonged to it?

If the deceased candidate belonged to a recognised political party, the party would be given an option to propose another candidate within seven days.

35. What is the time limit for holding by-elections for a vacancy in Parliament or a state legislature?

By-elections are to be held within six months of the vacancy’s occurrence.

36. In which two cases is the six-month time limit for by-elections not applicable?

The condition is not applicable if:

  1. The remainder of the term of the member whose vacancy is to be filled is less than one year.
  2. The Election Commission certifies, in consultation with the Central Government, that it is difficult to hold the by-elections within the period.

37. What is the provision for employees on polling day?

Registered voters employed in any trade, business, industry, or establishment are entitled to a paid holiday on the polling day.

38. Does the paid holiday rule apply to daily wagers?

Yes, this rule applies even to the daily wagers.

39. What is the exception to the paid holiday rule for employees on polling day?

This rule is not applicable if a voter’s absence may cause danger or substantial loss in their employment.

40. What is the restriction on candidates contesting from multiple constituencies?

A candidate is not eligible to contest from more than two Parliamentary or assembly constituencies at a general election or simultaneous by-elections.

41. What changes were introduced in 1997 regarding the Presidential and Vice-Presidential Elections?

In 1997, the number of electors as proposers and seconders was increased to 50 for President and 20 for Vice-President. The security deposit was increased to ₹15,000 for both offices.

42. What was the purpose of increasing the number of proposers and security deposit for Presidential and Vice-Presidential elections?

This was done to discourage frivolous candidates.

43. What provision was made in 1998 regarding the requisitioning of staff for election duty?

In 1998, a provision was made to requisition employees of local authorities, nationalised banks, universities, LIC, government undertakings, and other government-aided institutions for election duty.

44. What provision was made in 1999 for voting through postal ballot?

In 1999, a provision was made for certain classes of persons to vote through postal ballot, as notified by the Election Commission in consultation with the government.

45. What facility was provided in 2003 for service voters?

In 2003, the facility to opt to vote through proxy was provided to service voters belonging to the Armed Forces and forces to which Army Act provisions apply.

46. What is required of service voters who opt to vote through proxy?

Such service voters must appoint a proxy in a prescribed format and intimate the Returning Officer.

47. What information were candidates seeking election to Parliament or State Legislature directed to furnish on their nomination papers in 2003?

Candidates were directed to furnish information on:

  1. Criminal antecedents (conviction, acquittal, imprisonment, fine).
  2. Pending criminal cases with charges framed or cognizance taken (punishable with 2+ years imprisonment).
  3. Assets (immovable, movable, bank balances) of candidate, spouse, and dependents.
  4. Liabilities, especially public financial institution or government dues.
  5. Educational qualifications.

48. What is the consequence of furnishing false information in the affidavit by a candidate?

Furnishing false information in the affidavit is now an electoral offence.

49. What two changes were introduced in 2003 regarding Rajya Sabha elections?

In 2003, the domicile or residency requirement for Rajya Sabha candidates was removed, and an open ballot system was introduced instead of a secret ballot.

50. What was the purpose of introducing the open ballot system for Rajya Sabha elections?

This was done to curb cross-voting and wipe out the role of money power during Rajya Sabha elections.

51. What is required of an elector belonging to a political party under the new open ballot system for Rajya Sabha elections?

Under the new system, an elector must show the ballot paper after marking his/her vote to a nominated agent of that political party.

52. What provision was made in 2003 regarding the exemption of travelling expenditure for campaigning leaders?

The travelling expenditure incurred by campaigning leaders of a political party shall be exempted from being included in the election expenses of the candidate.

53. What provision was made in 2003 regarding the free supply of electoral rolls and other material to candidates?

The Government should supply, free of cost, copies of electoral rolls and other prescribed material to candidates of recognised political parties for Lok Sabha and Assembly elections.

54. What provision was made in 2003 regarding political parties accepting contributions?

In 2003, political parties were entitled to accept any amount of contribution from any person or company (other than government companies).

55. What is the reporting requirement for political parties regarding contributions?

They have to report any contribution in excess of ₹20,000 to the Election Commission for income tax relief claims.

56. What provision was made in 2003 regarding the allocation of time on electronic media during elections?

The Election Commission should allocate equitable sharing of time on cable television and other electronic media to display or propagate matters, decided based on the past performance of a recognised political party.

57. When were Braille signage features first tried in EVMs during a bye-election?

Braille signage features were first tried in EVMs during the bye-election to the Asifnagar Assembly Constituency of Andhra Pradesh in 2004.

58. When were similar Braille signage features introduced on EVMs during General Elections to the Fifteenth Lok Sabha and simultaneous Assembly elections?

Similar Braille signage features were introduced in 2009.

59. What provision was made in 2009 regarding restrictions on exit polls?

Conducting exit polls and publishing results of exit polls would be prohibited during Lok Sabha and State Legislative Assembly elections.

60. What is an “Exit-poll”?

An “Exit-poll” is an opinion survey regarding how electors have voted at an election or how they performed with regard to identifying a political party or candidate.

61. What provision was made in 2009 regarding the time-limit for submitting a case for disqualification due to corrupt practices?

A three-month time-limit was provided for the specified authority to submit the case of a person found guilty of corrupt practice to the President for determination of disqualification.

62. What provision was made in 2009 for including all officials in corrupt practice?

All officials, whether in government service or not, appointed or deputed by the Election Commission for election conduct, were included within the scope of corrupt practice of obtaining assistance by a candidate.

63. What changes were made in 2009 regarding the security deposit for candidates contesting elections?

The security deposit for general candidates was increased from ₹10,000 to ₹25,000 for Lok Sabha elections, and from ₹5,000 to ₹12,500 for SC/ST candidates. For state legislative assembly elections, it increased from ₹5,000 to ₹10,000 for general candidates, and from ₹2,500 to ₹5,000 for SC/ST candidates.

64. What was the purpose of increasing the security deposit?

This was done to check the multiplicity of non-serious candidates.

65. What provision was made in 2009 for the Appellate Authority within the District against orders of Electoral Registration Officers?

An appellate authority within the district was appointed against the orders of the Electoral Registration Officers, instead of the Chief Electoral Officer of the state.

66. To whom does an appeal against an order of the Electoral Registration Officer now lie?

An appeal now lies before the District Magistrate or Additional District Magistrate or Executive Magistrate or District Collector or an officer of equivalent rank. A further appeal lies before the Chief Electoral Officer of the state.

67. What provision was made in 2010 to confer voting rights to citizens of India living abroad?

In 2010, voting rights were conferred to citizens of India residing abroad who meet certain conditions, allowing them to register their name in the electoral roll of their Indian residence.

68. What provision was made in 2013 for online enrolment in the electoral roll?

In 2013, a provision was made for online filing of applications for enrolment in the electoral roll.

69. What option was introduced in ballot papers/EVMs based on Supreme Court directions?

The None of the Above (NOTA) option was introduced.

70. When was the NOTA option first made available in General Elections to State Legislative Assemblies?

The NOTA option was made available since General Elections to State Legislative Assemblies in 2013 (Chhattisgarh, MP, Mizoram, NCT of Delhi, and Rajasthan) and continued in 2014 (Andhra Pradesh, Arunachal Pradesh, Odisha, and Sikkim) and the Sixteenth Lok Sabha.

71. What is the rule if the number of electors opting for NOTA is more than the votes polled by any candidate?

Even if NOTA votes are higher, the candidate who secures the largest number of votes has to be declared elected.

72. What is VVPAT, and what is its purpose?

VVPAT (Voter Verifiable Paper Audit Trail) is an independent system attached to EVMs that allows voters to verify their votes are cast as intended, by printing a slip showing candidate details.

73. When was the law for using VVPATs amended?

The law for using VVPATs was amended in 2013.

74. What did the Supreme Court call VVPAT in 2013?

The Supreme Court called VVPAT an “indispensable requirement of free and fair elections.”

75. When were VVPATs first used in a bye-election?

VVPATs were first used in the bye-election to the Noksen Assembly Constituency of Nagaland in 2013.

76. What was the Supreme Court’s ruling in 2013 regarding persons in jail or police custody contesting elections?

The Supreme Court upheld a Patna High Court order declaring that a person with no right to vote due to being in jail or police custody is not an elector and thus not qualified to contest elections.

77. What two new provisions were included in the Representation of the People Act, 1951, to negate the Supreme Court’s order regarding persons in jail or police custody?

The new provisions state that:

  1. Prohibition to vote (due to jail/police custody) does not cease a person from being an elector.
  2. A Member of Parliament or State Legislature shall be disqualified only if disqualified under the Act and no other ground.

78. What was the Supreme Court’s ruling in 2013 regarding the immediate disqualification of convicted MPs and MLAs?

The Supreme Court held that chargesheeted MPs and MLAs, upon conviction for offences, will be immediately disqualified from holding membership, without the previous three months’ time for appeal.

79. What did the Supreme Court strike down as unconstitutional in this ruling?

The Court struck down Section 8(4) of the Representation of the People Act (1951).

80. Was the Representation of the People (Second Amendment and Validation) Bill, 2013, enacted to nullify this ruling?

No, the Bill was introduced but later withdrawn by the Government.

81. What change was introduced in 2015 regarding photos of candidates on EVMs and Ballot Papers?

Since May 1, 2015, ballot papers and EVMs carry the picture of the candidate with his or her name and party symbol to avoid confusion among electors.

82. What is the rule if a candidate fails to provide their photograph for the ballot?

If a candidate fails to provide the photograph, it “shall not be a ground for the rejection of the nomination of the candidate”.

83. What change was made in the 2017 budget regarding the ceiling on anonymous cash donations to political parties?

The limit for anonymous cash donations was lowered from ₹20,000 to ₹2,000.

84. What is the reporting requirement for political parties regarding cash donations?

They are not required to inform the Election Commission of India the details of persons who donate under ₹2,000, but must keep records of persons making above ₹2,000 donations.

85. What change was made in the 2017 budget regarding the cap on corporate contributions to political parties?

The limit on corporate contributions from 7.5% of the net profit of a company’s past three financial years was removed, allowing companies to donate any amount.

86. What other obligation was lifted for companies regarding corporate contributions?

The obligation of the company to report such donations in its profit and loss account was also lifted.

87. When did the central government notify the Electoral Bond Scheme?

The Electoral Bond Scheme was notified in 2018, having been announced in the 2017 budget.

88. What are the salient features of the Electoral Bond Scheme?

Salient features include:

  1. Electoral bond is a promissory note and a bearer banking instrument without buyer or payee name.
  2. Purchasable by a citizen of India or entities incorporated or established in India.
  3. Usable only for registered political parties securing at least 1% of votes in the last general election.
  4. Encashable by eligible political parties only through a bank account with an authorized bank.
  5. Issued in denominations of ₹1,000, ₹10,000, ₹1,00,000, ₹10,00,000, and ₹1,00,00,000.
  6. Buyer information is confidential by the authorized bank, disclosed only when demanded by a competent court or for criminal cases.

89. What change was made in the 2018 budget regarding foreign funding for political parties?

The receiving of foreign funds by political parties was allowed, by modifying the definition of a foreign company under the Foreign Contribution (Regulation) Act, 2010.

90. What electoral reform did the Election Laws (Amendment) Act, 2021, provide regarding Aadhaar linking?

It enabled the linking of electoral roll data with the Aadhaar ecosystem to curb multiple enrolments of the same person.

91. What changes did the Election Laws (Amendment) Act, 2021, make to qualifying dates for electoral rolls?

It specified 1st January, 1st April, 1st July, and 1st October in a calendar year as qualifying dates for preparation or revision of electoral rolls, instead of only 1st January.

92. What change did the Election Laws (Amendment) Act, 2021, make for spouses of service voters?

It allowed spouses of service voters to cast their vote in person or through postal ballot, by substituting the word ‘wife’ with ‘spouse’ to make election laws gender-neutral.

93. What changes did the Election Laws (Amendment) Act, 2021, make regarding the requisition of premises?

It expanded the grounds for requisition of premises to include those needed for counting, storage of voting machines (including VVPATs), poll-related material after a poll, and accommodation of security forces and polling personnel.

94. Who chaired the eight-member committee on state funding of elections appointed in 1998, and what was its conclusion?

The committee was chaired by Indrajit Gupta, a former Home Minister. It upheld the argument for state funding of elections, stating it is constitutionally and legally justified and in public interest.

95. What was the source of the information on the Representation of the People (Amendment) Act of 1988 (footnote 2)?

The source is “Representation of the People (Amendment) Act of 1988, with effect from 1989.”

96. What was the source of the information on the Annual Report 2013–14, Ministry of Law and Justice (footnote 6)?

The source is “Annual Report 2013–14, Ministry of Law and Justice, Government of India, p. 67.”

97. What was the source of the information on the Representation of the People (Amendment) Act, 1996 (footnote 7)?

The source is “Representation of the People (Amendment) Act, 1996.”

98. What was the source of the information on the Presidential and Vice-Presidential Elections (Amendment) Act, 1997 (footnote 8)?

The source is “Presidential and Vice-Presidential Elections (Amendment) Act, 1997.”

99. What was the source of the information on the Representation of the People (Amendment) Act, 1998 (footnote 9)?

The source is “Representation of the People (Amendment) Act, 1998.”

100. What was the source of the information on the Representation of the People (Amendment) Act, 1999 (footnote 10)?

The source is “Representation of the People (Amendment) Act, 1999.”

101. What was the source of the information on the Election Laws (Amendment) Act, 2003 and Conduct of Elections (Amendment) Rules, 2003 (footnote 11)?

The source is “Election Laws (Amendment) Act, 2003 and Conduct of Elections (Amendment) Rules, 2003.”

102. What was the source of the information on the Representation of the People (Amendment) Act, 2003 (footnote 12)?

The source is “Representation of the People (Amendment) Act, 2003.”

The source is “Election and Other Related Laws (Amendment) Act, 2003.”

104. What was the source of the information on the Election Commission of India circular dated 12th February, 2009 (footnote 17)?

The source is “Election Commission of India circular dated 12th February, 2009.”

105. What was the source of the information on the Representation of the People (Amendment) Act, 2009 (footnote 18)?

The source is “Representation of the People (Amendment) Act, 2009, with effect from February 1, 2010.”

106. What was the source of the information on the Representation of the People (Amendment) Act, 2010 (footnote 23)?

The source is “Representation of the People (Amendment) Act, 2010.”

107. What was the source of the information on Electoral Statistics: Pocket Book 2015, Election Commission of India (footnote 24)?

The source is “Electoral Statistics: Pocket Book 2015, Election Commission of India, p. 96.”

108. What was the source of the information on India Votes: The General Elections 2014, Election Commission of India (footnote 25)?

The source is “India Votes: The General Elections 2014, Election Commission of India, p. 18.”

109. What was the source of the information on Chief Election Commissioner vs. Jan Chaukidar (2013) (footnote 26)?

The source is “Chief Election Commissioner vs. Jan Chaukidar (2013).“

110. What was the source of the information on the Representation of the People (Amendment and Validation) Act, 2013 (footnote 27)?

The source is “Vide the Representation of the People (Amendment and Validation) Act, 2013.”

111. What was the source of the information on Lily Thomas vs. Union of India (2013) (footnote 28)?

The source is “Lily Thomas vs. Union of India (2013).“

112. What was the source of the information on The Hindu, “MPs, MLAs to be disqualified on date of criminal conviction”, July 10, 2013 (footnote 29)?

The source is “The Hindu, “MPs, MLAs to be disqualified on date of criminal conviction”, July 10, 2013.”

113. What was the source of the information on The Economic Times, “Electronic Voting Machines to carry photos of candidates : CEC”, September 9, 2015 (footnote 30)?

The source is “The Economic Times, “Electronic Voting Machines to carry photos of candidates : CEC”, September 9, 2015.”

114. What do service voters include?

Service voters include those holding a service qualification, such as members of the armed forces or central government employees posted outside India, registered in their resident constituency and their spouses living with them.

Chapter 84 Voting Behaviour

1. What is voting behaviour also known as?

Voting behaviour is also known as electoral behaviour.

2. How is voting behaviour defined by Plano and Riggs?

Plano and Riggs define voting behaviour as a field of study concerned with the ways in which people tend to vote in public elections and the reasons why they vote as they do.

3. How is voting behaviour defined by Gordon Marshall?

Gordon Marshall defines voting behaviour as the study that invariably focuses on the determinants of why people vote as they do and how they arrive at the decisions they make.

4. How is voting behaviour defined by Oinam Kulabidhu?

Oinam Kulabidhu defines voting behaviour as the behaviour that explicitly reflects voter’s choices, preferences, alternatives, ideologies, concerns, agreements, and programmes in respect of various issues, questions pertaining to the society and nation.

5. What is Psephology?

Psephology is a branch of political science that deals with the scientific study of voting behaviour.

6. What is the origin of the word “psephology”?

The word “psephology” derives from the classical Greek “Psephos,” meaning the piece of pottery on which certain votes were inscribed.

7. What are the five reasons why the study of voting behaviour is significant?

The study of voting behaviour is significant because it helps in:

  1. Comprehending the process of political socialisation.
  2. Examining the internalisation of democracy as a value.
  3. Emphasizing the real impact of the revolutionary ballot box.
  4. Throwing light on how far electoral politics continue or break with the past.
  5. Measuring whether it is modern or primordial in political development.

8. According to N.G.S. Kini, how can voting behaviour be regarded?

According to N.G.S. Kini, voting behaviour can be regarded as:

  1. A mode of legitimising democratic rule.
  2. Instancing “participation” in the political process involving integration into the political community.
  3. Instancing an act of decision-making.
  4. A role-action involving definite political orientation embedded in a particular type of political culture.
  5. A direct relation of individual citizens to the formal government.

9. What are the two broad categories of factors that determine or influence voting behaviour in India?

The two broad categories are socio–economic factors and political factors.

10. How does caste influence voting behaviour in India, according to Rajni Kothari?

Rajni Kothari observed that “Indian politics is casteist, and caste is politicised,” with political parties always considering caste in their election strategies.

11. How does caste solidarity influence voting behaviour at the local level, according to Paul Brass?

Paul Brass explained that at the local level, in the countryside, caste solidarity is the most important factor, with large castes tending to back a respected member of their caste or a political party with whom their caste members identify.

12. How does religion influence electoral behaviour in India?

Political parties indulge in communal propaganda and exploit religious sentiments. The existence of communal parties further politicizes religion. No political party ignores the influence of religion in electoral politics.

13. How do linguistic considerations influence voting behaviour in India?

Political parties arouse linguistic feelings to influence decision-making. The re-organisation of states on language basis (1956 and later) clearly reflects the significance of language.

14. Give examples of political parties whose rise can be attributed to linguism.

The rise of parties like DMK in Tamil Nadu and TDP in Andhra Pradesh can be attributed to linguism.

15. How do regionalism and sub-regionalism influence voting behaviour in India?

These parochial feelings of sub-nationalism lead to the emergence and perpetuation of regional parties, which appeal to the electorate on the ground of regional identities and sentiments.

16. What role does the charismatic personality of the party leader play in electoral behaviour?

The charismatic personality of the party leader plays an important role, with parties known by their leaders rather than manifestos.

17. Give examples of Indian leaders whose charismatic personalities have significantly influenced the electorate.

Jawaharlal Nehru, Indira Gandhi, Rajiv Gandhi, Jay Prakash Narayan, Atal Bihari Vajpayee, and Narendra Modi have significantly influenced the electorate.

18. What is the role of money in influencing voting behaviour?

Money cannot be overlooked, with crores spent on elections. Voters may seek money, liquor, or goods in return for votes. However, money influences decisions only in normal circumstances, not in a wave election.

19. What is a “wave election” according to Paul Brass?

A wave election is one in which a clear tendency develops among the electorate in a single direction and in favour of a national party or its leader, based on issues that transcend local calculations.

20. How does the performance of the ruling party influence voting behaviour?

The electorate judges the ruling party based on its election manifesto. The defeat of the Congress Party in 1977 and Janata Party in 1980 illustrates that performance influences voting behaviour, indicating an anti-incumbency factor.

21. How does party identification influence voting behaviour?

Personal and emotional association with political parties plays a role, with people who identify with a particular party tending to vote for that party regardless of its omissions and commissions.

22. How does ideology influence voters’ decision-making?

The political ideology professed by a political party has a bearing on voters’ decision-making. People committed to ideologies like communism, capitalism, democracy, secularism, patriotism, and decentralisation generally support candidates professing those ideologies.

23. What are some other factors that determine voting behaviour in India?

Other factors include:

  1. Political events (e.g., war, murder of a leader, corruption scandals).
  2. Economic conditions (e.g., inflation, food shortage, unemployment).
  3. Factionalism.
  4. Candidate orientation.
  5. Election campaign.
  6. Political family background.
  7. Role of media.

24. What is the source of Gordon Marshall’s definition of voting behaviour, as per footnote 1?

The source is Gordon Marshall, Oxford Dictionary of Sociology, First Indian Edition, 2004, p. 696.

25. What is the source of Oinam Kulabidhu’s definition of voting behaviour, as per footnote 2?

The source is Oinam Kulabidhu, Electoral Politics in Manipur, 1980–1995 (Unpublished Ph.D. Thesis submitted to the Manipur University, 1998).

26. What is the source of David Robertson’s explanation of “psephology,” as per footnote 3?

The source is David Robertson, The Penguin Dictionary of Politics, Second Edition, 1993, p. 485.

27. What is the source of K.R. Acharya’s work on perspectives on Indian Government and Politics, as per footnote 4?

The source is K.R. Acharya (Ed.), Perspectives on Indian Government and Politics, Second Edition, 1991, S. Chand & Company Ltd., p. 403.

28. What is the source of Paul R. Brass’s work on the politics of India, as per footnote 5?

The source is Paul R. Brass, The Politics of India Since Independence, Second Edition, Cambridge University Press, pp. 97–98.

29. What does “Charisma” mean in the context of a leader, as per footnote 6?

Charisma” means exceptional and attractive qualities of a leader.

30. What is the source of Paul R. Brass’s explanation of a “wave election,” as per footnote 7?

The source is Paul R. Brass, The 1984 Parliamentary Elections in Uttar Pradesh, Asian Survey, June, 1986.

Chapter 85 Coalition Government

1. What is the origin of the term “coalition” and what does it mean technically?

The term ‘coalition’ is derived from the Latin word “coalitio–” which means “to grow together”. Technically, it means the act of uniting parts into one body or whole.

2. How is coalition defined politically?

Politically, coalition means an alliance of distinct political parties.

3. How is coalition politics or coalition government defined?

It is defined as a system where several political parties join hands to form a government and exercise political power based on a common agreed programme/agenda.

4. When do coalitions usually occur in modern parliaments?

Coalitions usually occur when no single political party can muster a majority of votes.

5. What does coalition denote in terms of political parties and government formation?

Coalition denotes a co-operative arrangement under which distinct political parties, or their members, unite to form a government or ministry.

6. How is a coalition formed in a multi-party government?

A coalition is formed when many splinter groups in a House agree to join hands on a common platform by sinking their broad differences and form a majority.

7. What are the key features or implications of coalition politics or coalition government, as summarized by J.C. Johari?

The key features are:

  1. Formed for rewards (material or psychic).
  2. Implies existence of at least two partners.
  3. Based on temporary conjunction of specific interest.
  4. Dynamic as players and groups dissolve and form new ones.
  5. Keynote is compromise, with no place for rigid dogma.
  6. Works on a minimum programme.
  7. Hallmark is pragmatism, not ideology.
  8. Purpose is to seize power.

8. When did the Congress party secure the required majority to form the government at the Centre in the first four Lok Sabha elections?

The Congress party secured the required majority in the first four Lok Sabha elections (1952, 1957, 1962, and 1967).

9. What happened after the Congress party split in 1969 regarding government formation?

The minority government of Indira Gandhi managed to continue with outside support from parties like the CPI and DMK.

10. When did the Congress party again form a single-party government?

The Congress party won the 1971 elections and formed a single-party government.

11. When was the Janata Party coalition formed, and who was the Prime Minister?

The Janata Party coalition was formed in 1977–1979, with Morarji Desai (Congress (O)) as Prime Minister.

12. Who were the partners in the Janata Party coalition (1977–1979)?

Partners included Congress (O), Bharatiya Jana Sangh, Bharatiya Lok Dal, Socialist Party, Congress for Democracy, Chandra Shekhar Group (former congressmen), and others.

13. When was the Janata Party (Secular) coalition formed, and who was the Prime Minister?

The Janata Party (Secular) coalition was formed in 1979–1980, with Charan Singh (Janata(S)) as Prime Minister.

14. Who supported the Janata Party (Secular) coalition from outside?

Congress (I) supported the Janata Party (Secular) coalition from outside.

15. When was the National Front coalition formed, and who was the Prime Minister?

The National Front coalition was formed in 1989–1990, with V.P. Singh (Janata Dal) as Prime Minister.

16. Who supported the National Front coalition from outside?

BJP and Left parties supported the National Front coalition from outside.

17. When was the Janata Dal (Socialist) or Samajwadi Janata Party coalition formed, and who was the Prime Minister?

This coalition was formed in 1990–1991, with Chandra Shekhar (Janata Dal (S) or Samajwadi Janata Party) as Prime Minister.

18. Who supported the Janata Dal (Socialist) or Samajwadi Janata Party coalition from outside?

Congress (I) supported this coalition from outside.

19. When was the United Front coalition formed (first instance), and who was the Prime Minister?

The United Front coalition was formed in 1996–1997, with H.D. Deve Gowda (Janata Dal) as Prime Minister.

20. Who supported the United Front coalition (first instance) from outside?

Congress and CPM supported this coalition from outside.

21. When was the United Front coalition formed (second instance), and who was the Prime Minister?

The United Front coalition was formed in 1997–1998, with I.K. Gujral (Janata Dal) as Prime Minister.

22. Who supported the United Front coalition (second instance) from outside?

Congress supported this coalition from outside.

23. When was the BJP-led Coalition formed, and who was the Prime Minister?

The BJP-led Coalition was formed in 1998–1999, with A.B. Vajpayee (BJP) as Prime Minister.

24. Who supported the BJP-led Coalition from outside?

TDP and Trinamool Congress supported this coalition from outside.

25. When was the National Democratic Alliance (NDA) formed (first instance), and who was the Prime Minister?

The National Democratic Alliance (NDA) was formed in 1999–2004, with A.B. Vajpayee (BJP) as Prime Minister.

26. When was the United Progressive Alliance (UPA) formed (first instance), and who was the Prime Minister?

The United Progressive Alliance (UPA) was formed in 2004–2009, with Manmohan Singh (Congress) as Prime Minister.

27. Who supported the United Progressive Alliance (UPA) from outside?

CPI and CPM supported the UPA from outside.

28. When was the United Progressive Alliance-II (UPA-II) formed, and who was the Prime Minister?

The United Progressive Alliance-II (UPA-II) was formed in 2009–2014, with Manmohan Singh (Congress) as Prime Minister.

29. When was the National Democratic Alliance (NDA) formed (second instance), and who was the Prime Minister?

The National Democratic Alliance (NDA) was formed in 2014–2019, with Narendra Modi (BJP) as Prime Minister.

30. Which party left the NDA in 2018?

TDP left the NDA in 2018.

31. When was the National Democratic Alliance (NDA) formed (third instance), and who was the Prime Minister?

The National Democratic Alliance (NDA) was formed in 2019–till date, with Narendra Modi (BJP) as Prime Minister.

32. Which parties left the NDA in 2019 and 2020 respectively?

Shiv Sena left the NDA in 2019, and Akali Dal left in 2020.

33. What is one of the advantages of coalition governments regarding diverse interests?

Coalition governments allow for the accommodation of diverse interests in the functioning of the government, acting as a channel to meet expectations and redress grievances.

34. How do coalition governments reflect the diversity of India?

Coalition governments are more representative as they reflect the different cultures, languages, castes, religions, and ethnic groups present in India.

35. How do coalition governments contribute to consensus-based politics?

Since governmental policy requires the concurrence of all coalition partners, a coalition government leads to consensus-based politics.

36. How do coalition governments strengthen the federal fabric of the Indian political system?

They are more sensitive and responsive to regional demands and concerns than single-party governments, thus strengthening the federal fabric.

37. How do coalition governments reduce the tyranny of government?

They reduce the domination of a single political party, as all members of the coalition participate in decision-making, leading to more balanced decisions.

38. What is a major disadvantage of coalition governments regarding stability?

They are unstable or prone to instability, as differences of opinion among partners can lead to government collapse.

39. How is the leadership of the Prime Minister curtailed in a coalition government?

The Prime Minister is required to consult coalition partners before major decisions, leading critics to call them “Super Prime Ministers” or “Ultra Prime Ministers”.

40. What body often undermines the role of the cabinet in coalition governments?

The Steering Committee or Co-ordination Committee of the coalition partners acts as the ‘Super-Cabinet’, undermining the cabinet’s role.

41. What is a potential problem with smaller constituents of a coalition government?

Smaller constituents may play the role of a “King-maker,” demanding more than their strength in Parliament.

42. How do leaders of regional parties influence national decision-making in coalition governments?

They bring in regional factors and pressurize the central executive to act on their lines, threatening to withdraw from the coalition otherwise.

43. What is a common characteristic of the size of the Council of Ministers in a coalition government?

The size of the Council of Ministers in a coalition government is generally quite large, as the ministry must reflect all constituents of the coalition.

44. What problems does a large Council of Ministers create?

It creates problems of distribution of portfolios and proper co-ordination among members.

45. How do members of coalition governments often avoid responsibility for administrative failures?

They often play blame games, escaping both collective and individual responsibility.

46. What is the source of K.K. Ghai’s work on Indian Government and Politics, as per footnote 1?

The source is Ghai, K.K., Indian Government and Politics, Eighth Edition, Kalyani Publishers, Ludhiana, 2012, p. 508.

47. What is the source of D. Robertson’s work on The Penguin Dictionary of Politics, as per footnote 2?

The source is Robertson, D., The Penguin Dictionary of Politics, Penguin Books, London, 1993, p. 73.

48. What is the source of F.A. Ogg’s work on Encyclopedia of the Social Sciences, as per footnote 3?

The source is Ogg, F.A., Encyclopedia of the Social Sciences, Vol. 2, New York, 1957, p. 600.

49. What is the source of N.C. Sahni’s work on Coalition Politics in India, as per footnote 4?

The source is Sahni, N.C., The theory of coalitions. In Sahni, N.C. (Ed) Coalition Politics in India, Jullundur, 1971, pp. 17–18.

50. What is the source of J.C. Johari’s work on Reflections on Indian Politics, as per footnote 5?

The source is Johari, J.C., Reflections on Indian Politics, New Delhi, 1974, pp. 3–5.

51. What is the source of the information on the formation of coalition governments, as per footnote 6?

The source is The Journal of Parliamentary Information, September 2000, XLVI(3), p. 394.

Chapter 86 Anti-Defection Law

1. What was the purpose of the 52nd Amendment Act of 1985?

The 52nd Amendment Act of 1985 provided for the disqualification of members of Parliament and state legislatures on the ground of defection from one political party to another.

2. What changes did the 52nd Amendment Act of 1985 make to the Constitution?

It made changes in four Articles of the Constitution and added a new Schedule (the Tenth Schedule).

3. What is the 52nd Amendment Act of 1985 commonly referred to as?

It is often referred to as the “anti-defection law”.

4. What change did the 91st Amendment Act of 2003 make to the Tenth Schedule?

The 91st Amendment Act of 2003 omitted an exception provision, meaning disqualification on the ground of defection no longer applied in case of a split.

5. What are the conditions under which a member of a political party becomes disqualified for being a member of the House?

A member is disqualified if they voluntarily give up their membership of such political party, OR if they vote or abstain from voting contrary to any direction issued by their political party without prior permission, and such act is not condoned by the party within 15 days.

6. What is the implication of the anti-defection law for a member elected on a party ticket?

It implies that a member elected on a party ticket should continue in the party and obey the party directions.

7. When does an independent member of a House become disqualified?

An independent member becomes disqualified if they join any political party after such election.

8. When does a nominated member of a House become disqualified?

A nominated member becomes disqualified if they join any political party after the expiry of six months from the date on which they take their seat in the House.

9. What is the implication for a nominated member joining a political party within six months of taking their seat?

They may join any political party within six months of taking their seat without inviting disqualification.

10. What are the two cases in which disqualification on the ground of defection does not apply?

Disqualification does not apply if:

  1. A member goes out of their party as a result of a merger of the party with another party, provided two-thirds of the members have agreed to such merger.
  2. A member, after being elected as the presiding officer of the House, voluntarily gives up their party membership or rejoins it after ceasing to hold that office.

11. What provision of the Tenth Schedule was deleted by the 91st Amendment Act of 2003?

The provision pertaining to exemption from disqualification in case of split by one-third members of the legislature party was deleted.

12. What is the implication of this deletion for defectors?

It means that defectors have no more protection on grounds of splits.

13. Who is the deciding authority for questions regarding disqualification arising out of defection?

The presiding officer of the House decides such questions.

14. Is there a time-limit for the presiding officer to decide a defection case?

No, under the act, there is no time-limit for him/her to decide such a case.

15. What did the Kihoto Hollohan case (1992) rule regarding the presiding officer’s decision on defection?

The Supreme Court declared the original provision that the presiding officer’s decision was final and could not be questioned in any court as unconstitutional. It held that the presiding officer, while deciding a question under the Tenth Schedule, functions as a tribunal, and thus their decision is subject to judicial review on grounds of mala fides, perversity, etc.

16. What powers does the presiding officer of a House have regarding rule-making for the Tenth Schedule?

The presiding officer is empowered to make rules to give effect to the provisions of the Tenth Schedule.

17. What is the process for these rules to come into effect?

All such rules must be placed before the House for 30 days. The House may approve or modify or disapprove them.

18. What is the consequence of wilful contravention of these rules by a member?

Wilful contravention by any member may be dealt with in the same manner as a breach of privilege of the House.

19. When can the presiding officer take up a defection case according to the rules?

The presiding officer can take up a defection case only when he/she receives a complaint from a member of the House.

20. What is required before the presiding officer makes a final decision in a defection case?

Before the final decision, the member against whom the complaint is made must be given a chance to submit his/her explanation. The matter may also be referred to the committee of privileges for inquiry.

21. Does defection have an immediate and automatic effect?

No, defection has no immediate and automatic effect.

22. What is the primary advantage of the anti-defection law regarding political stability?

It provides for greater stability in the body politic by checking the propensity of legislators to change parties.

23. How does the anti-defection law facilitate democratic realignment of parties?

It facilitates democratic realignment of parties in the legislature by way of merger of parties.

24. What are the economic benefits of the anti-defection law?

It reduces corruption at the political level and non-developmental expenditure incurred on irregular elections.

25. What constitutional recognition did the anti-defection law provide for the first time?

It gave, for the first time, a clear-cut constitutional recognition to the existence of political parties.

26. What is a major criticism of the anti-defection law regarding dissent and defection?

It does not differentiate between dissent and defection, curbing the legislator’s right to dissent and freedom of conscience, thus putting “party bossism on a pedestal and sanctions tyranny of the party.”

27. What is the criticism regarding the anti-defection law’s distinction between individual and group defection?

Its distinction between individual defection and group defection is irrational, as it “banned only retail defections and legalised wholesale defections.”

28. Does the anti-defection law provide for the expulsion of a legislator for activities outside the legislature?

No, it does not provide for the expulsion of a legislator from his/her party for activities outside the legislature.

29. What is the criticism regarding the anti-defection law’s discrimination between independent and nominated members?

Its discrimination is illogical: an independent member is disqualified for joining a party, while a nominated member is allowed to do the same.

30. What are the two grounds for criticism regarding the vesting of decision-making authority in the presiding officer?

The two grounds are:

  1. The presiding officer may not exercise authority impartially and objectively due to political exigencies.
  2. The presiding officer lacks legal knowledge and experience to adjudicate cases.

31. What did two Lok Sabha Speakers (Rabi Ray—1991 and Shivraj Patil—1993) express doubts about regarding their suitability to adjudicate defection cases?

They expressed doubts on their suitability to adjudicate upon cases related to defections.

32. What was the primary reason given by the Government of India for introducing the 91st Amendment Bill (2003)?

The primary reason was the demand for strengthening and amending the Anti-defection Law due to its failure to check defections effectively, and its allowance of bulk defections.

33. What did the Dinesh Goswami Committee (1990), the Law Commission of India (1999), and the NCRWC (2002) recommend regarding the Tenth Schedule?

They recommended the omission of the provision of the Tenth Schedule pertaining to exemption from disqualification in case of splits.

34. What did the NCRWC recommend regarding penalties for defectors?

The NCRWC recommended that a defector should be debarred from holding any public office (minister or remunerative political post) for at least the duration of the remaining term of the Legislature or until the next fresh elections.

35. What did the NCRWC observe about the size of Councils of Ministers?

The NCRWC observed that abnormally large Councils of Ministers were being constituted and that a ceiling of maximum 10% of the total strength of the popular House of the Legislature should be fixed.

36. What is the maximum percentage of the total strength of the Lok Sabha that the Central Council of Ministers (including the Prime Minister) shall not exceed?

The total number of ministers shall not exceed 15 per cent of the total strength of the Lok Sabha.

37. What is the consequence for a member of Parliament or state legislature who is disqualified on the ground of defection regarding appointment as a minister?

A member disqualified on the ground of defection shall also be disqualified to be appointed as a minister.

38. What is the maximum percentage of the total strength of the Legislative Assembly that the Council of Ministers in a state (including the Chief Minister) shall not exceed?

The total number of ministers shall not exceed 15 per cent of the total strength of the Legislative Assembly of that state.

39. What is the minimum number of ministers allowed in a state’s Council of Ministers?

The number of ministers, including the Chief Minister, in a state shall not be less than 12.

40. What is the consequence for a member of a state legislature who is disqualified on the ground of defection regarding appointment as a minister?

A member disqualified on the ground of defection shall also be disqualified to be appointed as a minister.

41. What is the consequence for a member of Parliament or state legislature who is disqualified on the ground of defection regarding holding a remunerative political post?

A member disqualified on the ground of defection shall also be disqualified to hold any remunerative political post.

42. What does the expression “remunerative political post” mean?

It means: (i) any office under the Central Government or a state government where salary/remuneration is paid out of public revenue; or (ii) any office under a body wholly or partially owned by the Central/state government where salary/remuneration is paid by such body, except where compensatory in nature.

43. What specific provision of the Tenth Schedule was deleted by the 91st Amendment Act of 2003?

The provision pertaining to exemption from disqualification in case of split by one-third members of legislature party has been deleted.

44. What Articles relate to the vacation of seats and disqualification from membership of Parliament and state legislatures, as per footnote 1?

These are Articles 101, 102, 190, and 191.

45. What was the Supreme Court’s observation in Kihoto Hollohan vs. Zachillhu (1992) regarding the role of the Chairman/Speaker in parliamentary democracy?

The court observed that ‘The Chairman or Speakers hold a pivotal position in the scheme of parliamentary democracy and are guardians of the rights and privileges of the House. They are expected to and do take far-reaching decisions… Vestiture of power to adjudicate questions under the Tenth Schedule in such constitutional functionaries should not be considered unexceptionable’.

46. What was Soli J. Sorabjee’s observation in The Times of India (Sunday Review), February 1, 1985, regarding the anti-defection law?

Soli J. Sorabjee stated: ‘The Remedy should not be worse than the Disease’.

47. What was Madhu Limaye’s observation in Contemporary Indian Politics, 1989, regarding the anti-defection law?

Madhu Limaye stated: ‘it clearly puts party bossism on a pedestal and sanctions tyranny of the party in the name of the party discipline’.

48. What was Speaker Shivraj Patil’s statement regarding giving defection cases to the judiciary?

Speaker Shivraj Patil stated: ‘The advantages in giving these cases to the judiciary are many. The Speaker or the Chairman may or may not be endowed with legal acumen and proficiency in law. It is more apt to have the cases decided by the Supreme Court or high court judges’.

Chapter 88 National Integration

1. What is essential for the all-around development and prosperity of India, given its widespread diversities?

The achievement of national integration is very essential.

2. How does Myron Weiner define “National integration”?

Myron Weiner defines “National integration” as implying avoidance of divisive movements that would balkanise the nation and the presence of attitudes throughout society that give preference to national and public interest as distinct from parochial interests.

3. How does H.A. Gani define “National integration”?

H.A. Gani defines “National integration” as a socio-psychological and educational process through which a feeling of unity, solidarity, and cohesion develops, fostering a sense of common citizenship or loyalty to the nation.

4. How did Dr. S. Radhakrishna describe “National integration”?

Dr. S. Radhakrishna described “National integration” not as a house built by mortar and bricks or an industrial plan, but as a thought that must go into the heads of the people and a consciousness that must awaken the people at large.

5. How does Rasheeduddin Khan define “National integration”?

Rasheeduddin Khan defines “National integration” as cohesion, not fusion; unity, but not uniformity; reconciliation, but not merger; and agglomeration, but not assimilation of the discrete segments of the people constituting a political community or state.

6. What dimensions does the concept of national integration involve?

The concept of national integration involves political, economic, social, cultural, and psychological dimensions and the inter-relations between them.

7. What are the major obstacles to national integration?

Major obstacles include Regionalism, Communalism, Casteism, and Linguism.

8. What does Regionalism refer to?

Regionalism refers to sub-nationalism and sub-territorial loyalty, implying love for a particular region or state in preference to the country as a whole.

9. How does Rasheeduddin Khan describe Regionalism in India?

Rasheeduddin Khan describes Regionalism as a “subsidiary process of political integration” and a manifestation of residual elements that express themselves in political discontent and exclusionism when not finding expression in the national polity and culture.

10. What are the five forms in which Regionalism manifests itself in India?

Regionalism manifests as:

  1. Demand for secession from the Indian Union (e.g., Khalistan, Dravid Nad, Mizos, Nagas).
  2. Demand for separate statehood (e.g., Bodoland, Vidharbha, Gorkhaland).
  3. Demand of Union Territories for full-fledged statehood (e.g., Puducherry, Delhi).
  4. Inter-state boundary disputes (e.g., Chandigarh, Belgaum) and river-water disputes (e.g., Cauvery, Krishna, Ravi-Beas).
  5. Sons of the soil theory” advocating preference to local people in government/private jobs and permits.

11. What does “Communalism” mean?

Communalism means love for one’s religious community in preference to the nation and a tendency to promote communal interest at the cost of other religious communities.

12. Where does Communalism have its roots in India’s history?

It has its roots in the British rule, where the 1909, 1919, and 1935 Acts introduced communal representation.

13. What are the four manifestations of Communalism?

The manifestations are:

  1. Formation of political parties based on religion (e.g., Akali Dal, Muslim League).
  2. Emergence of pressure groups based on religion (e.g., Vishwa Hindu Parishad, Jamaat-e-Islami).
  3. Communal riots (e.g., Varanasi, Mathura, Hyderabad, Aligarh, Amritsar).
  4. Dispute over religious structures (e.g., Ram Janma Bhoomi in Ayodhya).

14. What are some of the reasons for the persistence of communalism?

Reasons include religious orthodoxy of Muslims, role of Pakistan, Hindu chauvinism, government’s inertia, role of political parties and other groups, electoral compulsions, communal media, and socio-economic factors.

15. What does “Casteism” imply?

Casteism implies love for one’s own caste-group in preference to the general national interest.

16. What are the manifestations of Casteism?

Manifestations include:

  1. Formation of political parties on the basis of caste (e.g., Justice Party, Republican Party, Bahujan Samaj Party).
  2. Emergence of pressure groups based on caste (e.g., Nadar Association, Harijan Sevak Sangh, Kshatriya Mahasabha).
  3. Allotment of party tickets during elections and formation of council of ministers on caste lines.
  4. Caste conflicts between higher/lower castes or dominant castes.
  5. Violent disputes and agitations over reservation policy.

17. What did B.K. Nehru observe about communal electorates (reservations for SCs and STs)?

B.K. Nehru observed that communal electorates (reservations for SCs and STs) still exist in a vestigial form, emphasizing caste origin and consciousness, which is not conducive to national integration.

18. What does “Linguism” mean?

Linguism means love for one’s language and language-speaking people.

19. What are the two dimensions of linguism as a consequence of political process?

The two dimensions are: (a) the reorganisation of states on the basis of language; and (b) the determination of the official language of the Union.

20. What event in 1953 led to countrywide demand for state reorganisation on language basis?

The creation of the first linguistic state of Andhra out of the then Madras state in 1953.

21. What was the basis for the large-scale reorganisation of states in 1956?

States were reorganised on the basis of recommendations made by the States Reorganisation Commission (1953–1955).

22. What led to the rise of anti-Hindi agitation in South India and West Bengal?

The enactment of the Official Languages Act (1963) making Hindi the Official Language of the Union led to this agitation.

23. What was the Central government’s assurance to non-Hindi speaking states regarding English?

The Central government assured that English would continue as an ‘associate’ official language as long as non-Hindi speaking states desire it.

24. Has the three-language formula been fully implemented in Tamil Nadu?

No, the three-language formula (English, Hindi, and a regional language) for the school system is still not being implemented in Tamil Nadu.

25. What is the consequence of the non-implementation of the three-language formula for Hindi?

Consequently, Hindi could not emerge as the lingua franca of the composite culture of India as desired by the framers of the Constitution.

26. What regional parties accentuated the problem of linguism?

The problem of linguism got accentuated with the rise of regional parties like the TDP, AGP, and Shiv Sena.

27. When was the National Integration Conference convened by the central government, and what was its purpose?

The conference was convened in 1961 to find ways to combat communalism, casteism, regionalism, linguism, and narrow-mindedness, and to formulate definite conclusions.

28. When was the National Integration Council (NIC) constituted, and when did it hold its first meeting?

The NIC was constituted in 1961 and held its first meeting in 1962.

29. What is the composition of the National Integration Council (NIC)?

The NIC consists of the Prime Minister as Chairman, Union Ministers, Leaders of the Opposition in Lok Sabha and Rajya Sabha, Chief Ministers of states/UTs with Legislatures, leaders of national/regional political parties, chairpersons of national commissions, eminent journalists, public figures, and representatives of business and women’s organisations.

30. How often are the meetings of the NIC convened?

The meetings of the NIC are convened as per requirement from time to time, with no regular or specified time interval.

31. How many meetings of the NIC have been held since its inception?

So far, 16 meetings of the NIC have been held.

32. What was the resolution passed at the 16th meeting of the NIC (23-09-2013)?

The resolution condemned violence, called for strengthening harmonious relations between communities, resolving differences within law, condemning atrocities on SCs/STs, condemning sexual abuse, and ensuring women’s freedom of movement in public spaces.

33. When was the National Foundation for Communal Harmony (NFCH) set up, and under which Ministry is it an autonomous body?

The NFCH was set up in 1992. It is an autonomous body under the administrative control of the Union Home Ministry.

34. What is the purpose of the NFCH?

It promotes communal harmony, fraternity, and national integration.

35. What are the activities undertaken by the NFCH?

Activities include:

  1. Providing financial assistance to child victims of societal violence for rehabilitation.
  2. Promoting communal harmony and national integration by organizing activities with educational institutions, NGOs, etc.
  3. Conducting studies and granting scholarships.
  4. Conferring awards for outstanding contribution to communal harmony and national integration.
  5. Involving Central/state governments, UT Administrations, industrial/commercial organizations, NGOs, etc., in promoting foundation objectives.
  6. Providing information services, publishing monographs and books.

36. What is the source of Myron Weiner’s definition of National Integration, as per footnote 1?

The source is Myron Weiner: Politics of Scarcity: Public Pressure and Political Response in India, 1963.

37. What is the source of H.A. Gani’s definition of National Integration, as per footnote 2?

The source is H.A. Gani: Muslim Political Issues and National Integration, p. 3.

38. What is the source of Rasheeduddin Khan’s definition of National Integration, as per footnote 3?

The source is Rasheeduddin Khan: National Integration and Communal Harmony (in National Integration of India, Volume II, Edited by Sinha).

39. What is the source of Kousar J. Azam’s work on Political Aspects of National Integration, as per footnote 4?

The source is Kousar J. Azam: Political Aspects of National Integration, p. 82.

40. What is the source of B.K. Nehru’s observation on communal electorates, as per footnote 5?

The source is B.K. Nehru: The Indira Gandhi Memorial Lectures delivered at the University of Kerala in January, 1988.

41. Who were the members of the States Reorganisation Commission (1953–1955), as per footnote 6?

It was a three-member commission headed by Fazl Ali. Its other two members were K.M. Panikkar and H.N. Kunzru.

42. What was the Tamil Nadu Government’s stance on the three-language formula?

The Tamil Nadu Government opposed the three-language formula and continued to teach only two languages (English and Tamil) in the state’s educational institutions.

43. What is the source of the information on the National Foundation for Communal Harmony (NFCH) activities, as per footnote 8?

This information is obtained from the official website of the National Foundation for Communal Harmony, Government of India.

Chapter 89 Foreign Policy

1. What is the purpose of India’s foreign policy?

India’s foreign policy regulates India’s relations with other states of the world in promoting its national interests.

2. What factors determine India’s foreign policy?

Foreign policy is determined by geography, history and tradition, social structure, political organisation, international milieu, economic position, military strength, public opinion, and leadership.

3. What is the primary aim of India’s foreign policy regarding international peace and security?

India’s foreign policy aims at the promotion of international peace and security.

4. Which Article of the Constitution (Directive Principles of State Policy) directs the Indian State to promote international peace and security?

Article 51 directs the Indian State to promote international peace and security, maintain just and honourable relations, foster respect for international law, and encourage settlement of international disputes by arbitration.

5. Why is peace necessary for India’s foreign policy objectives?

Peace is necessary to promote the economic development of nations.

6. What is India’s stance on colonialism and imperialism?

India’s foreign policy opposes colonialism and imperialism, viewing them as exploitation of weaker nations that hinder international peace.

7. What was India’s role in the liquidation of colonialism in Afro-Asian countries?

India advocated the liquidation of colonialism in all forms and supported liberation movements in countries like Indonesia, Malaya, Tunisia, Algeria, Ghana, and Namibia.

8. What is India’s stance on neo-colonialism and neo-imperialism?

India opposes the present neo-colonialism and neo-imperialism.

9. What is an important aspect of Indian foreign policy regarding racialism?

Opposition to racialism in all its forms is an important aspect.

10. How did India demonstrate its opposition to South Africa’s apartheid policy?

India strongly criticised apartheid and even snapped diplomatic relations with South Africa in 1954 as a protest.

11. What was India’s role in the liberation of Zimbabwe (earlier Rhodesia) and Namibia?

India played an important role in their liberation from white domination.

12. What policy did India adopt after becoming independent in 1947, given the world’s division into two ideological blocs?

India refused to join either the capitalist or communist bloc and adopted a policy of non-alignment.

13. What did Jawaharlal Nehru state about India’s non-alignment policy?

Nehru stated that India aimed to keep away from power politics of aligned groups to avoid world wars and play an effective part in helping to avoid war.

14. What are the three meanings of India’s non-alignment policy?

Non-alignment means: (i) India has no military alliances with any nation; (ii) India has an independent approach to foreign policy; and (iii) India attempts to maintain friendly relations with all countries.

15. What does “Panchsheel” imply?

Panchsheel implies the five principles of conduct in international relations.

16. In which treaty was Panchsheel embodied, and who signed it?

It was embodied in the Preamble of the Indo-China Treaty on Tibet, signed in 1954 by Jawaharlal Nehru and Chou-En-Lai.

17. What are the five principles of Panchsheel?

The five principles are:

  1. Mutual respect for each other’s territorial integrity and sovereignty.
  2. Non-aggression.
  3. Non-interference in each other’s internal affairs.
  4. Equality and mutual benefit.
  5. Peaceful co-existence.

18. Which countries adopted Panchsheel?

Many countries like Burma, Yugoslavia, and Indonesia adopted it.

19. What are considered India’s greatest contributions to the theory and practice of international relations?

Panchsheel and non-alignment are considered India’s greatest contributions.

20. What is India’s special bias in its foreign policy, despite maintaining friendly relations with all countries?

India has always exhibited a special bias towards the Afro-Asian nations.

21. What does India aim for regarding Afro-Asian nations?

India aims at promoting unity among them and securing them a voice and influence in international bodies.

22. When did India call the first Asian Relations Conference?

India called the first Asian Relations Conference in New Delhi in 1947.

23. What was India’s role in the Indonesian freedom issue?

In 1949, India brought together Asian countries on the burning issue of Indonesian freedom.

24. What was India’s role in the Afro-Asian Conference at Bandung?

India played an active role in the Afro-Asian Conference at Bandung (Indonesia) in 1955.

25. What international groups did India play an important role in forming?

India played a role in the formation of Group of 77 (1964), Group of 15 (1990), Indian Ocean Rim Association (1997), BIMSTEC (1997), and SAARC (1985).

26. What name did India earn from many of its neighbouring countries?

India earned the name of “Big Brother”.

27. When did India declare the continuation of her full membership of the Commonwealth of the Nations?

In 1949 itself, India declared the continuation of her full membership.

28. Does India’s membership in the Commonwealth affect its sovereignty?

No, this extra-constitutional declaration does not affect India’s sovereignty in any manner.

29. Why did India remain a member of the Commonwealth?

India remained a member due to pragmatic reasons, believing membership would be beneficial in economic, political, cultural, and other spheres.

30. What is the Commonwealth Heads of Government Meeting (CHOGM) also known as?

The Commonwealth Heads of Government Meeting (CHOGM) is also known as the Commonwealth Summit.

31. When did India host the CHOGM?

India hosted the CHOGM at New Delhi in 1983.

32. When did India become a member of the UNO?

India became a member of the UNO in 1945 itself.

33. What aspects of India’s role in the UNO are highlighted?

India has supported UNO activities and programmes, expressed full faith in its objectives, fought against colonialism, imperialism, racialism, neo-colonialism, and terrorism, and participated in peacekeeping missions.

34. Who was elected as the President of the UN General Assembly from India in 1953?

Vijay Lakshmi Pandit of India was elected as the President of the UN General Assembly in 1953.

35. In which UN Peace-keeping missions did India actively participate?

India actively participated in missions in Korea, Congo, El Salvador, Cambodia, Angola, Somalia, Mozambique, Sierra Leone, and Yugoslavia.

36. What is India’s current demand regarding the UN Security Council?

India is demanding a permanent seat in the Security Council.

37. What is India’s stance on arms race and disarmament?

India’s foreign policy is opposed to arms race and advocates disarmament, both conventional and nuclear.

38. What is the purpose of India’s advocacy for disarmament?

It aims to promote world peace and security by reducing tensions between power blocs and accelerating economic development by preventing unproductive expenditure on arms.

39. When did India take the initiative of holding a six-nation summit for nuclear disarmament?

India took the initiative of holding a six-nation summit at New Delhi in 1985.

40. What is India’s stance on the Nuclear Non-proliferation Treaty (NPT) of 1968 and the Comprehensive Test Ban Treaty (CTBT) of 1996?

India has not signed NPT and CTBT, keeping its nuclear options open, and opposes them due to their discriminatory and hegemonistic nature.

41. What is the Gujral Doctrine?

The Gujral Doctrine is a milestone in India’s foreign policy, propounded and initiated in 1996 by I.K. Gujral, then Foreign Minister.

42. What is the core principle of the Gujral Doctrine?

The doctrine advocates that India, being the biggest country in South Asia, should extend unilateral concessions to smaller neighbours based on the principle of non-reciprocity.

43. What are the five principles of the Gujral Doctrine?

The five principles are:

  1. India should not ask for reciprocity from neighbours like Bangladesh, Bhutan, Maldives, Nepal, and Sri Lanka, but give in good faith.
  2. No South Asian country should allow its territory to be used against the interest of another country of the region.
  3. No country should interfere in the internal affairs of another country.
  4. All South Asian countries should respect each other’s territorial integrity and sovereignty.
  5. All South Asian countries should settle all their disputes through peaceful bilateral negotiations.

44. What was the logic behind the Gujral Doctrine, as explained by Gujral himself?

The logic was that since India faced two hostile neighbours (in the north and west), it needed to be at “total peace” with other immediate neighbours to contain Pakistan’s and China’s influence.

45. What is the first principle of India’s nuclear doctrine?

Building and maintaining a credible minimum deterrent.

46. What is India’s posture regarding the first use of nuclear weapons?

A posture of “No First Use” – nuclear weapons will only be used in retaliation against a nuclear attack on Indian territory or forces.

47. How would India retaliate to a first strike with nuclear weapons?

Nuclear retaliation to a first strike will be massive and designed to inflict unacceptable damage.

48. Who can authorize nuclear retaliatory attacks?

Nuclear retaliatory attacks can only be authorized by the civilian political leadership through the Nuclear Command Authority.

49. What is India’s policy on the non-use of nuclear weapons against other states?

Non-use of nuclear weapons against non-nuclear weapon states.

50. What is India’s policy on retaliation in the event of a major attack by biological or chemical weapons?

India will retain the option of retaliating with nuclear weapons.

A continuance of strict controls on export of nuclear and missile related materials and technologies, and participation in the Fissile Material Cutoff Treaty negotiations.

52. What is India’s commitment regarding nuclear tests?

Continued observance of the moratorium on nuclear tests.

53. What is India’s broader commitment regarding a nuclear-weapon-free world?

Continued commitment to the goal of a nuclear-weapon-free world, through global, verifiable, and non-discriminatory nuclear disarmament.

54. What is the composition of the Nuclear Command Authority?

The Nuclear Command Authority comprises a Political Council and an Executive Council.

55. Who chairs the Political Council of the Nuclear Command Authority, and what is its function?

The Prime Minister chairs the Political Council, which is the sole body that can authorize the use of nuclear weapons.

56. Who chairs the Executive Council of the Nuclear Command Authority, and what are its functions?

The National Security Advisor chairs the Executive Council. It provides inputs for decision-making by the Nuclear Command Authority and executes directives given by the Political Council.

57. When did India launch the “Connect Central Asia” Policy?

India launched the “Connect Central Asia” Policy in 2012.

58. What is the aim of the “Connect Central Asia” Policy?

The policy is aimed at strengthening and expanding of India’s relations with the Central Asian countries.

59. Which countries are included in the Central Asian countries for this policy?

These countries include Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, Tajikistan, Turkmenistan, and Uzbekistan.

60. What are the features (or elements) of India’s “Connect Central Asia” policy?

Its features are:

  1. Building on strong political relations through high-level visits.
  2. Strengthening strategic and security cooperation (military training, joint research, counter-terrorism).
  3. Stepping up multilateral engagement through SCO, Eurasian Economic Community (EEC), and Custom Union.
  4. Viewing Central Asia as a long-term partner in energy and natural resources.
  5. Exploring potential for cooperation in the medical field.
  6. Assisting in setting up a Central Asian University in Bishkek.
  7. Working on setting up a Central Asian e-network with a hub in India for tele-education and tele-medicine.
  8. Showcasing India’s capability in the construction sector.
  9. Reactivating the International North-South Transport Corridor (INSTC) for land connectivity.
  10. Expanding presence of Indian banks if policy environment is favorable.
  11. Jointly working to improve air connectivity.
  12. Encouraging regular exchanges of scholars, academics, civil society, and youth delegations.

61. How does India’s “Connect Central Asia” policy align with its broader foreign policy?

It is consonant with its overall policy of deepening engagement in Eurasia, strengthening relations with China and Pakistan, and building on its traditional relationship with Russia.

62. What is India’s hope regarding its membership in regional forums like the SCO?

India hopes that its membership in numerous regional forums, including at the SCO, would bolster India’s renewed linkages with the region.

63. When did the Modi Government upgrade India’s “Look East Policy” and rename it?

In 2014, the Modi Government upgraded India’s “Look East Policy” and re-named it as the “Act East Policy”.

64. When was the “Look East Policy” first initiated, and by whom?

The “Look East Policy” was first initiated in 1992 by the then Prime Minister P.V. Narasimha Rao.

65. What are the features (or elements) of India’s “Act East Policy”?

The features are:

  1. Focuses on the extended neighbourhood in the Asia-Pacific region, gaining political, strategic, and cultural dimensions.
  2. Emphasis on India-ASEAN cooperation in domestic agenda (infrastructure, manufacturing, trade, skills, urban renewal, smart cities, Make in India).
  3. Objective to promote economic cooperation, cultural ties, and strategic relationship through continuous engagement.
  4. North East of India as a priority, providing an interface with the ASEAN region.
  5. Energizing Buddhist and Hindu links on the civilizational front.
  6. Special efforts to develop a coherent strategy for linking ASEAN with North East India on connectivity.
  7. Stepped up economic engagement with ASEAN, with the ASEAN-India Agreement on Trade in Service and Investments in force since July 1, 2015.
  8. Increased convergence on security interests with key partners (combating terrorism, regional peace/stability, maritime security).

66. What does “international milieu” include, as per footnote 1?

It includes world political climate, world public opinion, and world organisations.

67. When did India re-establish full diplomatic relations with South Africa, and why?

India re-established full diplomatic relations with South Africa in 1994 when the policy of racial discrimination was given up and a democratic government under Nelson Mandela came into existence.

68. What is the source of A.S. Narang’s work on Indian Government and Politics, as per footnote 3?

The source is A.S. Narang: Indian Government and Politics, Gitanjali, 2000 Edition, p. 602.

69. What is the source of the information on India’s nuclear doctrine, as per footnote 4?

The source is Press Information Bureau, Government of India, January 4, 2003.

70. What is the source of the information on India’s “Connect Central Asia” policy, as per footnote 5?

The source is Based on Keynote address delivered by Minister of State for External Affairs, E. Ahamed, at the first India–Central Asia Dialogue, June 12, 2012 at Bishkek, Kyrgyzstan.

71. What is the source of the information on India’s “Act East Policy,” as per footnote 6?

The source is Press Information Bureau, Government of India, December 23, 2015.

Chapter 90 National Commission to Review the Working of the Constitution

1. When was the National Commission to Review the Working of the Constitution (NCRWC) set up, and by what means?

The NCRWC was set up in 2000 by a resolution of the Government of India.

2. Who headed the NCRWC, and how many members did it have?

It was an 11-member Commission headed by M.N. Venkatachaliah, the former Chief Justice of India.

3. When did the NCRWC submit its report?

The NCRWC submitted its report in 2002.

4. What was the primary requirement for the NCRWC’s examination of the Constitution?

The commission was required to examine how existing provisions could respond to the needs of efficient, smooth, and effective governance and socio-economic development of modern India, in light of fifty years of experience.

5. What was the framework within which the NCRWC was to recommend changes to the Constitution?

The terms of reference clearly specified that the commission should recommend changes within the framework of parliamentary democracy and without interfering with the ‘basic structure’ or ‘basic features’ of the Constitution.

6. What was the nature of the NCRWC’s function?

Its function was only recommendatory and advisory in nature.

7. Who had the authority to accept or reject the NCRWC’s recommendations?

It was left to the Parliament to accept or reject any of the recommendations.

8. How many areas of study did the NCRWC identify on its own?

The commission identified eleven areas of study to examine.

9. What are the eleven areas of study identified by the NCRWC?

The eleven areas are:

  1. Strengthening the institutions of parliamentary democracy (Legislature, Executive, Judiciary, accountability, political instability, stability).
  2. Electoral reforms; standards in political life.
  3. Pace of socio-economic change and development (social and economic rights).
  4. Promoting literacy; generating employment; ensuring social security; alleviation of poverty.
  5. Union-State relations.
  6. Decentralization and devolution; empowerment and strengthening of Panchayati Raj Institutions.
  7. Enlargement of Fundamental Rights.
  8. Effectuation of Fundamental Duties.
  9. Effectuation of Directive Principles and achievement of Preamble objectives.
  10. Legal control of fiscal and monetary policies; public audit mechanism.
  11. Administrative system and standards in public life.

10. What is the first important area of concern identified by the Commission regarding constitutional faith and governance?

There is a fundamental breach of constitutional faith by Governments, neglecting the people, and public servants/institutions not serving the people, leading to a loss of faith in institutions.

11. What is the foremost area of concern regarding the Indian State?

The foremost concern is the present nature of the Indian State and its inability to anticipate and provide for great global forces of change from scientific and technological developments.

12. What is the important dimension of concern regarding the cost of government?

The increasing cost of government and fiscal deficits are alarming.

13. What is the pervasive impurity of the political climate and activity identified by the Commission?

Criminalisation of politics, political-corruption, and the politician-criminal-bureaucratic nexus have reached unprecedented levels, needing strong systemic changes.

14. What is the concern regarding national integrity and security?

Issues of national integrity and security have not received adequate attention. Absence of early warning systems for social unrest and inadequate state responses to emergencies/disasters are concerns.

15. What is the concern regarding the working of parliamentary democracy?

Despite India’s working democracy, the institutions of parliamentary democracy have shown serious fault-lines that, if unattended, might prove destructive to basic democratic values.

16. What is the concern regarding the misuse of the electoral process?

There is pervasive misuse of the electoral process and the electoral system is unable to prevent the entry of persons with criminal record into law-making institutions.

17. What is the concern regarding the representative character of Parliament and State Legislatures?

Owing to the inherent weakness of the electoral system, Parliament and State Legislatures have failed to acquire adequate representative character.

18. To what is the increasing instability of elected governments attributable?

It is attributable to opportunistic politics and unprincipled defections.

19. What is the concern regarding the state of the Indian economy?

The Indian economy is disturbing, gradually sinking into a debt-trap. Economic, fiscal, and monetary policies, administrative inefficiency, corruption, and wasteful expenditure are pushing society into extra-legal systems.

20. What are the overarching economic and social realities identified by the Commission?

Black-money, parallel economy, and even parallel governments are the overarching economic and social realities.

21. What are the concerns regarding rural de-population, urbanization, and urban-congestion?

These need immediate attention and solutions, as increasing unemployment will prove a serious threat to orderly government.

22. What is the concern regarding the future of society and education?

The future of society is increasingly knowledge-based. The quality of education and higher research need urgent repair, with the country engaged in a unilateral and unthinking educational disarmament.

23. What is the concern regarding the system of administration of justice?

The system of administration of justice is on the verge of collapse.

24. What are the concerns regarding the criminal justice system?

The criminal justice system needs a strong second look at investigations and prosecutions. Law’s delay and costs of litigation are proverbial. Victimology, victim-protection, and witness protection need institutional arrangements.

25. How should communal and other inter-group riots be treated, according to the Commission?

They should not be treated as merely law and order problems, but as manifestations of collective behavioural disorders, requiring legal and administrative measures to remove insecurity and bring minorities into the national fabric.

26. What is the concern regarding the state of social infrastructure?

The social infrastructure is disturbing, with 380 million children below 14 and wholly inadequate arrangements for their education, health, and well-being.

27. What is the concern regarding the primary education budget?

96.4 per cent of the primary education budget goes for salaries alone.

28. What are the concerns regarding infant mortality, blindness, and maternal health?

Rates of infant mortality, blindness, maternal mortality, maternal-anemia, child malnutrition, and child-immunization remain at high and disconcerting levels, despite progress.

29. What is the concern regarding public health and hygiene?

Public health and hygiene have not received adequate attention, with an alarming increase in infectious diseases such as Tuberculosis, Malaria, Hepatitis, and HIV.

30. How many recommendations did the NCRWC make in total?

The commission made 249 recommendations in total.

31. How many recommendations involved amendments to the Constitution, legislative measures, and executive action respectively?

58 recommendations involved constitutional amendments, 86 involved legislative measures, and the remaining 105 could be accomplished through executive action.

32. What did the NCRWC recommend regarding the scope of prohibition against discrimination (Articles 15 and 16)?

The scope should be extended to include ‘ethnic or social origin, political or other opinion, property or birth’.

33. What did the NCRWC recommend regarding the freedom of speech and expression (Article 19)?

It should be expanded to explicitly include ‘the freedom of the press and other media, the freedom to hold opinions and to seek, receive and impart information and ideas’.

34. What new Fundamental Rights did the NCRWC recommend adding?

New Fundamental Rights recommended are: (a) Right against torture, cruelty and inhuman treatment or punishment. (b) Right to compensation if illegally deprived of life or liberty. (c) Right to leave and to return to India. (d) Right to privacy and family life. (e) Right to rural wage employment for a minimum of 80 days a year. (f) Right to access to courts and tribunals and speedy justice. (g) Right to equal justice and free legal aid. (h) Right to care and assistance and protection (in case of children). (i) Right to safe drinking water, prevention of pollution, conservation of ecology and sustainable development.

35. What did the NCRWC recommend regarding the right to education (Article 21-A)?

The right to education should be enlarged to read: ‘Every child shall have the right to free education until he completes the age of fourteen years; and in the case of girls and members of the SCs and STs until they complete the age of eighteen years’.

36. What two changes did the NCRWC recommend regarding preventive detention (Article 22)?

The recommendations were: (i) maximum period of preventive detention should be six months; and (ii) the advisory board should consist of a chairman and two other members who are serving judges of any high court.

37. What did the NCRWC recommend regarding Sikhism, Jainism, and Buddhism in relation to Hinduism (Article 25)?

Sikhism, Jainism, and Buddhism should be treated as religions separate from Hinduism, and the provisions grouping them together should be deleted.

38. What did the NCRWC recommend regarding the suspension of Fundamental Rights during a national emergency (Article 352)?

No suspension of enforcement of Fundamental Rights under Articles 17, 23, 24, 25, and 32 should occur, in addition to Articles 20 and 21.

39. How did the NCRWC recommend recasting Article 300-A (Right to Property)?

Article 300-A should state:

  1. Deprivation or acquisition of property shall be by authority of law and only for a public purpose.
  2. There shall be no arbitrary deprivation or acquisition of property.
  3. No deprivation or acquisition of agricultural, forest, and non-urban homestead land of SCs/STs shall occur except by law providing for suitable rehabilitation scheme before taking possession.

40. What new heading did the NCRWC recommend for Part-IV of the Constitution (Directive Principles)?

The heading should be amended to read as ‘Directive Principles of State Policy and Action’.

41. What new Directive Principle did the NCRWC recommend adding?

A new Directive Principle on control of population should be added.

42. What did the NCRWC recommend regarding the establishment of a National Education Commission?

An independent National Education Commission should be set-up every five years.

43. What did the NCRWC recommend regarding the establishment of an Inter-Faith Commission?

An Inter-Faith Commission should be established to promote inter-religious harmony and social solidarity.

44. What did the NCRWC recommend regarding the review of Directive Principles implementation?

There must be a body of high status to review the level of implementation of the Directive Principles.

45. What did the NCRWC recommend regarding employment opportunities?

A strategic Plan of Action should be initiated to create a large number of employment opportunities in five years.

46. What did the NCRWC recommend regarding the Justice Verma Committee’s recommendations on Fundamental Duties?

The recommendations of the Justice Verma Committee on operationalisation of Fundamental Duties should be implemented at the earliest.

47. What new fundamental duties did the NCRWC recommend including in Article 51-A?

New fundamental duties recommended are: (a) Duty to vote at elections, actively participate in democratic governance, and pay taxes. (b) To foster a spirit of family values and responsible parenthood in children’s well-being. (c) Duty of industrial organizations to provide education to children of their employees.

48. What did the NCRWC recommend regarding the privileges of legislators?

The privileges of legislators should be defined and delimited for the free and independent functioning of Parliament and state legislatures.

49. What did the NCRWC recommend regarding the immunity of members under parliamentary privileges (Article 105)?

Article 105 may be amended to clarify that immunity does not cover corrupt acts committed in connection with duties. No court should take cognizance of such offence without prior sanction of the Speaker/Chairman.

50. What did the NCRWC recommend regarding the domiciliary requirement for eligibility to contest Rajya Sabha elections?

The domiciliary requirement for eligibility to contest elections to Rajya Sabha from the concerned state should be maintained to ensure the federal character of the Rajya Sabha.

51. What did the NCRWC recommend regarding the MP local area development scheme?

The MP local area development scheme should be discontinued.

52. What did the NCRWC recommend regarding the Election Commission’s powers to identify ‘offices of profit’?

The Election Commission should be empowered to identify and declare various offices under Central and state governments to be ‘offices of profit’ for membership purposes.

53. What did the NCRWC recommend regarding the establishment of a Nodal Standing Committee on National Economy?

Immediate steps should be taken to set up a Nodal Standing Committee on National Economy.

54. What did the NCRWC recommend regarding the establishment of a Standing Constitution Committee of Parliament?

A Standing Constitution Committee of the two Houses of Parliament for a priori scrutiny of constitutional amendment proposals should be set up.

55. What did the NCRWC recommend regarding the establishment of a new Legislation Committee of Parliament?

A new Legislation Committee of Parliament to oversee and coordinate legislative planning should be constituted.

56. What did the NCRWC recommend regarding the existing Parliamentary Committees on Estimates, Public Undertakings, and Subordinate Legislation?

The existing Parliamentary Committees on Estimates, Public Undertakings, and Subordinate Legislation may not be continued.

57. What did the NCRWC recommend regarding parliamentarians’ public scrutiny?

The Parliamentarians must voluntarily place themselves open to public scrutiny through a parliamentary ombudsman.

58. What did the NCRWC recommend regarding the minimum number of sitting days for State Legislatures, Rajya Sabha, and Lok Sabha?

State Legislatures with less than 70 members should meet for at least 50 days a year, others for at least 90 days. Rajya Sabha sittings should be fixed at 100 days and Lok Sabha at 120 days.

59. What did the NCRWC recommend regarding a Study Group outside Parliament?

A Study Group outside Parliament for study of procedural reforms should be set up.

60. What did the NCRWC recommend for electing the leader of the House in case of a hung Parliament?

In case of hung Parliament, the Lok Sabha may elect the leader of the House, who may then be appointed as prime minister by the President.

61. What did the NCRWC recommend regarding a motion of no-confidence against a prime minister?

A motion of no-confidence against a prime minister must be accompanied by a proposal of alternative leader to be voted simultaneously (constructive vote of no confidence).

62. What is the minimum percentage of members required to give notice for a motion of no-confidence against the government?

At least 20 per cent of the total number of members of the House should give notice.

63. What did the NCRWC recommend regarding the practice of having oversized Council of Ministers?

The practice of having oversized Council of Ministers should be prohibited by law. A ceiling on the number of Ministers in any State or the Union government should be fixed at a maximum of 10% of the total strength of the popular house.

64. What did the NCRWC recommend regarding the number of political offices with ministerial perks and privileges?

The practice of creating a number of political offices with ministerial perks and privileges should be discouraged. Their number should be limited to 2% of the total strength of the lower house.

65. What did the NCRWC recommend regarding the appointment of Lokpal and Lokayuktas?

The Constitution should provide for appointment of Lokpal (keeping the prime minister outside its purview) and the institution of lokayuktas in the states.

66. What did the NCRWC recommend regarding lateral entry into government jobs?

Lateral entry into government jobs above joint secretary level should be allowed.

67. What did the NCRWC recommend regarding Article 311?

Article 311 should be amended to ensure not only protection to honest public servants but penalisation to dishonest ones.

68. What did the NCRWC recommend regarding the management of personnel policy (placements, promotions, transfers)?

Personnel policy should be managed by autonomous Civil Service Boards constituted under statutory provisions.

69. What did the NCRWC recommend for officials at the start of their career, in addition to the oath of loyalty to the Constitution?

Officials should swear to abide by the principles of good governance.

70. What did the NCRWC recommend regarding the right to information?

The right to information should be guaranteed, and the traditional insistence on secrecy should be discarded. An oath of transparency should replace the oath of secrecy.

71. What did the NCRWC recommend regarding Public Interest Disclosure Acts?

Public Interest Disclosure Acts (Whistle-blower Acts) may be enacted to fight corruption and mal-administration.

72. What did the NCRWC recommend regarding benami property of corrupt public servants?

A law should be enacted to provide for forfeiture of benami property of corrupt public servants as well as non-public servants.

73. What did the NCRWC recommend regarding the Inter-State Council Order of 1990?

The Inter-State Council Order of 1990 may clearly specify the matters that should form the parts of consultations.

74. What did the NCRWC recommend regarding management of disasters and emergencies?

Management of disasters and emergencies (both natural and manmade) should be included in the List III (Concurrent List) of the Seventh Schedule.

75. What did the NCRWC recommend regarding the establishment of an Inter-State Trade and Commerce Commission?

A statutory body called the Inter-State Trade and Commerce Commission should be established.

76. What did the NCRWC recommend regarding the appointment of the governor of a state?

The President should appoint the governor of a state only after consultation with the chief minister of that state.

77. What did the NCRWC recommend regarding Article 356 (President’s Rule)?

Article 356 should not be deleted, but it must be used sparingly and only as a remedy of the last resort.

78. What did the NCRWC recommend regarding testing the confidence of the assembly in a state ministry?

The question of whether the ministry in a state has lost the confidence of the assembly should be tested only on the floor of the House. The Governor should not be allowed to dismiss the ministry as long as it enjoys the confidence of the House.

79. What did the NCRWC recommend regarding the continuation of President’s Rule even without a state of emergency?

Even without the state being under a proclamation of emergency, President’s Rule may be continued if elections cannot be held. Article 356 should be amended to this effect.

80. What did the NCRWC recommend regarding the dissolution of the State Assembly under Article 356?

The State Assembly should not be dissolved before the proclamation issued under Article 356 has been laid before Parliament. Article 356 should be amended to ensure this.

81. What did the NCRWC recommend regarding river water disputes between States and/or the Centre?

River water disputes should be heard and disposed by a bench of not less than three judges, and if necessary, a bench of five judges of the Supreme Court for final disposal.

82. What did the NCRWC recommend regarding the River Boards Act of 1956?

Parliament should replace the River Boards Act of 1956 with another comprehensive enactment after consultation with all states.

83. What did the NCRWC recommend regarding a time-limit for the President’s decision on state bills reserved for consideration?

When a state bill is reserved for President’s consideration, there should be a time-limit (say three months) within which the President should take a decision.

84. What did the NCRWC recommend regarding the establishment of a National Judicial Commission?

A National Judicial Commission under the Constitution should be established to recommend the appointment of judges of the Supreme Court.

It should comprise the Chief Justice of India (as chairman), two senior most Judges of the Supreme Court, the Union law minister, and one person nominated by the President.

86. What did the NCRWC recommend regarding a committee of the National Judicial Commission?

A committee of the National Judicial Commission should examine complaints of deviant behaviour of the Supreme Court and high court judges.

87. What did the NCRWC recommend regarding the retirement age of judges of high courts and Supreme Court?

The retirement age of judges of high courts and Supreme Court should be increased to 65 and 68 respectively.

88. What did the NCRWC recommend regarding the power to punish for contempt of court?

No court other than the Supreme Court and the High Courts should have the power to punish for contempt of itself.

89. What did the NCRWC recommend regarding the power to declare Acts of Parliament and State Legislatures unconstitutional?

Except for the Supreme Court and the High Courts, no other court should have the power to declare the Acts of Parliament and State Legislatures as being unconstitutional or ultra-vires.

90. What did the NCRWC recommend regarding the establishment of Judicial Councils?

A National Judicial Council and Judicial Councils in States should be set up for the preparation of plans and annual budget proposals.

91. What did the NCRWC recommend regarding the delivery of judgments in the Supreme Court and High Courts?

Judgments should ordinarily be delivered within 90 days from the conclusion of the case.

92. What did the NCRWC recommend regarding exemplary costs?

An award of exemplary costs should be given in appropriate cases of abuse of process of law.

93. What did the NCRWC recommend regarding High Courts’ strategic plans?

Each High Court should prepare a strategic plan for time-bound clearance of arrears within its jurisdiction, aiming for no case to remain pending for more than one year.

94. What did the NCRWC recommend regarding the introduction of plea-bargaining?

The system of plea-bargaining should be introduced as part of the process of decriminalization.

95. What did the NCRWC recommend regarding the hierarchy of subordinate courts?

The hierarchy of the subordinate courts in the country should be brought down to a two-tier subordinate judiciary under the High Court.

96. What did the NCRWC recommend regarding bringing SCs, STs, and BCs onto the benches of the Supreme Court and high courts?

A way could and should be found to bring a reasonable number of SCs, STs, and BCs onto the benches of the Supreme Court and high courts.

97. What did the NCRWC recommend regarding social policy for SCs, STs, and BCs?

Social policy should aim at enabling SCs, STs, and BCs (with particular attention to girls) to compete on equal terms with the general category.

98. What did the NCRWC recommend regarding new institutions for weaker sections?

Appropriate new institutions should be established to ensure that resources earmarked for the weaker sections are optimally used.

99. What did the NCRWC recommend regarding Citizens’ Charters?

Citizens’ Charters should be prepared by every service providing department/agency to enumerate the entitlements of citizens, specifically those of SCs, STs, and other deprived classes.

100. What did the NCRWC recommend regarding reservation for SCs, STs, and BCs?

Reservation for SCs, STs, and BCs should be brought under a statute covering all aspects of reservation, including setting up of Arakshan Nyaya Adalats to adjudicate disputes.

101. What did the NCRWC recommend regarding residential schools for SCs, STs, and BCs?

Residential schools for SCs, STs, and BCs should be established in every district in the country.

102. What did the NCRWC recommend regarding tribal areas governed by the Fifth Schedule?

All tribal areas governed by the Fifth Schedule should be transferred to the Sixth Schedule. Other tribal areas should also be brought under the Sixth Schedule.

103. What did the NCRWC recommend regarding special courts for offences under the SCs and STs (Prevention of Atrocities) Act, 1989?

Special courts exclusively to try offences under the SCs and STs (Prevention of Atrocities) Act, 1989, should be established.

104. What did the NCRWC recommend regarding the Prevention of Untouchability?

Prevention of untouchability requires, inter alia, effective punitive action under the Protection of Civil Rights Act, 1955.

105. What did the NCRWC recommend regarding the Employment of Manual Scavengers and Construction of Dry Latrines (Prohibition) Act, 1993?

The Employment of Manual Scavengers and Construction of Dry Latrines (Prohibition) Act, 1993, should be strictly enforced.

106. What did the NCRWC recommend regarding the improvement of educational standards and political representation for minority communities?

Steps should be taken for improvement of educational standards as well as for increasing the political representation of the minority communities.

107. What did the NCRWC recommend regarding a National Authority for the Liberation and Rehabilitation of bonded labour?

A fully empowered National Authority for the Liberation and Rehabilitation of bonded labour should be set up, with similar authorities established at the state level.

108. What did the NCRWC recommend regarding women?

As regards women, actions covering reservations, development, empowerment, health, and protection against violence should be taken.

109. What did the NCRWC recommend regarding the Eleventh and Twelfth Schedules of the Constitution?

The Eleventh and Twelfth Schedules should be restructured to create a separate fiscal domain for panchayats and municipalities.

110. What did the NCRWC recommend regarding the establishment of a state panchayat council?

A state panchayat council should be established under the chairmanship of the chief minister.

111. What did the NCRWC recommend regarding the declaration of Panchayats and Municipalities?

Panchayats and Municipalities should be categorically declared to be ‘institutions of self-government’ with exclusive functions assigned to them, by suitably amending Articles 243-G and 243-W.

112. What did the NCRWC recommend regarding the Election Commission of India’s power over State Election Commissions?

The Election Commission of India should have the power to issue directions to the State Election Commission for the discharge of its functions.

113. What did the NCRWC recommend regarding the reporting of State Election Commissions?

The State Election Commission should submit its annual or special reports to the Election Commission of India and to the Governor.

114. What did the NCRWC recommend regarding dissolution of a Panchayat (Article 243-E)?

Article 243-E should be amended to ensure that a reasonable opportunity of being heard shall be given to a Panchayat before it is dissolved.

115. What did the NCRWC recommend regarding the audit of accounts for Panchayats?

The CAG of India should be empowered to conduct the audit or lay down accounting standards for Panchayats to ensure uniformity.

116. What did the NCRWC recommend regarding the supersession of a Municipality?

Whenever a Municipality is superseded, a report stating the grounds for such dissolution should be placed before the State Legislature.

117. What did the NCRWC recommend regarding qualifications and disqualifications for elections to local authorities?

All provisions regarding qualifications and disqualifications for elections to local authorities should be consolidated in a single law.

118. What did the NCRWC recommend regarding the functions of delimitation, reservation, and rotation of seats for local authorities?

These functions should be vested in a Delimitation Commission and not in the State Election Commission.

119. What did the NCRWC recommend regarding a distinct and separate tax domain for municipalities?

The concept of a distinct and separate tax domain for municipalities should be recognized.

120. What did the NCRWC recommend regarding providing opportunities to North Eastern States under the 73rd and 74th Constitutional Amendments?

Efforts should be made to give all States in this region the opportunities, with due regard to their unique political traditions.

121. What did the NCRWC recommend regarding entrusting subjects to Autonomous District Councils (ADCs)?

The subjects given under the Sixth Schedule and those mentioned in the Eleventh Schedule could be entrusted to the Autonomous District Councils (ADCs).

122. What did the NCRWC recommend regarding traditional forms of governance?

Traditional forms of governance should be associated with self-governance due to present dissatisfaction.

123. What did the NCRWC recommend regarding a National Immigration Council?

A National Immigration Council should be set up to examine issues including a review of the Citizenship Act, the Illegal Migrants Determination by Tribunal Act, and the Foreigners Act.

124. What did the NCRWC recommend regarding the disqualification of persons charged with serious offences?

Any person charged with an offence punishable with imprisonment for a maximum term of five years or more should be disqualified from being chosen as a member of Parliament or State Legislature.

125. What did the NCRWC recommend regarding the permanent debarment of persons convicted of heinous crimes?

Any person convicted for any heinous crime like murder, rape, smuggling, dacoity, etc., should be permanently debarred from contesting for any political office.

126. What did the NCRWC recommend regarding the speedy disposal of criminal cases against politicians?

Criminal cases against politicians pending before Courts should be disposed of speedily, if necessary, by appointing Special Courts.

127. What did the NCRWC recommend regarding election petitions?

Election petitions should also be decided by special courts. Alternatively, special election benches may be constituted in the High Courts.

128. What did the NCRWC recommend regarding State funding of elections?

Proposals for State funding should be deferred until regulatory mechanisms for political parties and financial limits are firmly in position.

129. What did the NCRWC recommend regarding candidates contesting elections from multiple constituencies?

Candidates should not be allowed to contest election simultaneously for the same office from more than one constituency.

130. What did the NCRWC recommend regarding the election code of conduct?

The election code of conduct should be given the sanctity of law, and its violation should attract penal action.

131. What did the NCRWC recommend regarding the system of run-off contest?

The Commission recommended that the Government and the Election Commission of India should examine the issue of prescribing a minimum of 50 per cent plus one vote for election in all aspects for a more representative democracy.

132. What did the NCRWC recommend regarding independent candidates who lose elections multiple times?

An independent candidate who loses election three times consecutively should be permanently debarred from contesting election to the same office.

133. What did the NCRWC recommend regarding the minimum valid votes polled for deposit forfeiture?

The minimum number of valid votes polled should be increased to 25 per cent from the current 16.67 per cent as a condition for the deposit not being forfeited.

134. What did the NCRWC recommend regarding the eligibility of non-Indian born citizens to hold high offices?

The issue of eligibility of non-Indian born citizens or those whose parents or grandparents were citizens of India to hold high offices (President, Vice-President, Prime Minister, Chief Justice) should be examined in depth through a political process after a national dialogue.

135. What did the NCRWC recommend regarding the appointment of the Chief Election Commissioner and other Election Commissioners?

They should be appointed on the recommendation of a body consisting of the Prime Minister, Leader of the Opposition in Lok Sabha, Leader of the Opposition in Rajya Sabha, Speaker of Lok Sabha, and Deputy Chairman of Rajya Sabha.

136. What did the NCRWC recommend regarding the appointment of State Election Commissioners?

A similar procedure should be adopted for the appointment of State Election Commissioners.

137. What did the NCRWC recommend regarding a comprehensive law regulating the registration and functioning of political parties?

A comprehensive law should be made, providing that: (a) Political party/alliance should be open to all citizens irrespective of caste, community. (b) Parties must maintain accounts of funds and expenditure. (c) Candidates must declare assets and liabilities. (d) No party should provide ticket to a candidate convicted of a criminal offence or against whom criminal charges have been framed. (e) Violation of (d) should lead to disqualification of candidate and deregistration/derecognition of party.

138. What did the NCRWC recommend regarding the threshold criterion for recognition of political parties?

The Election Commission should progressively increase the threshold criterion for eligibility for recognition to discourage proliferation of smaller political parties.

139. What did the NCRWC recommend regarding a comprehensive legislation for political funding and election expenses?

A comprehensive legislation should be enacted to: (a) Bring transparency into political funding. (b) Permit corporate donations within higher prescribed limits. (c) Make donations up to a specified limit tax exempt. (d) Make both donors and donees accountable. (e) Require audited political party accounts to be published yearly. (f) Provide for de-recognition of the party and penalties for filing false election returns.

140. What did the NCRWC recommend regarding the Tenth Schedule (anti-defection law)?

The provisions of the Tenth Schedule should be amended to provide that:

  1. All persons defecting must resign from their parliamentary or assembly seats and contest fresh elections.
  2. Defectors should be debarred from holding any public office (minister or remunerative political post) for at least the remaining term of the legislature or until the next elections.
  3. A vote cast by a defector to topple a government should be treated as invalid.
  4. The power to decide disqualification questions on defection should vest in the Election Commission instead of the Speaker/Chairman.

141. Who were the other members of the National Commission to Review the Working of the Constitution (NCRWC), as per footnote 1?

The other members were: B.P. Jeevan Reddy, R.S. Sarkaria, K. Punnayya, Soli Sorabjee, K. Parasaran, Subhash Kashyap, C.R. Irani, Abid Hussain, Smt. Sumitra Kulkarni, and P.A. Sangma.

142. Who resigned from the NCRWC before the submission of the report?

P.A. Sangma resigned three months before the submission of the report.

143. What is the source of the information on the Report of the Commission, Volume I, Chapter 1 (footnote 2)?

The source is “Report of the Commission, Volume I, Chapter 1.”

144. What is the source of the information on the Report of the Commission, Volume I, Chapter 2 (footnote 3)?

The source is “Report of the Commission, Volume I, Chapter 2.”

145. What is the source of the detailed area-wise recommendations from the NCRWC report (footnote 4)?

The source is Chapters 3 to 10 in Volume I of the Report of the Commission, with a summary in Chapter 11.

At present, it is a Directive Principle under Article 39-A.

147. What was the purpose of the committee appointed by the Government of India in 1998, chaired by Justice J.S. Verma?

The committee was appointed to “operationalise the suggestions to teach Fundamental Duties to the citizens of India”.

148. When did the Justice J.S. Verma Committee submit its report?

The Committee submitted its report in October 1999.

149. What was the outcome of the Commission’s division on the issue of the eligibility of non-Indian born citizens to hold high offices?

The Commission was deeply divided on this issue, leading to P.A. Sangma leaving the Commission.

Chapter 91 Landmark Judgements and Their Impact

1. What is the name of the case for Romesh Thappar vs. State of Madras?

The name of the case is Romesh Thappar vs. State of Madras.

2. In what year was the Romesh Thappar case judged?

The Romesh Thappar case was judged in 1950.

The popular name is Cross Roads case.

The related topic/issue is Freedom of the press.

Article 19 is related to the Romesh Thappar case.

6. What was the Supreme Court’s judgment in the Romesh Thappar case (1950) regarding freedom of speech and expression?

The Supreme Court held that the freedom of speech and expression under Article 19(1)(a) includes freedom of propagation of ideas and circulation, declaring the Madras government’s ban on the weekly English Journal Cross Roads unconstitutional.

7. What did the Supreme Court observe about the foundation of democratic organisations in the Romesh Thappar case?

The Court observed that freedom of speech and press lay at the foundation of all democratic organisations, as public education essential for popular government is impossible without free political discussion.

8. What was the impact of the Romesh Thappar judgment regarding Article 19(2)?

As a sequel, the 1st Amendment Act (1951) added “public order” as a reasonable restriction under Article 19(2) on freedom of speech and expression. The Court had previously refused restrictions on public order because it was not explicitly mentioned in Article 19(2).

9. What is the name of the case for A.K. Gopalan vs. State of Madras?

The name of the case is A.K. Gopalan vs. State of Madras.

10. In what year was the A.K. Gopalan case judged?

The A.K. Gopalan case was judged in 1950.

The popular name is Preventive Detention case.

The related topic/issue is Procedure established by law.

Articles 21 & 22 are related to the A.K. Gopalan case.

14. What was the Supreme Court’s judgment in the A.K. Gopalan case (1950) regarding the Preventive Detention Act (1950) and Article 21?

The Supreme Court invalidated Section 14 of the Preventive Detention Act (1950) for violating Article 22, but declared the rest of the Act valid. It held that ‘personal liberty’ under Article 21 means physical liberty and is a protection only against executive action, not legislative action.

15. What was the impact of the A.K. Gopalan judgment regarding the interpretation of Article 21?

The Supreme Court took a narrow (restrictive) interpretation of Article 21, adopting a ‘textualist approach’ and holding that ‘procedure established by law’ did not mean ‘due process of law’. This judgment held for nearly three decades until it was overruled by the Maneka Gandhi case (1978).

16. What is the name of the case for Champakam Dorairajan?

The name of the case is State of Madras vs. Champakam Dorairajan.

17. In what year was the Champakam Dorairajan case judged?

The Champakam Dorairajan case was judged in 1951.

The related topic/issue is Communal reservation in admission to educational institutions.

Articles 15, 29 & 46 are related to the Champakam Dorairajan case.

20. What was the Supreme Court’s judgment in the Champakam Dorairajan case (1951) regarding communal reservation?

The Supreme Court upheld the Madras High Court’s judgment, striking down the Madras Government’s “Communal GO” (proportionate reservation in medical/engineering colleges) as violative of Articles 15(1) and 29(2). It declared that directive principles cannot override fundamental rights.

21. What was the impact of the Champakam Dorairajan judgment?

This judgment led to the insertion of a new Clause (4) in Article 15 by the 1st Amendment Act (1951), permitting the state to make special provisions for the advancement of socially and educationally backward classes, SCs, and STs, thereby nullifying the judgment’s effect.

22. What is the name of the case for Shankari Prasad vs. Union of India?

The name of the case is Shankari Prasad vs. Union of India.

23. In what year was the Shankari Prasad case judged?

The Shankari Prasad case was judged in 1951.

The related topic/issue is Parliament’s power to amend the constitution.

Articles 13 & 368 are related to the Shankari Prasad case.

26. What was the Supreme Court’s judgment in the Shankari Prasad case (1951) regarding Parliament’s amending power and fundamental rights?

The Supreme Court held that Parliament’s amending power under Article 368 includes the power to amend fundamental rights. It ruled that a constitutional amendment act curtailing fundamental rights is not void under Article 13(2), upholding the validity of the 1st Amendment Act (1951).

27. What was the impact of the Shankari Prasad judgment regarding legislative and constituent law?

The Supreme Court distinguished between legislative law (ordinary law) and constituent law (constitutional amendment law), holding that ‘law’ in Article 13(2) refers only to ordinary law, not constitutional amendment law. This meant Parliament could amend any provision, and fundamental rights were not inviolable.

28. Which subsequent case re-affirmed the Shankari Prasad judgment, and which case overruled it?

The Sajjan Singh case (1964) re-affirmed it, but the Golak Nath case (1967) overruled it.

29. What is the name of the case for Berubari Union?

The name of the case is Berubari Union vs. Unknown.

30. In what year was the Berubari Union case judged?

The Berubari Union case was judged in 1960.

The related topic/issue is Cession of Indian Territory to a foreign state.

Articles 3, 368 & First Schedule are related to the Berubari Union case.

33. What was the Supreme Court’s judgment in the Berubari Union case (1960) regarding Parliament’s power to cede Indian territory?

The Supreme Court ruled that Parliament’s power under Article 3 to diminish a state’s area does not cover cession of Indian territory to a foreign country. It stated that Indian territory can only be ceded by a constitutional amendment under Article 368.

34. What did the Supreme Court hold regarding the Preamble in the Berubari Union case (1960)?

The court held that the Preamble is not a part of the constitution.

35. What was the impact of the Berubari Union judgment?

This judgment led to the enactment of the 9th Amendment Act (1960), which facilitated the transfer of Berubari Union (West Bengal) to Pakistan as per the Indo-Pak Agreement (Nehru-Noon Agreement) of 1958.

36. What is the name of the case for K.M. Nanavati?

The name of the case is K.M. Nanavati vs. State of Maharashtra.

37. In what year was the K.M. Nanavati case judged?

The K.M. Nanavati case was judged in 1961.

The related topic/issue is Jury System of trial.

39. What was the Supreme Court’s judgment in the K.M. Nanavati case (1961)?

The Supreme Court upheld the Bombay High Court’s judgment, confirming the conviction of Nanavati under Section 302 of the Indian Penal Code and the sentence of life imprisonment for the murder of his wife’s paramour.

40. What was the impact of the K.M. Nanavati judgment?

This judgment exposed the shortcomings of the Jury System and led to its abolition. The new Code of Criminal Procedure, 1973, completely removed the system of trial by jury in India.

41. What is the name of the case for I.C. Golak Nath?

The name of the case is I.C. Golak Nath vs. State of Punjab.

42. In what year was the I.C. Golak Nath case judged?

The I.C. Golak Nath case was judged in 1967.

The related topic/issue is Parliament’s power to amend the constitution.

Articles 13 & 368 are related to the I.C. Golak Nath case.

45. What was the Supreme Court’s judgment in the I.C. Golak Nath case (1967) regarding Parliament’s amending power and fundamental rights?

The Supreme Court overruled its earlier verdicts in Shankari Prasad (1951) and Sajjan Singh (1964). It held that the amending power under Article 368 cannot be used to abridge or take away fundamental rights, and a constitutional amendment act is a “law” under Article 13(2).

46. What doctrine did the Supreme Court apply in the Golak Nath case to ensure the validity of past amendments?

The court applied the doctrine of prospective overruling, declaring that its judgment would have only prospective operation, meaning past amendments (1st, 4th, 17th) would remain valid.

47. What was the impact of the I.C. Golak Nath judgment?

As a sequel, the 24th Amendment Act (1971) was enacted, providing that Parliament has the power to amend any part of the constitution, including fundamental rights, under Article 368, and that a constitutional amendment act is not a “law” under Article 13(2).

48. What is the name of the case for Kesavananda Bharati?

The name of the case is Kesavananda Bharati vs. State of Kerala.

49. In what year was the Kesavananda Bharati case judged?

The Kesavananda Bharati case was judged in 1973.

The popular name is Fundamental Rights case.

The related topic/issue is Parliament’s power to amend the constitution.

Articles 13 & 368 are related to the Kesavananda Bharati case.

53. What was the Supreme Court’s judgment in the Kesavananda Bharati case (1973) regarding Parliament’s amending power and fundamental rights?

The Supreme Court overruled its earlier verdict in Golak Nath (1967). It held that Parliament, under Article 368, can amend any or all provisions of the Constitution, including fundamental rights, but not its ‘basic structure’. It upheld the validity of the 24th Amendment Act (1971).

54. What parts of the 25th Amendment Act (1971) did the Supreme Court declare valid and invalid in the Kesavananda Bharati case?

The court declared Sections 2(a) and 2(b) of the 25th Amendment Act (1971) as valid, but declared the second part of Section 3 as invalid.

55. What was the impact of the Kesavananda Bharati judgment?

This judgment led to the emergence of the doctrine of basic structure as a limitation on Parliament’s amending power. It also enlarged the list of basic structure elements. The 42nd Amendment Act (1976) later attempted to dilute this doctrine.

56. What is the name of the case for Indira Nehru Gandhi?

The name of the case is Indira Nehru Gandhi vs. Raj Narain.

57. In what year was the Indira Nehru Gandhi case judged?

The Indira Nehru Gandhi case was judged in 1975.

The popular name is Election case.

The related topic/issue is Basic structure of the constitution.

Article 329A (Repealed) is related to the Indira Nehru Gandhi case.

61. What was the Supreme Court’s judgment in the Indira Nehru Gandhi case (1975) regarding the basic structure doctrine and Article 329A?

The Supreme Court reaffirmed the applicability of the basic structure doctrine. It struck down clause (4) of Article 329A (inserted by the 39th Amendment Act, 1975), which kept election disputes involving the Prime Minister and Speaker outside court jurisdiction, as it affected the basic structure.

62. What was the impact of the Indira Nehru Gandhi judgment?

Following this and the Kesavananda Bharati case, the 42nd Amendment Act (1976) inserted new Clauses (4) and (5) in Article 368 to dilute the basic structure doctrine, by attempting to confer unlimited amending power on Parliament.

63. What is the name of the case for A.D.M. Jabalpur?

The name of the case is A.D.M. Jabalpur vs. Shivakant Shukla.

64. In what year was the A.D.M. Jabalpur case judged?

The A.D.M. Jabalpur case was judged in 1976.

The popular name is Habeas Corpus case.

The related topic/issue is Right to life and personal liberty during the emergency.

Articles 21 & 359 are related to the A.D.M. Jabalpur case.

68. What was the Supreme Court’s judgment in the A.D.M. Jabalpur case (1976) regarding Article 21 during an emergency?

The Supreme Court held that Article 21 is the sole repository of the right to life and personal liberty. If its enforcement is suspended by a Presidential Order under Article 359, a detenu has no locus standi to challenge detention legality. It upheld Section 16A(9) of MISA, 1971.

69. What was the impact of the A.D.M. Jabalpur judgment?

The Supreme Court took a restrictive meaning of Article 21, delivering a “seriously flawed judgement.” The 44th Amendment Act (1978) amended Article 359, ensuring that the enforcement of Article 21 cannot be suspended by a Presidential Order, making this judgment no longer good law.

70. What is the name of the case for Maneka Gandhi?

The name of the case is Maneka Gandhi vs. Union of India.

71. In what year was the Maneka Gandhi case judged?

The Maneka Gandhi case was judged in 1978.

The popular name is Personal Liberty case.

The related topic/issue is Procedure established by law.

Article 21 is related to the Maneka Gandhi case.

75. What was the Supreme Court’s judgment in the Maneka Gandhi case (1978) regarding Article 21 and personal liberty?

The Supreme Court overruled its earlier A.K. Gopalan judgment (1950). It held that Articles 14, 19, and 21 are not mutually exclusive. ‘Personal liberty’ in Article 21 has the widest amplitude, covering rights for a meaningful life. ‘Procedure established by law’ must be just, fair, and reasonable, conforming to natural justice.

76. What was the impact of the Maneka Gandhi judgment?

This judgment introduced the American concept of ‘due process of law’ into Indian judicial interpretation, firmly established the ‘golden triangle’ rule (inter-relation of Articles 14, 19, and 21), and expanded the scope of Article 21, paving the way for declaring many rights as integral parts of it.

77. What is the name of the case for Bachan Singh?

The name of the case is Bachan Singh vs. State of Punjab.

78. In what year was the Bachan Singh case judged?

The Bachan Singh case was judged in 1980.

The related topic/issue is Constitutional validity of death penalty.

Articles 19 & 21 are related to the Bachan Singh case.

81. What was the Supreme Court’s judgment in the Bachan Singh case (1980) regarding the death penalty?

The Supreme Court ruled that the death penalty provision in Section 302 of the Indian Penal Code is not unreasonable and does not violate Articles 19 or 21. It held that the death penalty must be confined to the ‘rarest of rare cases’.

82. What factors should be considered when making the choice of death penalty?

The exceptional and grave circumstances of both the crime and the criminal should be taken into consideration.

83. What was the impact of the Bachan Singh judgment?

This judgment led to the laying down of the doctrine of ‘rarest of rare cases’ for awarding the death penalty, influencing subsequent Supreme Court judgments.

84. What is the name of the case for Minerva Mills?

The name of the case is Minerva Mills vs. Union of India.

85. In what year was the Minerva Mills case judged?

The Minerva Mills case was judged in 1980.

The related topic/issue is Basic structure of the constitution.

Articles 31C & 368 are related to the Minerva Mills case.

88. What was the Supreme Court’s judgment in the Minerva Mills case (1980) regarding the 42nd Amendment Act?

The Supreme Court invalidated Clauses (4) and (5) of Article 368 and the amendment to Article 31C by the 42nd Amendment Act (1976), stating they destroyed the basic structure. It held that the limited power of Parliament to amend, judicial review, and harmony between fundamental rights and directive principles are basic features.

89. What was the impact of the Minerva Mills judgment?

This judgment nullified the attempt to dilute the basic structure doctrine by the 42nd Amendment Act (1976). It held that Parliament cannot expand its amending power to repeal or abrogate the constitution’s basic features, and that anything destroying the balance between fundamental rights and directive principles destroys an essential element of the basic structure.

90. What is the name of the case for Waman Rao?

The name of the case is Waman Rao vs. Union of India.

91. In what year was the Waman Rao case judged?

The Waman Rao case was judged in 1980.

The related topic/issue is Judicial review of the ninth schedule.

Articles 368 & Ninth Schedule are related to the Waman Rao case.

94. What was the Supreme Court’s judgment in the Waman Rao case (1980) regarding amendments to the Constitution and the Ninth Schedule?

The Supreme Court held that all amendments made before 24 April 1973 (Kesavananda Bharati verdict date) and additions to the Ninth Schedule are valid. However, amendments made after 24 April 1973 are open to challenge if they damage the basic structure of the Constitution.

95. What is the name of the case for Shah Bano?

The name of the case is Mohd. Ahmed Khan vs. Shah Bano.

96. In what year was the Shah Bano case judged?

The Shah Bano case was judged in 1985.

The related topic/issue is Maintenance of a divorced Muslim wife.

98. What was the Supreme Court’s judgment in the Shah Bano case (1985) regarding maintenance for a divorced Muslim wife?

The Supreme Court upheld the High Court’s judgment, ruling that a Muslim husband is liable to pay maintenance beyond the iddat period. It held that Section 125 of the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1973, is secular and prevails over personal law in case of conflict.

99. What was the impact of the Shah Bano judgment?

This judgment led to the enactment of the Muslim Women (Protection of Rights on Divorce) Act, 1986, which overturned the ruling by allowing maintenance only during the iddat period. However, the Danial Latifi case (2001) upheld the Act but held that maintenance is still payable after iddat.

100. What is the name of the case for D.C. Wadhwa?

The name of the case is D.C. Wadhwa vs. State of Bihar.

101. In what year was the D.C. Wadhwa case judged?

The D.C. Wadhwa case was judged in 1986.

The related topic/issue is Ordinance-making power of the Governor.

Article 213 is related to the D.C. Wadhwa case.

104. What was the Supreme Court’s judgment in the D.C. Wadhwa case (1986) regarding the Governor’s ordinance-making power?

The Supreme Court held that the exceptional power under Article 213 cannot be used as a substitute for law-making power of the State Legislature, and re-promulgation of ordinances for long periods is a “subversion of the democratic process” and a “fraud on the constitution.” It declared the Bihar Intermediate Education Council Ordinance, 1985, unconstitutional.

105. What was the impact of the D.C. Wadhwa judgment?

This judgment clearly exposed the fact that the ordinance-making power can be misused by the executive government.

106. What is the name of the case for M.C. Mehta?

The name of the case is M.C. Mehta vs. Union of India.

107. In what year was the M.C. Mehta case judged?

The M.C. Mehta case was judged in 1986.

The popular name is Oleum Gas Leak case.

The related topic/issue is Power of the Supreme Court to award compensation.

Articles 21 & 32 are related to the M.C. Mehta case.

111. What was the Supreme Court’s judgment in the M.C. Mehta case (1986) regarding its power to award compensation?

The Supreme Court held that its power under Article 32 is not only injunctive but also remedial, including the power to award compensation for gross and patent infringement of fundamental rights, especially the right to life under Article 21.

112. What was the impact of the M.C. Mehta judgment?

This judgment led to the expansion of Environmental Law and introduced the new principle of absolute liability (no-fault liability) in place of strict liability.

113. What is the name of the case for Kihoto Hollohan?

The name of the case is Kihoto Hollohan vs. Zachillhu.

114. In what year was the Kihoto Hollohan case judged?

The Kihoto Hollohan case was judged in 1992.

The popular name is Defection case.

The related topic/issue is Validity of anti-defection law.

Articles 368 & Tenth Schedule are related to the Kihoto Hollohan case.

118. What was the Supreme Court’s judgment in the Kihoto Hollohan case (1992) regarding the Tenth Schedule?

The Supreme Court declared paragraph 7 of the Tenth Schedule (inserted by the 52nd Amendment Act, 1985) as unconstitutional for violating Article 368(2) (requiring state ratification for excluding court jurisdiction). However, it upheld the validity of the remaining part of the Tenth Schedule.

119. What is the name of the case for Indra Sawhney?

The name of the case is Indra Sawhney vs. Union of India.

120. In what year was the Indra Sawhney case judged?

The Indra Sawhney case was judged in 1992.

The popular name is Mandal case.

The related topic/issue is Reservation for OBCs in government jobs.

Article 16 is related to the Indra Sawhney case.

124. What was the Supreme Court’s judgment in the Indra Sawhney case (1992) regarding OBC reservation?

The Supreme Court upheld the validity of 27% reservation for OBCs in jobs under Article 16(4), with conditions like exclusion of creamy layer, no reservation in promotions, and a 50% reservation ceiling. It invalidated 10% additional reservation for other economically backward sections.

125. What was the impact of the Indra Sawhney judgment?

This judgment led to: (i) Appointment of the Ram Nandan Committee to identify the creamy layer; (ii) Establishment of the statutory National Commission for BCs; and (iii) Enactment of five amendment acts (76th, 77th, 81st, 82nd, 85th) to nullify various aspects of the ruling and provide for reservation in promotions and backlog vacancies.

126. What is the name of the case for Mohini Jain?

The name of the case is Mohini Jain vs. State of Karnataka.

127. In what year was the Mohini Jain case judged?

The Mohini Jain case was judged in 1992.

The popular name is Capitation Fee case.

The related topic/issue is Right to education.

Articles 21 & 41 are related to the Mohini Jain case.

131. What was the Supreme Court’s judgment in the Mohini Jain case (1992) regarding the right to education?

The Supreme Court ruled that the right to education is a fundamental right under Article 21, extending to professional education. It stated that the right to life and dignity cannot be assured without education, and charging capitation fee is unconstitutional, violating Article 14.

132. What was the impact of the Mohini Jain judgment?

This judgment formed the basis for the later Unni Krishnan case (1993), which led to the passing of the 86th Amendment Act (2002) and the Right of Children to Free and Compulsory Education (RTE) Act, 2009.

133. What is the name of the case for Unni Krishnan?

The name of the case is Unni Krishnan vs. State of A.P.

134. In what year was the Unni Krishnan case judged?

The Unni Krishnan case was judged in 1993.

The related topic/issue is Right to education.

Articles 21 & 45 are related to the Unni Krishnan case.

137. What was the Supreme Court’s judgment in the Unni Krishnan case (1993) regarding the right to education?

The Supreme Court held that the right to education is a fundamental right under Article 21, flowing from the right to life, but only for children up to 14 years. Beyond that age, the state’s obligation depends on economic capacity. It also held that private unaided institutions could charge higher fees but commercialization of education is not permissible.

138. What was the impact of the Unni Krishnan judgment?

This judgment led to the 86th Amendment Act (2002), which added a new Article 21A making the right to education an independent fundamental right, and the enactment of the Right of Children to Free and Compulsory Education (RTE) Act, 2009.

139. What is the name of the case for Supreme Court Advocates-on-Record Association?

The name of the case is Supreme Court Advocates-on-Record Association vs. Union of India.

140. In what year was the Supreme Court Advocates-on-Record Association case judged?

The Supreme Court Advocates-on-Record Association case was judged in 1993.

The popular name is Second Judges case.

The related topic/issue is Appointment of Supreme Court and High Court Judges.

Articles 124 & 217 are related to the Supreme Court Advocates-on-Record Association case.

144. What was the Supreme Court’s judgment in the Supreme Court Advocates-on-Record Association case (1993) regarding judicial appointments?

The Supreme Court overruled its earlier S.P. Gupta case (1981). It held that judges of the Supreme Court and High Courts shall be appointed by the President in accordance with the Chief Justice of India’s advice, which must consider the views of two senior-most colleagues, changing ‘consultation’ to ‘concurrence’.

145. What was the impact of the Supreme Court Advocates-on-Record Association judgment?

Consequent to this judgment and the Third Judges case (1998), a Memorandum of Procedure for appointment of judges was formulated, known as the “collegium system”.

146. What is the name of the case for S.R. Bommai?

The name of the case is S.R. Bommai vs. Union of India.

147. In what year was the S.R. Bommai case judged?

The S.R. Bommai case was judged in 1994.

The related topic/issue is President’s rule.

Article 356 is related to the S.R. Bommai case.

150. What was the Supreme Court’s judgment in the S.R. Bommai case (1994) regarding President’s Rule?

The Supreme Court upheld the constitutional validity of President’s rule under Article 356 in Madhya Pradesh, Himachal Pradesh, and Rajasthan (1992), but declared its imposition in Nagaland (1988), Karnataka (1989), and Meghalaya (1991) unconstitutional. It laid down propositions for Article 356, including judicial review of proclamations and secularism as basic structure.

151. What was the impact of the S.R. Bommai judgment?

This judgment placed a check on the arbitrary exercise of power under Article 356 by the Centre for imposing President’s Rule in the States.

152. What is the name of the case for Vishaka?

The name of the case is Vishaka vs. State of Rajasthan.

153. In what year was the Vishaka case judged?

The Vishaka case was judged in 1997.

The related topic/issue is Sexual harassment of women at workplace.

Articles 15 & 21 are related to the Vishaka case.

156. What was the Supreme Court’s judgment in the Vishaka case (1997) regarding sexual harassment at the workplace?

The Supreme Court held that sexual harassment of women at the workplace violates Articles 15 and 21. It mandated employers to prevent harassment and issued detailed guidelines to be observed until suitable legislation is enacted.

157. What was the impact of the Vishaka judgment?

This judgment led to the laying down of the “Vishaka Guidelines,” filling a legislative vacuum on the subject. Subsequently, the Sexual Harassment of Women at Workplace (Prevention, Prohibition and Redressal) Act, 2013, was enacted.

158. What is the name of the case for Vineet Narain?

The name of the case is Vineet Narain vs. Union of India.

159. In what year was the Vineet Narain case judged?

The Vineet Narain case was judged in 1997.

The popular name is Jain Hawala case.

The related topic/issue is Autonomy and efficient functioning of CBI.

162. What was the Supreme Court’s judgment in the Vineet Narain case (1997) regarding CBI and CVC?

The Supreme Court directed that statutory status be conferred upon the Central Vigilance Commission (CVC). It also directed that the CBI be made an autonomous body for effective and efficient functioning, and struck down the ‘Single Directive’ requiring prior government permission for investigation against high-ranking officers.

163. What was the impact of the Vineet Narain judgment?

This judgment led to the enactment of the CVC Act, 2003, conferring statutory status upon the CVC and vesting superintendence of CBI corruption cases in CVC. It also reinstated the invalidation of the Single Directive.

164. What is the name of the case for Association for Democratic Reforms?

The name of the case is Union of India vs. Association for Democratic Reforms.

165. In what year was the Association for Democratic Reforms case judged?

The Association for Democratic Reforms case was judged in 2002.

The popular name is Poll Reforms case.

The related topic/issue is Criminalization of politics.

Article 19 is related to the Association for Democratic Reforms case.

169. What was the Supreme Court’s judgment in the Association for Democratic Reforms case (2002) regarding voter’s right to information?

The Supreme Court held that a voter has a right to know about the antecedents (including criminal past) of their candidate as part of their right under Article 19(1)(a) (freedom of speech and expression). It directed the Election Commission to make it mandatory for candidates to furnish information on criminal history, assets, liabilities, and educational qualifications.

170. What was the impact of the Association for Democratic Reforms judgment?

As a sequel, the Election Commission issued an order in 2003 directing every candidate to furnish this information on their nomination paper. Furnishing false information in the affidavit is now an electoral offence.

171. What is the name of the case for T.M.A. Pai Foundation?

The name of the case is T.M.A. Pai Foundation vs. State of Karnataka.

172. In what year was the T.M.A. Pai Foundation case judged?

The T.M.A. Pai Foundation case was judged in 2002.

The related topic/issue is Rights of minority educational institutions.

Articles 29 & 30 are related to the T.M.A. Pai Foundation case.

175. What was the Supreme Court’s judgment in the T.M.A. Pai Foundation case (2002) regarding minority educational institutions?

The Supreme Court laid down propositions regarding rights of minority educational institutions: (a) “minority” under Article 30 refers to linguistic and religious minorities state-wise; (b) Article 30(1) covers professional educational institutions; (c) State cannot regulate admissions to unaided minority institutions (except for qualifications); (d) Right to administer is not absolute, subject to regulatory measures; (e) Aided institutions are governed by Article 29(2) and cannot refuse admission based on religion/caste; (f) Common entrance test may be stipulated for aided professional institutions; (g) Minority institutions can have their own admission procedures, but must be fair, transparent, and merit-based.

176. What was the impact of the T.M.A. Pai Foundation judgment?

To overcome its effect and the Inamdar case (2005), the 93rd Amendment Act (2005) was enacted. This inserted a new Clause (5) in Article 15, empowering the state to make special provisions for the advancement of backward classes in admissions to educational institutions, including private ones, except minority educational institutions under Article 30(1).

177. What is the name of the case for Naveen Jindal?

The name of the case is Union of India vs. Naveen Jindal.

178. In what year was the Naveen Jindal case judged?

The Naveen Jindal case was judged in 2004.

The related topic/issue is Right to fly the national flag.

Article 19 is related to the Naveen Jindal case.

181. What was the Supreme Court’s judgment in the Naveen Jindal case (2004) regarding the right to fly the national flag?

The Supreme Court held that the right to fly the national flag freely with respect and dignity is a fundamental right of a citizen under Article 19(1)(a). This right is an expression of allegiance and pride for the nation, but it cannot be used for commercial purpose.

182. What is the name of the case for Prakash Singh?

The name of the case is Prakash Singh vs. Union of India.

183. In what year was the Prakash Singh case judged?

The Prakash Singh case was judged in 2006.

The related topic/issue is Police reforms.

185. What seven directives did the Supreme Court issue in the Prakash Singh case (2006) for police reforms?

The seven directives are: (i) Constitution of a State Security Commission. (ii) Selection of the DGP from amongst the three senior-most officers empanelled by the UPSC, with a minimum tenure of two years. (iii) Minimum tenure of two years for police officers on operational duties. (iv) Separation of investigation police from law and order police. (v) Setting up a Police Establishment Board. (vi) Setting up Police Complaints Authority at state and district levels. (vii) Setting up a National Security commission at the central level.

186. What was the impact of the Prakash Singh judgment?

This judgment led to the partial introduction of police reforms and could not fully eliminate political interference. While State Security Commissions and Police Establishment Boards were set up in most states, they were not very effective and lacked binding authority.

187. What is the name of the case for M. Nagaraj?

The name of the case is M. Nagaraj vs. Union of India.

188. In what year was the M. Nagaraj case judged?

The M. Nagaraj case was judged in 2006.

The related topic/issue is Reservation in promotions for SCs and STs.

Articles 16 & 335 are related to the M. Nagaraj case.

191. What was the Supreme Court’s judgment in the M. Nagaraj case (2006) regarding reservation in promotions?

The Supreme Court upheld the constitutional validity of the 77th, 81st, 82nd, and 85th Amendment Acts (which inserted Articles 16(4A) and 16(4B)). It stated these amendments flow from Article 16(4) and retain controlling factors like backwardness and inadequate representation, while keeping in mind overall efficiency under Article 335.

192. What conditions for reservation were affirmed by the Supreme Court in the M. Nagaraj case, building on the Indra Sawhney case?

The judgment affirmed the 50% ceiling limit, the concept of creamy layer (qualitative exclusion), and the sub-classification between OBCs, SCs, and STs, as held in the Indra Sawhney case (1992) and the concept of post-based roster from R.K. Sabharwal case (1995).

193. What is the name of the case for I.R. Coelho?

The name of the case is I.R. Coelho vs. State of Tamil Nadu.

194. In what year was the I.R. Coelho case judged?

The I.R. Coelho case was judged in 2007.

The popular name is Ninth Schedule case.

The related topic/issue is Judicial review of the ninth schedule.

Articles 31B & Ninth Schedule are related to the I.R. Coelho case.

198. What was the Supreme Court’s judgment in the I.R. Coelho case (2007) regarding the Ninth Schedule?

The Supreme Court reaffirmed its Waman Rao case (1980) judgment, holding that amendments to the Constitution made on or after 24 April 1973 (Kesavananda Bharati verdict date) that amend the Ninth Schedule are open to challenge if they damage or destroy the basic structure.

199. What is the name of the case for Aruna Ramachandra Shanbaug?

The name of the case is Aruna Ramachandra Shanbaug vs. Union of India.

200. In what year was the Aruna Ramachandra Shanbaug case judged?

The Aruna Ramachandra Shanbaug case was judged in 2011.

The related topic/issue is Euthanasia.

Article 21 is related to the Aruna Ramachandra Shanbaug case.

203. What was the Supreme Court’s judgment in the Aruna Ramachandra Shanbaug case (2011) regarding euthanasia?

The Supreme Court held that active euthanasia and assisted death are illegal, but passive euthanasia is permissible under certain conditions and safeguards. A decision to discontinue life support must be approved by the High Court, which forms a bench of at least two judges and seeks opinion from a committee of three reputed doctors.

204. What was the impact of the Aruna Ramachandra Shanbaug judgment?

Subsequent to this judgment, the 86th Amendment Act (2002) was passed, adding Article 21A, which made the right to education a fundamental right. The Parliament enacted the Right of Children to Free and Compulsory Education (RTE) Act, 2009.

205. What is the name of the case for People’s Union for Civil Liberties?

The name of the case is People’s Union for Civil Liberties vs. Union of India.

206. In what year was the People’s Union for Civil Liberties case judged?

The People’s Union for Civil Liberties case was judged in 2013.

The popular name is NOTA case.

The related topic/issue is Electoral reforms.

Articles 14, 19 & 21 are related to the People’s Union for Civil Liberties case.

210. What was the Supreme Court’s judgment in the People’s Union for Civil Liberties case (2013) regarding the NOTA option?

The Supreme Court held that Rules 41(2) & (3) and 49-O of the Conduct of Election Rules, 1961, were ultra-vires Section 128 of the Representation of the People Act, 1951, and Article 19(1)(a) to the extent they violate voting secrecy. It directed the Election Commission to provide a “None of the Above” (NOTA) button in EVMs.

211. What was the impact of the People’s Union for Civil Liberties judgment?

Subsequent to this judgment, the Election Commission made provision for the NOTA option in ballot papers/EVMs. NOTA was introduced in General Elections to State Legislative Assemblies in 2013 and continued in 2014, along with the Sixteenth Lok Sabha.

212. What is the name of the case for Lily Thomas?

The name of the case is Lily Thomas vs. Union of India.

213. In what year was the Lily Thomas case judged?

The Lily Thomas case was judged in 2013.

The related topic/issue is Criminalization of politics.

Articles 102 & 191 are related to the Lily Thomas case.

216. What was the Supreme Court’s judgment in the Lily Thomas case (2013) regarding convicted MPs and MLAs?

The Supreme Court held that members of Parliament and State Legislatures convicted for offences would lose their membership immediately (disqualification from conviction date). It struck down Section 8(4) of the Representation of the People Act, 1951, as unconstitutional.

217. What was the impact of the Lily Thomas judgment?

This judgment led to the immediate disqualification of a number of convicted members of Parliament and State Legislatures. An attempt to nullify this ruling through the Representation of the People (Second Amendment and Validation) Bill, 2013, was later withdrawn by the Government.

218. What is the name of the case for T.S.R. Subramanian?

The name of the case is T.S.R. Subramanian vs. Union of India.

219. In what year was the T.S.R. Subramanian case judged?

The T.S.R. Subramanian case was judged in 2013.

The related topic/issue is Civil service reforms.

221. What directions did the Supreme Court issue in the T.S.R. Subramanian case (2013) for civil service reforms?

The Supreme Court issued directions for civil service reforms aimed at effective, efficient, and transparent administration: (i) constitution of Civil Service Boards to guide governments on transfers, postings, disciplinary action; (ii) providing a fixed minimum tenure of service; and (iii) mandating that civil servants not act on verbal or oral instructions, but only on written and formally recorded directions.

222. What was the impact of the T.S.R. Subramanian judgment?

This judgment led to amendments in Rule 7 of the IAS, IPS, and IFoS (Cadre) Rules in 2014. For Central Services, Cadre Controlling Authorities were directed to implement the directions. However, Civil Service Boards in States/UTs are not functioning effectively.

The name of the case is National Legal Services Authority vs. Union of India.

The National Legal Services Authority case was judged in 2014.

The related topic/issue is Rights of transgender persons.

Articles 14 & 21 are related to the National Legal Services Authority case.

The Supreme Court declared Transgenders along with Hijras/Eunuchs as ‘third gender’, holding that fundamental rights under Part III apply equally to them. It upheld their right to self-identified gender and directed Central/State Governments to grant legal recognition of gender identity (male, female, or third gender).

It directed Central and State Governments to treat them as socially and educationally backward classes and extend all kinds of reservation in educational institutions and public appointments.

This judgment led to the enactment of the Transgender Persons (Protection of Rights) Act, 2019, which prohibits discrimination against transgender persons and confers rights to recognition and self-perceived gender identity.

230. What is the name of the case for Shreya Singhal?

The name of the case is Shreya Singhal vs. Union of India.

231. In what year was the Shreya Singhal case judged?

The Shreya Singhal case was judged in 2015.

The related topic/issue is Restrictions on online speech.

Article 19 is related to the Shreya Singhal case.

234. What was the Supreme Court’s judgment in the Shreya Singhal case (2015) regarding Section 66A of the Information Technology Act?

The Supreme Court struck down Section 66A of the Information Technology Act (2000), which provided punishment for sending offensive messages, declaring it unconstitutional for violating freedom of speech and expression under Article 19(1)(a). It held the section was vague and over-broad.

235. What is the name of the case for Supreme Court Advocates-on-Record Association (2015)?

The name of the case is Supreme Court Advocates-on-Record Association vs. Union of India.

236. In what year was the Supreme Court Advocates-on-Record Association case (2015) judged?

The Supreme Court Advocates-on-Record Association case (2015) was judged in 2015.

The popular name is Fourth Judges case or NJAC case.

The related topic/issue is Appointment of Supreme Court and High Court Judges.

Articles 124 & 217 are related to the Supreme Court Advocates-on-Record Association case (2015).

240. What was the Supreme Court’s judgment in the Supreme Court Advocates-on-Record Association case (2015) regarding judicial appointments?

The Supreme Court declared the 99th Amendment Act (2014) and the National Judicial Appointments Commission Act (2014) as unconstitutional and void, stating they affected the independence of the judiciary (a basic structure component). It restored the earlier ‘collegium system’ of appointment.

241. What was the impact of the Supreme Court Advocates-on-Record Association judgment (2015)?

Both the 99th Amendment Act (2014) and the National Judicial Appointments Commission Act (2014) became invalid, restoring the earlier collegium system of appointment of judges to the Supreme Court and High Courts.

242. What is the name of the case for Shayara Bano?

The name of the case is Shayara Bano vs. Union of India.

243. In what year was the Shayara Bano case judged?

The Shayara Bano case was judged in 2017.

The popular name is Triple Talaq case.

The related topic/issue is Divorce in the muslim community.

Article 14 is related to the Shayara Bano case.

247. What was the Supreme Court’s judgment in the Shayara Bano case (2017) regarding triple talaq?

The Supreme Court declared triple talaq (‘talaq-e-biddat’) as unconstitutional, holding it manifestly arbitrary and violative of Article 14. It also declared Section 2 of the Muslim Personal Law (Shariat) Application Act, 1937, void to the extent it recognized triple talaq. The court directed the central government to make a law within six months.

248. What was the impact of the Shayara Bano judgment?

This judgment led to the enactment of the Muslim Women (Protection of Rights on Marriage) Act, 2019, popularly known as the Triple Talaq Act, which protects married Muslim women’s rights and prohibits divorce by pronouncing talaq.

249. What is the name of the case for K.S. Puttaswamy?

The name of the case is K.S. Puttaswamy vs. Union of India.

250. In what year was the K.S. Puttaswamy case judged?

The K.S. Puttaswamy case was judged in 2017.

The popular name is Right to privacy case.

The related topic/issue is Fundamental right to privacy.

Article 21 is related to the K.S. Puttaswamy case.

254. What was the Supreme Court’s judgment in the K.S. Puttaswamy case (2017) regarding the right to privacy?

The Supreme Court declared the right to privacy as a fundamental right, intrinsic to Article 21 (right to life and personal liberty) and part of the freedoms guaranteed by Part III. It stated privacy safeguards individual autonomy but is not an absolute right and is subject to reasonable restrictions.

255. What was the impact of the K.S. Puttaswamy judgment?

This judgment overruled earlier judgments (M.P. Sharma, 1954; Kharak Singh, 1962) that held the right to privacy was not protected by the Constitution. It influenced later judgments and led to the Aadhaar judgment (2018), which upheld the constitutional validity of the Aadhaar Act, 2016, with some provisions struck down.

256. What is the name of the case for Indian Young Lawyers Association?

The name of the case is Indian Young Lawyers Association vs. State of Kerala.

257. In what year was the Indian Young Lawyers Association case judged?

The Indian Young Lawyers Association case was judged in 2018.

The popular name is Sabarimala case.

The related topic/issue is Women’s entry into Sabarimala temple.

Articles 14, 21 & 25 are related to the Indian Young Lawyers Association case.

261. What was the Supreme Court’s judgment in the Indian Young Lawyers Association case (2018) regarding women’s entry into Sabarimala temple?

The Supreme Court held that women of all ages can enter the Sabarimala temple, declaring the ban on entry for women aged 10-50 unconstitutional as it violates Articles 14, 21, and 25. It struck down Rule 3(b) of the Kerala Hindu places of Public Worship (Authorisation of Entry) Rules, 1965.

262. What was the impact of the Indian Young Lawyers Association judgment?

This judgment led to protests and attempts by women to enter the temple, facing resistance. In November 2019, a five-judge Sabarimala Review Bench referred the case to a larger nine-judge bench for adjudication.

263. What is the name of the case for Joseph Shine?

The name of the case is Joseph Shine vs. Union of India.

264. In what year was the Joseph Shine case judged?

The Joseph Shine case was judged in 2018.

The related topic/issue is Decriminalisation of adultery.

Articles 14, 15 & 21 are related to the Joseph Shine case.

267. What was the Supreme Court’s judgment in the Joseph Shine case (2018) regarding adultery?

The Supreme Court decriminalised adultery and struck down Section 497 of the Indian Penal Code as unconstitutional, violating Articles 14, 15, and 21. It also declared Section 198(2) of the Code of Criminal Procedure unconstitutional to the extent it applied to adultery.

268. What was the impact of the Joseph Shine judgment?

This judgment overruled all previous judgments that upheld Section 497. Adultery is no longer a criminal offence but can be considered a civil wrong and a ground for dissolution of marriage.

269. What is the name of the case for Navtej Singh Johar?

The name of the case is Navtej Singh Johar vs. Union of India.

270. In what year was the Navtej Singh Johar case judged?

The Navtej Singh Johar case was judged in 2018.

The related topic/issue is Decriminalisation of homosexuality.

Articles 14, 15, 19 & 21 are related to the Navtej Singh Johar case.

273. What was the Supreme Court’s judgment in the Navtej Singh Johar case (2018) regarding homosexuality?

The Supreme Court decriminalized homosexuality and partly struck down Section 377 of the Indian Penal Code to the extent it criminalized consensual sexual acts of adults of the same sex. It held this violates Articles 14, 15, 19(1)(a), and 21, and that LGBT persons are entitled to the same fundamental rights.

274. What was the impact of the Navtej Singh Johar judgment?

This judgment overruled the earlier Suresh Kumar Koushal case (2013), which upheld Section 377. It legally permits consensual sexual conduct for LGBT community members, though Section 377 still governs non-consensual acts, acts against minors, and bestiality.

275. What is the name of the case for M. Siddiq?

The name of the case is M. Siddiq vs. Mahant Suresh Das.

276. In what year was the M. Siddiq case judged?

The M. Siddiq case was judged in 2019.

The popular name is Ayodhya case.

The related topic/issue is Ram Janmabhoomi-Babri Masjid land dispute.

279. What was the Supreme Court’s judgment in the M. Siddiq case (2019) regarding the Ayodhya land dispute?

The Supreme Court awarded the entire 2.77 acres of disputed land in Ayodhya to the deity Ram Lalla Virajman. It directed the Centre to formulate a scheme for a trust to construct a Ram Mandir at the site and allot an alternative 5 acres of land to the UP Sunni Central Waqf Board for a mosque in Ayodhya.

280. What was the impact of the M. Siddiq judgment?

This judgment put an end to the century-old dispute that shook communal harmony. The Centre announced the formation of the Shri Ram Janmabhoomi Teerth Kshetra trust, and the UP government allocated 5 acres of land to the UP Sunni Central Waqf Board. It overturned the 2010 Allahabad High Court judgment.

281. What is the name of the case for Anuradha Bhasin?

The name of the case is Anuradha Bhasin vs. Union of India.

282. In what year was the Anuradha Bhasin case judged?

The Anuradha Bhasin case was judged in 2020.

The related topic/issue is Suspension of internet services.

Article 19 is related to the Anuradha Bhasin case.

285. What was the Supreme Court’s judgment in the Anuradha Bhasin case (2020) regarding internet access?

The Supreme Court held that freedom of speech and expression and the freedom to practice any profession/trade over the internet enjoy constitutional protection under Article 19(1)(a) and 19(1)(g). It ruled that indefinite suspension of internet services is impermissible and must adhere to proportionality and not extend beyond necessary duration.

286. What was the impact of the Anuradha Bhasin judgment?

This judgment led to the emergence of the right to access to the internet (or information via the internet) as a fundamental right under the constitution. It also recognized the government’s right to shut down the internet by adhering to proportionality.

287. What is the name of the case for Rambabu Singh Thakur?

The name of the case is Rambabu Singh Thakur vs. Sunil Arora.

288. In what year was the Rambabu Singh Thakur case judged?

The Rambabu Singh Thakur case was judged in 2020.

The related topic/issue is Criminalisation of politics.

290. What directions did the Supreme Court issue in the Rambabu Singh Thakur case (2020) to curb criminalization of politics?

The Supreme Court issued directions: (i) Political parties must upload detailed information on their website regarding individuals with pending criminal cases selected as candidates; (ii) Reasons for selection must be based on qualifications, achievements, and merit, not mere winnability; (iii) This information must be published in one local vernacular newspaper, one national newspaper, and on official social media platforms.

291. What was the impact of the Rambabu Singh Thakur judgment?

Subsequent to this judgment, the Election Commission sent a communication requiring all recognized political parties to follow these directions and released a new Form C-7 for providing information on selected candidates with criminal backgrounds.

292. What is the name of the case for Internet and Mobile Association of India?

The name of the case is Internet and Mobile Association of India vs. Reserve Bank of India.

293. In what year was the Internet and Mobile Association of India case judged?

The Internet and Mobile Association of India case was judged in 2020.

The related topic/issue is Ban on crypto currency trading.

Article 19 is related to the Internet and Mobile Association of India case.

296. What was the Supreme Court’s judgment in the Internet and Mobile Association of India case (2020) regarding cryptocurrency?

The Supreme Court struck down a circular issued by the Reserve Bank of India (RBI) that had directed banks and financial institutions not to deal in virtual currencies (VCs), declaring it illegal and unenforceable on the ground of proportionality and violation of the freedom to carry on trade under Article 19(1)(g).

297. What was the impact of the Internet and Mobile Association of India judgment?

This judgment removed the ban on crypto currency trading in India, allowing banks and financial institutions to rejoin the virtual currency industry. It also brought into focus the need for a legal framework to regulate the crypto currency trading industry.

The popular name is Habeas Corpus case.

The popular name is Personal Liberty case.

The popular name is Sajjan Singh case.

The popular name is I.C. Golak Nath case.

302. What did the President of India’s reference under Article 143 in 1960 relate to?

It related to the implementation of the Indo-Pak Agreement of 1958, concerning Berubari Union and Exchange of Cooch-Behar Enclaves.

The popular name is Shankari Prasad case.

The popular name is Sajjan Singh case.

The popular name is I.C. Golak Nath case.

306. What did the second part of Section 3 of the 25th Amendment Act (1971) state, as per footnote 9?

The second part stated: “No law containing a declaration that it is for giving effect to such policy shall be called in question”.

The popular name is Danial Latifi case.

The popular name is Ram Nandan Committee.

The popular name is National Commission for BCs.

The popular name is Unni Krishnan case.

The popular name is First Judges case.

The popular name is Third Judges case.

The popular name is R.K. Sabharwal case.

The popular name is Waman Rao case.

The popular name is Sabarimala case.

The popular name is Joseph Shine case.

The popular name is Navtej Singh Johar case.

The popular name is Suresh Kumar Koushal case.

The popular name is Ayodhya case.

The popular name is Anuradha Bhasin case.

The popular name is Rambabu Singh Thakur case.

The popular name is Internet and Mobile Association of India case.

The popular name is Habeas Corpus case.

The popular name is Personal Liberty case.

The popular name is Sajjan Singh case.

The popular name is I.C. Golak Nath case.

The popular name is Shankari Prasad case.

The popular name is Sajjan Singh case.

The popular name is I.C. Golak Nath case.

The popular name is Danial Latifi case.

The popular name is National Commission for BCs.

The popular name is Unni Krishnan case.

The popular name is First Judges case.

The popular name is Third Judges case.

The popular name is R.K. Sabharwal case.

The popular name is Waman Rao case.

The popular name is Kesavananda Bharati case.

The popular name is Suresh Kumar Koushal case.

The popular name is Sabarimala case.

The popular name is Joseph Shine case.

The popular name is Navtej Singh Johar case.

Chapter 92 Judgements Expanding the Scope of Article 21

1. What is the name of the case for Satwant Singh Sawhney vs. D. Ramarathnam, Assistant Passport Officer, New Delhi?

The name of the case is Satwant Singh Sawhney vs. D. Ramarathnam, Assistant Passport Officer, New Delhi.

2. In what year was the Satwant Singh Sawhney case judged?

The Satwant Singh Sawhney case was judged in 1967.

3. What right was declared by the Supreme Court as an integral part of Article 21 in the Satwant Singh Sawhney case (1967)?

The Right to travel abroad was declared an integral part of Article 21.

4. What is the name of the case for Sunil Batra vs. Delhi Administration?

The name of the case is Sunil Batra vs. Delhi Administration.

5. In what year was the Sunil Batra case judged?

The Sunil Batra case was judged in 1978.

6. What right was declared by the Supreme Court as an integral part of Article 21 in the Sunil Batra case (1978)?

The Right against solitary confinement was declared an integral part of Article 21.

7. What is the name of the case for Charles Sobhraj vs. Superintendent, Central Jail, New Delhi?

The name of the case is Charles Sobhraj vs. Superintendent, Central Jail, New Delhi.

8. In what year was the Charles Sobhraj case judged?

The Charles Sobhraj case was judged in 1978.

9. What right was declared by the Supreme Court as an integral part of Article 21 in the Charles Sobhraj case (1978)?

The Right against bar fetters was declared an integral part of Article 21.

10. What is the name of the case for M.H. Hoskot vs. State of Maharashtra?

The name of the case is M.H. Hoskot vs. State of Maharashtra.

11. In what year was the M.H. Hoskot case judged?

The M.H. Hoskot case was judged in 1978.

12. What right was declared by the Supreme Court as an integral part of Article 21 in the M.H. Hoskot case (1978)?

The Right to free legal aid was declared an integral part of Article 21.

13. What is the name of the case for Hussainara Khatoon vs. Home Secretary, State of Bihar?

The name of the case is Hussainara Khatoon vs. Home Secretary, State of Bihar.

14. In what year was the Hussainara Khatoon case judged?

The Hussainara Khatoon case was judged in 1979.

15. What right was declared by the Supreme Court as an integral part of Article 21 in the Hussainara Khatoon case (1979)?

The Right to speedy trial was declared an integral part of Article 21.

16. What is the name of the case for Prem Shankar Shukla vs. Delhi Administration?

The name of the case is Prem Shankar Shukla vs. Delhi Administration.

17. In what year was the Prem Shankar Shukla case judged?

The Prem Shankar Shukla case was judged in 1980.

18. What right was declared by the Supreme Court as an integral part of Article 21 in the Prem Shankar Shukla case (1980)?

The Right against handcuffing was declared an integral part of Article 21.

19. What is the name of the case for Kishore Singh Ravinder Dev vs. State of Rajasthan?

The name of the case is Kishore Singh Ravinder Dev vs. State of Rajasthan.

20. In what year was the Kishore Singh Ravinder Dev case judged?

The Kishore Singh Ravinder Dev case was judged in 1980.

21. What right was declared by the Supreme Court as an integral part of Article 21 in the Kishore Singh Ravinder Dev case (1980)?

The Right against inhuman treatment by the police (use of “third degree” method) was declared an integral part of Article 21.

22. What is the name of the case for Francis Coralie Mullin vs. Administrator, Union Territory of Delhi?

The name of the case is Francis Coralie Mullin vs. Administrator, Union Territory of Delhi.

23. In what year was the Francis Coralie Mullin case judged?

The Francis Coralie Mullin case was judged in 1981.

24. What rights were declared by the Supreme Court as integral parts of Article 21 in the Francis Coralie Mullin case (1981)?

The Right to live with human dignity and the Right of prisoner to have necessities of life were declared integral parts of Article 21.

25. What is the name of the case for Board of Trustees of Port of Bombay vs. Dilip Kumar R. Nadkarni?

The name of the case is Board of Trustees of Port of Bombay vs. Dilip Kumar R. Nadkarni.

26. In what year was the Board of Trustees of Port of Bombay case judged?

The Board of Trustees of Port of Bombay case was judged in 1982.

27. What right was declared by the Supreme Court as an integral part of Article 21 in the Board of Trustees of Port of Bombay case (1982)?

The Right to reputation was declared an integral part of Article 21.

28. What is the name of the case for T.V. Vatheeswaran vs. State of Tamil Nadu?

The name of the case is T.V. Vatheeswaran vs. State of Tamil Nadu.

29. In what year was the T.V. Vatheeswaran case judged?

The T.V. Vatheeswaran case was judged in 1983.

30. What right was declared by the Supreme Court as an integral part of Article 21 in the T.V. Vatheeswaran case (1983)?

The Right against delayed execution was declared an integral part of Article 21.

31. What is the name of the case for Sheela Barse vs. State of Maharashtra?

The name of the case is Sheela Barse vs. State of Maharashtra.

32. In what year was the Sheela Barse case judged?

The Sheela Barse case was judged in 1983.

33. What right was declared by the Supreme Court as an integral part of Article 21 in the Sheela Barse case (1983)?

The Right against custodial violence was declared an integral part of Article 21.

34. What is the name of the case for Bandhua Mukti Morcha vs. Union of India?

The name of the case is Bandhua Mukti Morcha vs. Union of India.

35. In what year was the Bandhua Mukti Morcha case judged?

The Bandhua Mukti Morcha case was judged in 1983.

36. What right was declared by the Supreme Court as an integral part of Article 21 in the Bandhua Mukti Morcha case (1983)?

The Right against bonded labour was declared an integral part of Article 21.

37. What is the name of the case for Rural Litigation and Entitlement Kendra vs. State of U.P.?

The name of the case is Rural Litigation and Entitlement Kendra vs. State of U.P. (popularly known as the Dehradun Quarrying case).

38. In what year was the Rural Litigation and Entitlement Kendra case judged?

The Rural Litigation and Entitlement Kendra case was judged in 1985.

39. What right was declared by the Supreme Court as an integral part of Article 21 in the Rural Litigation and Entitlement Kendra case (1985)?

The Right to decent environment (Right to a clean and healthy environment) was declared an integral part of Article 21.

40. What is the name of the case for Attorney General of India vs. Lachma Devi?

The name of the case is Attorney General of India vs. Lachma Devi.

41. In what year was the Attorney General of India vs. Lachma Devi case judged?

The Attorney General of India vs. Lachma Devi case was judged in 1985.

42. What right was declared by the Supreme Court as an integral part of Article 21 in the Attorney General of India vs. Lachma Devi case (1985)?

The Right against public hanging was declared an integral part of Article 21.

43. What is the name of the case for Olga Tellis vs. Bombay Municipal Corporation?

The name of the case is Olga Tellis vs. Bombay Municipal Corporation (popularly known as the Pavement Dwellers case).

44. In what year was the Olga Tellis case judged?

The Olga Tellis case was judged in 1985.

45. What right was declared by the Supreme Court as an integral part of Article 21 in the Olga Tellis case (1985)?

The Right to livelihood was declared an integral part of Article 21.

46. What is the name of the case for State of H.P. vs. Umed Ram Sharma?

The name of the case is State of H.P. vs. Umed Ram Sharma.

47. In what year was the State of H.P. vs. Umed Ram Sharma case judged?

The State of H.P. vs. Umed Ram Sharma case was judged in 1986.

48. What right was declared by the Supreme Court as an integral part of Article 21 in the State of H.P. vs. Umed Ram Sharma case (1986)?

The Right to road in hilly areas was declared an integral part of Article 21.

49. What is the name of the case for Parmanand Katara vs. Union of India?

The name of the case is Parmanand Katara vs. Union of India.

50. In what year was the Parmanand Katara case judged?

The Parmanand Katara case was judged in 1989.

51. What right was declared by the Supreme Court as an integral part of Article 21 in the Parmanand Katara case (1989)?

The Right to emergency medical aid (Right to Doctor’s assistance) was declared an integral part of Article 21.

52. What is the name of the case for Shantistar Builders vs. N.K. Totame?

The name of the case is Shantistar Builders vs. N.K. Totame.

53. In what year was the Shantistar Builders case judged?

The Shantistar Builders case was judged in 1990.

54. What right was declared by the Supreme Court as an integral part of Article 21 in the Shantistar Builders case (1990)?

The Right to shelter was declared an integral part of Article 21.

55. What is the name of the case for Unni Krishnan, J.P. vs. State of Andhra Pradesh?

The name of the case is Unni Krishnan, J.P. vs. State of Andhra Pradesh.

56. In what year was the Unni Krishnan, J.P. case judged?

The Unni Krishnan, J.P. case was judged in 1993.

57. What right was declared by the Supreme Court as an integral part of Article 21 in the Unni Krishnan, J.P. case (1993)?

The Right to free education upto 14 years of age was declared an integral part of Article 21.

58. What is the name of the case for Consumer Education and Research Centre vs. Union of India?

The name of the case is Consumer Education and Research Centre vs. Union of India.

59. In what year was the Consumer Education and Research Centre case judged?

The Consumer Education and Research Centre case was judged in 1995.

60. What right was declared by the Supreme Court as an integral part of Article 21 in the Consumer Education and Research Centre case (1995)?

The Right to health was declared an integral part of Article 21.

61. What is the name of the case for L.I.C. of India vs. Consumer Education and Research Centre?

The name of the case is L.I.C. of India vs. Consumer Education and Research Centre.

62. In what year was the L.I.C. of India case judged?

The L.I.C. of India case was judged in 1995.

63. What right was declared by the Supreme Court as an integral part of Article 21 in the L.I.C. of India case (1995)?

The Right to appropriate life insurance policy was declared an integral part of Article 21.

64. What is the name of the case for National Human Rights Commission vs. State of Arunachal Pradesh?

The name of the case is National Human Rights Commission vs. State of Arunachal Pradesh (popularly known as the Chakmas Migrants case).

65. In what year was the National Human Rights Commission case judged?

The National Human Rights Commission case was judged in 1996.

66. What right was declared by the Supreme Court as an integral part of Article 21 in the National Human Rights Commission case (1996)?

The Right not to be driven out of a state was declared an integral part of Article 21.

67. What is the name of the case for Paschim Banga Khet Mazdoor Samity vs. State of West Bengal?

The name of the case is Paschim Banga Khet Mazdoor Samity vs. State of West Bengal.

68. In what year was the Paschim Banga Khet Mazdoor Samity case judged?

The Paschim Banga Khet Mazdoor Samity case was judged in 1996.

69. What right was declared by the Supreme Court as an integral part of Article 21 in the Paschim Banga Khet Mazdoor Samity case (1996)?

The Right to timely medical treatment in Government Hospital was declared an integral part of Article 21.

70. What is the name of the case for Police Commissioner, Delhi vs. Registrar, Delhi High Court?

The name of the case is Police Commissioner, Delhi vs. Registrar, Delhi High Court.

71. In what year was the Police Commissioner, Delhi case judged?

The Police Commissioner, Delhi case was judged in 1996.

72. What right was declared by the Supreme Court as an integral part of Article 21 in the Police Commissioner, Delhi case (1996)?

The Right to fair trial was declared an integral part of Article 21.

73. What is the name of the case for Vellore Citizens Welfare Forum vs. Union of India?

The name of the case is Vellore Citizens Welfare Forum vs. Union of India.

74. In what year was the Vellore Citizens Welfare Forum case judged?

The Vellore Citizens Welfare Forum case was judged in 1996.

75. What right was declared by the Supreme Court as an integral part of Article 21 in the Vellore Citizens Welfare Forum case (1996)?

The Protection against hazardous industries was declared an integral part of Article 21.

76. What is the name of the case for Dr. B.L. Wadhera vs. Union of India?

The name of the case is Dr. B.L. Wadhera vs. Union of India.

77. In what year was the Dr. B.L. Wadhera case judged?

The Dr. B.L. Wadhera case was judged in 1996.

78. What right was declared by the Supreme Court as an integral part of Article 21 in the Dr. B.L. Wadhera case (1996)?

The Pollution-free water and air was declared an integral part of Article 21.

79. What is the name of the case for Ashok Kumar Gupta vs. State of U.P.?

The name of the case is Ashok Kumar Gupta vs. State of U.P.

80. In what year was the Ashok Kumar Gupta case judged?

The Ashok Kumar Gupta case was judged in 1997.

81. What right was declared by the Supreme Court as an integral part of Article 21 in the Ashok Kumar Gupta case (1997)?

The Right to social and economic justice and empowerment was declared an integral part of Article 21.

82. What is the name of the case for S.K. Mastan Bee vs. G.M., South Central Railway?

The name of the case is S.K. Mastan Bee vs. G.M., South Central Railway.

83. In what year was the S.K. Mastan Bee case judged?

The S.K. Mastan Bee case was judged in 2002.

84. What right was declared by the Supreme Court as an integral part of Article 21 in the S.K. Mastan Bee case (2002)?

The Right to family pension was declared an integral part of Article 21.

85. What is the name of the case for N.D. Jayal vs. Union of India?

The name of the case is N.D. Jayal vs. Union of India.

86. In what year was the N.D. Jayal case judged?

The N.D. Jayal case was judged in 2003.

87. What right was declared by the Supreme Court as an integral part of Article 21 in the N.D. Jayal case (2003)?

The Right to sustainable development was declared an integral part of Article 21.

88. What is the name of the case for Noise Pollution, In Re.?

The name of the case is Noise Pollution, In Re.

89. In what year was the Noise Pollution, In Re. case judged?

The Noise Pollution, In Re. case was judged in 2005.

90. What right was declared by the Supreme Court as an integral part of Article 21 in the Noise Pollution, In Re. case (2005)?

The Right to freedom from noise pollution was declared an integral part of Article 21.

91. What is the name of the case for Reliance Energy vs. M.S.R.D.C.?

The name of the case is Reliance Energy vs. M.S.R.D.C.

92. In what year was the Reliance Energy case judged?

The Reliance Energy case was judged in 2007.

93. What right was declared by the Supreme Court as an integral part of Article 21 in the Reliance Energy case (2007)?

The Right to opportunity was declared an integral part of Article 21.

94. What is the name of the case for Dilip s. Dahanukar vs. Kotak Mahindra?

The name of the case is Dilip s. Dahanukar vs. Kotak Mahindra.

95. In what year was the Dilip s. Dahanukar case judged?

The Dilip s. Dahanukar case was judged in 2007.

96. What right was declared by the Supreme Court as an integral part of Article 21 in the Dilip s. Dahanukar case (2007)?

The Right of appeal from a judgement of conviction was declared an integral part of Article 21.

97. What is the name of the case for Ramlila Maidan Incident, In Re.?

The name of the case is Ramlila Maidan Incident, In Re.

98. In what year was the Ramlila Maidan Incident, In Re. case judged?

The Ramlila Maidan Incident, In Re. case was judged in 2012.

99. What right was declared by the Supreme Court as an integral part of Article 21 in the Ramlila Maidan Incident, In Re. case (2012)?

The Right to sleep was declared an integral part of Article 21.

100. What is the name of the case for K.S. Puttaswamy vs. Union of India?

The name of the case is K.S. Puttaswamy vs. Union of India.

101. In what year was the K.S. Puttaswamy case judged?

The K.S. Puttaswamy case was judged in 2017.

102. What right was declared by the Supreme Court as an integral part of Article 21 in the K.S. Puttaswamy case (2017)?

The Right to privacy was declared an integral part of Article 21.

103. What is the name of the case for Common Cause (A Regd. Society) vs. Union of India?

The name of the case is Common Cause (A Regd. Society) vs. Union of India.

104. In what year was the Common Cause (A Regd. Society) case judged?

The Common Cause (A Regd. Society) case was judged in 2018.

105. What right was declared by the Supreme Court as an integral part of Article 21 in the Common Cause (A Regd. Society) case (2018)?

The Right to die with dignity (Passive euthanasia) was declared an integral part of Article 21.

106. What is the name of the case for M.K. Ranjitsinh vs. Union of India?

The name of the case is M.K. Ranjitsinh vs. Union of India.

107. In what year was the M.K. Ranjitsinh case judged?

The M.K. Ranjitsinh case was judged in 2024.

108. What right was declared by the Supreme Court as an integral part of Article 21 in the M.K. Ranjitsinh case (2024)?

The Right against the adverse effects of climate change was declared an integral part of Article 21.

Chapter 93 Judgements Relating to the Amendments

1. What was the case and year for the 17th Amendment Act, 1964, being challenged in the Supreme Court?

The case was I.C. Golak Nath vs. State of Punjab (1967).

2. What provision of the 17th Amendment Act, 1964, was declared unconstitutional by the Supreme Court?

The 17th Amendment (in part) was declared unconstitutional.

3. What was the case and year for the 25th Amendment Act, 1971, being challenged in the Supreme Court?

The case was Kesavananda Bharati vs. State of Kerala (1973) (popularly known as the Fundamental Rights case).

4. What provision of the 25th Amendment Act, 1971, was declared unconstitutional by the Supreme Court?

Article 31C (in part) was declared unconstitutional.

5. What was the case and year for the 39th Amendment Act, 1975, being challenged in the Supreme Court?

The case was Indira Nehru Gandhi vs. Raj Narain (1975) (popularly known as the Election case).

6. What provision of the 39th Amendment Act, 1975, was declared unconstitutional by the Supreme Court?

Article 329A (clause 4) was declared unconstitutional.

7. What was the case and year for the 42nd Amendment Act, 1976, being challenged in the Supreme Court?

The case was Minerva Mills vs. Union of India (1980).

8. What provisions of the 42nd Amendment Act, 1976, were declared unconstitutional by the Supreme Court?

Article 368 (clauses 4 & 5) and Article 31C (in part) were declared unconstitutional.

9. What was the case and year for the 32nd Amendment Act, 1973, being challenged in the Supreme Court?

The case was P. Sambamurthy vs. State of Andhra Pradesh (1986).

10. What provision of the 32nd Amendment Act, 1973, was declared unconstitutional by the Supreme Court?

Article 371D (clause 5 and its proviso) was declared unconstitutional.

11. What was the case and year for the 52nd Amendment Act, 1985, being challenged in the Supreme Court?

The case was Kihoto Hollohan vs. Zachillhu (1992) (popularly known as the Defection case).

12. What provision of the 52nd Amendment Act, 1985, was declared unconstitutional by the Supreme Court?

Tenth Schedule (Paragraph 7) was declared unconstitutional.

13. What was the case and year for the 42nd Amendment Act, 1976, being challenged in the Supreme Court by L. Chandra Kumar?

The case was L. Chandra Kumar vs. Union of India (1997).

14. What provisions of the 42nd Amendment Act, 1976, were declared unconstitutional by the Supreme Court in L. Chandra Kumar vs. Union of India (1997)?

Article 323A (sub-clause (d) of clause 2) and Article 323B (sub-clause (d) of clause 3) were declared unconstitutional.

15. What was the case and year for the 99th Amendment Act, 2014, being challenged in the Supreme Court?

The case was Supreme Court Advocates-on-Record Association vs. Union of India (2015) (popularly known as the Fourth Judges case).

16. What provision of the 99th Amendment Act, 2014, was declared unconstitutional by the Supreme Court?

The 99th Amendment (total) was declared unconstitutional.

17. What was the case and year for the 97th Amendment Act, 2011, being challenged in the Supreme Court?

The case was Union of India vs. Rajendra N Shah (2021).

18. What provision of the 97th Amendment Act, 2011, was declared unconstitutional by the Supreme Court?

The 97th Amendment (in part) was declared unconstitutional.

19. Which case led to the enactment of the 1st Amendment Act, 1951?

Romesh Thappar vs. State of Madras (1950) (popularly known as the Cross Roads case) led to the enactment of the 1st Amendment Act, 1951.

20. Which case also led to the enactment of the 1st Amendment Act, 1951?

Brij Bhushan vs. State of Delhi (1950) also led to the enactment of the 1st Amendment Act, 1951.

21. Which case led to the enactment of the 1st Amendment Act, 1951?

State of Madras vs. Champakam Dorairajan (1951) led to the enactment of the 1st Amendment Act, 1951.

22. Which case led to the enactment of the 4th Amendment Act, 1955?

State of West Bengal vs. Bella Banerjee (1953) led to the enactment of the 4th Amendment Act, 1955.

23. Which case led to the enactment of the 15th Amendment Act, 1962?

Election Commission vs. Venkata Rao (1953) led to the enactment of the 15th Amendment Act, 1962.

24. Which case led to the enactment of the 6th Amendment Act, 1956?

State of Bombay vs. United Motors India (P) Limited (1953) led to the enactment of the 6th Amendment Act, 1956.

25. Which case led to the enactment of the 4th Amendment Act, 1955?

Saghir Ahmed vs. State of Uttar Pradesh (1954) led to the enactment of the 4th Amendment Act, 1955.

26. Which case led to the enactment of the 6th Amendment Act, 1956?

Bengal Immunity Company Ltd., vs. State of Bihar (1955) led to the enactment of the 6th Amendment Act, 1956.

27. Which case led to the enactment of the 11th Amendment Act, 1961?

N.B. Khare vs. Election Commission (1957) led to the enactment of the 11th Amendment Act, 1961.

28. Which case led to the enactment of the 46th Amendment Act, 1982?

State of Madras vs. M/s. Gannon Dunkerley & Co., Madras (1958) led to the enactment of the 46th Amendment Act, 1982.

29. Which case led to the enactment of the 9th Amendment Act, 1960?

Berubari Union, In Re. (1960) led to the enactment of the 9th Amendment Act, 1960.

30. Which case led to the enactment of the 46th Amendment Act, 1982?

New India Sugar Mills vs. Commissioner of Sales Tax, Bihar (1962) led to the enactment of the 46th Amendment Act, 1982.

31. Which case led to the enactment of the 20th Amendment Act, 1962?

Chandra Mohan vs. State of U.P. (1966) led to the enactment of the 20th Amendment Act, 1962.

32. Which case led to the enactment of the 24th Amendment Act, 1971?

I.C. Golak Nath vs. State of Punjab (1967) led to the enactment of the 24th Amendment Act, 1971.

33. Which case led to the enactment of the 25th Amendment Act, 1971?

R.C. Cooper vs. Union of India (1970) (popularly known as the Bank Nationalisation case) led to the enactment of the 25th Amendment Act, 1971.

34. Which case led to the enactment of the 26th Amendment Act, 1971?

Madhav Rao Scindia vs. Union of India (1970) (popularly known as the Privy Purse case) led to the enactment of the 26th Amendment Act, 1971.

35. Which case led to the enactment of the 46th Amendment Act, 1982?

State of Himachal Pradesh vs. Associated Hotels of India Ltd. (1972) led to the enactment of the 46th Amendment Act, 1982.

36. Which case led to the enactment of the 46th Amendment Act, 1982?

Oil and Natural Gas Commission vs. State of Bihar (1976) led to the enactment of the 46th Amendment Act, 1982.

37. Which case led to the enactment of the 43rd Amendment Act, 1977?

Misrilal Jain vs. State of Orissa (1977) led to the enactment of the 43rd Amendment Act, 1977.

38. Which case led to the enactment of the 46th Amendment Act, 1982?

Vishu Agencies vs. Commercial Tax Officer (1977) led to the enactment of the 46th Amendment Act, 1982.

39. Which case led to the enactment of the 46th Amendment Act, 1982?

Northern India Caterers (India) Ltd. vs. Lt. Governor of Delhi (1978) led to the enactment of the 46th Amendment Act, 1982.

40. Which case led to the enactment of the 75th Amendment Act, 1993?

Prabhakaran Nair vs. State of Tamil Nadu (1987) led to the enactment of the 75th Amendment Act, 1993.

41. Which case led to the enactment of the 76th Amendment Act, 1994; 77th Amendment Act, 1995; 81st Amendment Act, 2000; 82nd Amendment Act, 2000; and 85th Amendment Act, 2001?

Indra Sawhney vs. Union of India (1992) (popularly known as the Mandal case) led to the enactment of these amendments.

42. Which case led to the enactment of the 86th Amendment Act, 2002?

Unni Krishnan vs. State of A.P. (1993) led to the enactment of the 86th Amendment Act, 2002.

43. Which case led to the enactment of the 85th Amendment Act, 2001?

Union of India vs. Virpal Singh Chauhan (1995) led to the enactment of the 85th Amendment Act, 2001.

44. Which case led to the enactment of the 82nd Amendment Act, 2000?

S. Vinod Kumar vs. Union of India (1996) led to the enactment of the 82nd Amendment Act, 2000.

45. Which case led to the enactment of the 85th Amendment Act, 2001?

Ajit Singh Januja vs. State of Punjab (1996) led to the enactment of the 85th Amendment Act, 2001.

46. Which case led to the enactment of the 93rd Amendment Act, 2005?

T.M.A. Pai Foundation vs. State of Karnataka (2002) led to the enactment of the 93rd Amendment Act, 2005.

47. Which case led to the enactment of the 93rd Amendment Act, 2005?

P.A. Inamdar vs. State of Maharashtra (2005) led to the enactment of the 93rd Amendment Act, 2005.

Chapter 94 Important Doctrines of Constitutional Interpretation

1. What is the Doctrine of Severability also known as?

The Doctrine of Severability is also known as the doctrine of separability.

2. What is the purpose of the Doctrine of Severability?

This doctrine was devised by the Supreme Court to resolve the problem of the validity of laws which are declared as unconstitutional.

3. According to the Doctrine of Severability, what happens when a part of a law is declared unconstitutional?

If the offending provision can be separated from the constitutional part, then only the offending part is declared void, and the rest of the law remains valid. If not separable, the whole law is declared void.

4. What is the basis of the Doctrine of Severability?

Article 13 is the basis of the doctrine of severability.

5. What does Article 13(1) state regarding pre-constitution laws in relation to the Doctrine of Severability?

Article 13(1) declares that all pre-constitution laws are void to the extent to which they are inconsistent with the Fundamental Rights.

6. What does Article 13(2) state regarding post-constitution laws in relation to the Doctrine of Severability?

Article 13(2) prohibits the state from making a law that takes away or abridges Fundamental Rights, and any such law is void to the extent of the contravention.

7. What did the Supreme Court state about the application of the Doctrine of Severability in its explanation?

The Supreme Court explained that the question of whether a statute void in part is to be treated as void in toto depends on whether the valid part could be separated from what is invalid.

8. What are the seven propositions (rules) laid down by the Supreme Court regarding the Doctrine of Severability?

The seven propositions are:

  1. Legislature’s intention is the determining factor for separability.
  2. If valid and invalid provisions are inextricably mixed, the entire Act is invalid. If distinct and separate, the valid part stands.
  3. If valid and invalid provisions form part of a single scheme intended to be operative as a whole, the entire Act fails.
  4. If the valid part, after omitting the invalid portion, is too thin or truncated, the entire Act is rejected.
  5. Separability depends on substance, not form (section or different section).
  6. If the invalid portion cannot be expunged without alterations or modifications, the whole Act must be struck down.
  7. Legislative history, object, title, and preamble can be taken into account to determine legislative intent.

9. What is the name of the case for A.K. Gopalan vs. State of Madras (1950) regarding the Doctrine of Severability?

The case is A.K. Gopalan vs. State of Madras (1950).

10. What was the Supreme Court’s judgment in A.K. Gopalan vs. State of Madras (1950) regarding severability?

It struck down Section 14 of the Preventive Detention Act (1950) for violating Article 22, but declared the rest of the Act as valid and effective.

11. What is the name of the case for State of Bombay vs. F.N. Balsara (1951) regarding the Doctrine of Severability?

The case is State of Bombay vs. F.N. Balsara (1951).

12. What was the Supreme Court’s judgment in State of Bombay vs. F.N. Balsara (1951) regarding severability?

It declared eight sections of the Bombay Prohibition Act (1949) as ultra-vires for infringing fundamental rights, but held that the void provisions did not affect the validity of the entire Act.

13. What is the name of the case for R.M.D. Chamarbaugwalla vs. Union of India (1957) regarding the Doctrine of Severability?

The case is R.M.D. Chamarbaugwalla vs. Union of India (1957).

14. What was the Supreme Court’s judgment in R.M.D. Chamarbaugwalla vs. Union of India (1957) regarding severability?

It held that the provisions of the Prize Competitions Act (1955) were severable and struck down those related to competitions involving skill. It clarified that Parliament can restrict prize competitions of a gambling nature, but not those involving skill.

15. What is the name of the case for Minerva Mills vs. Union of India (1980) regarding the Doctrine of Severability?

The case is Minerva Mills vs. Union of India (1980).

16. What was the Supreme Court’s judgment in Minerva Mills vs. Union of India (1980) regarding severability?

It struck down sections 4 and 55 of the 42nd Amendment Act (1976) for being beyond Parliament’s amending power, but declared the rest of the Act as valid.

17. What is the name of the case for Kihoto Hollohan vs. Zachillhu (1992) regarding the Doctrine of Severability?

The case is Kihoto Hollohan vs. Zachillhu (1992) (popularly known as the Defection case).

18. What was the Supreme Court’s judgment in Kihoto Hollohan vs. Zachillhu (1992) regarding severability?

It declared paragraph 7 of the Tenth Schedule as unconstitutional for violating Article 368(2), but upheld the rest of the Tenth Schedule (i.e., Tenth Schedule minus paragraph 7 is valid).

19. What is the Doctrine of Waiver based on?

The doctrine of waiver is based on the premise that a person entitled to a right or privilege is at liberty to waive or give up that right or privilege.

20. How is the Doctrine of Waiver defined?

Waiver is an intentional relinquishment of a right, involving conscious abandonment of an existing legal right, advantage, benefit, claim or privilege, with full knowledge of the rights being abandoned.

21. Is the Doctrine of Waiver applicable to fundamental rights in India?

No, the doctrine of waiver is not applicable to the fundamental rights in India. A citizen cannot waive his fundamental rights.

22. What is the implication of the non-waiver doctrine in India?

In India, there is the doctrine of non-waiver.

23. What are the six observations made by the Supreme Court regarding the application of the Doctrine of Waiver to India?

The Supreme Court observed:

  1. Fundamental Rights cannot be waived by a citizen as they are mandatory on the state.
  2. The American doctrine of waiver cannot be introduced in our constitution.
  3. Fundamental rights are for public policy, not merely individual benefit, so waiver cannot apply.
  4. Articles like 15(1), 20, 21 make it plain that a citizen cannot waive protection against discrimination or conviction.
  5. No distinction between fundamental rights for individual benefit and public interest can be drawn in India, unlike America.
  6. In India’s nascent democracy, it is the Supreme Court’s sacred duty to safeguard fundamental rights.

24. What is the name of the case for Behram Khurshid Pesikaka vs. State of Bombay (1954) regarding the Doctrine of Waiver?

The case is Behram Khurshid Pesikaka vs. State of Bombay (1954).

25. What was the Supreme Court’s judgment in Behram Khurshid Pesikaka vs. State of Bombay (1954) regarding waiver of fundamental rights?

It held that in a criminal prosecution, an accused person cannot waive his fundamental rights and get convicted.

26. What is the name of the case for Basheshar Nath vs. Commissioner of Income Tax (1958) regarding the Doctrine of Waiver?

The case is Basheshar Nath vs. Commissioner of Income Tax (1958).

27. What was the Supreme Court’s judgment in Basheshar Nath vs. Commissioner of Income Tax (1958) regarding waiver of fundamental rights?

It rejected the contention that the petitioner waived his fundamental right under Article 14 by agreement to pay tax, holding that fundamental rights could not be waived.

28. What is the name of the case for Olga Tellis vs. Bombay Municipal Corporation (1985) regarding the Doctrine of Waiver?

The case is Olga Tellis vs. Bombay Municipal Corporation (1985) (Popularly known as the Pavement Dwellers case).

29. What was the Supreme Court’s judgment in Olga Tellis vs. Bombay Municipal Corporation (1985) regarding waiver of fundamental rights?

It held that a person cannot waive any fundamental rights conferred upon him, and there can be no estoppel against the constitution. It asserted that fundamental rights benefit the individual and secure larger community interests.

30. What is the name of the case for Nar Singh Pal vs. Union of India (2000) regarding the Doctrine of Waiver?

The case is Nar Singh Pal vs. Union of India (2000).

31. What was the Supreme Court’s judgment in Nar Singh Pal vs. Union of India (2000) regarding waiver of fundamental rights?

It reiterated that fundamental rights under the constitution cannot be bartered away, compromised, or subject to estoppel against their exercise.

32. What has led to the emergence of the Doctrine of Eclipse?

The prospective nature of the provision under Article 13(1) of the constitution has led to its emergence.

33. What does Article 13(1) state regarding pre-Constitution laws in relation to the Doctrine of Eclipse?

Article 13(1) declares that all such laws are void to the extent to which they are inconsistent with the Fundamental Rights.

34. What is the central notion of the Doctrine of Eclipse regarding inconsistent pre-constitutional laws?

A pre-constitutional law inconsistent with a fundamental right is not a nullity from its inception but becomes inoperative (eclipsed) from the Constitution’s commencement, remaining dormant but not dead.

35. For what purposes does an eclipsed law continue to exist?

It continues to exist (i) for all past transactions; (ii) for enforcement of rights acquired and liabilities incurred before the Constitution’s commencement; and (iii) for determining rights of non-citizens who have not been given fundamental rights.

36. What happens if the shadow cast on an eclipsed law is removed by a constitutional amendment?

If the shadow is removed by an amendment of the fundamental right, the law would again become constitutional and enforceable.

37. When was the Doctrine of Eclipse enunciated by the Supreme Court, and in which case?

The doctrine of eclipse was enunciated by the Supreme Court in the Bhikaji case (1955).

38. What was the issue in the Bhikaji case (1955) regarding the Motor Vehicles Act?

Section 43 of the Motor Vehicles Act (1939) was amended to empower the State Government to take over motor transport business, but it became void with the commencement of the Constitution in 1950 as it violated Article 19(1)(g).

39. What was the Supreme Court’s final ruling in the Bhikaji case (1955) applying the doctrine of eclipse?

The Supreme Court held that the impugned Act became eclipsed by the fundamental right, but the 1st Amendment Act (1951) removed the shadow, making the Act valid again.

40. What does Article 13(2) state regarding post-Constitution laws?

Article 13(2) prohibits the state from making a law which takes away or abridges the fundamental rights and any such law is void to the extent of the contravention.

41. In which case did the Supreme Court hold that the doctrine of eclipse applies only to pre-Constitution laws and not to post-Constitution laws?

In Deep Chand case (1959), the Supreme Court held that the doctrine of eclipse applies only to pre-Constitution laws.

42. What was the reasoning in the Deep Chand case (1959) for not applying the doctrine of eclipse to post-Constitution laws?

A post-Constitution law contravening a fundamental right is a nullity or void from its very inception and a still-born law, thus it cannot be revived by a subsequent constitutional amendment.

43. In which case did the Supreme Court reiterate its verdict from the Deep Chand case regarding the doctrine of eclipse?

In Mahendra Lal Jain case (1962), the Supreme Court reiterated its verdict.

44. What was the position in Ambica Mills case (1974) regarding the application of the doctrine of eclipse to post-Constitution law?

In Ambica Mills case (1974), the Supreme Court reversed its earlier stand and applied the doctrine of eclipse even to a post-Constitution law, holding that such a law is not a nullity in all cases and for all purposes.

45. When did the Supreme Court apply the doctrine of eclipse to a post-Constitution law even against citizens?

The Supreme Court applied the doctrine of eclipse to a post-Constitution law even against citizens in Dulare Lodh case (1984).

The Doctrine of Territorial Nexus is related to Article 245, which deals with the extent of laws made by Parliament and State Legislatures.

47. What powers does Parliament have regarding making laws for the territory of India?

Parliament is empowered to make laws for the whole or any part of the territory of India, and can also make “extra-territorial legislation” applicable to Indian citizens and their property worldwide.

48. What powers does a State Legislature have regarding making laws for the territory of the state?

A State Legislature is empowered to make laws for the whole or any part of the state. Unlike Parliament, it cannot make “extra-territorial legislation”.

49. When is an extra-territorial legislation made by a State Legislature considered valid?

An extra-territorial legislation made by a State Legislature is valid when there is a sufficient nexus between the state and the object.

50. What does the Doctrine of Territorial Nexus require for a state law to apply to an object not physically located within the state territory?

It requires a sufficient nexus or connection between the state and the subject-matter of the law.

The doctrine was applied in Raleigh case (1944), Wadia case (1949), and Wallace case (1948). These cases were related to the income-tax law.

52. In which post-Constitution case did the Supreme Court apply the doctrine of territorial nexus, and what was the related law?

In R.M.D. Chamarbaugwalla case (1957), the Supreme Court applied the doctrine to a law imposing a tax on gambling.

53. What two important elements does the sufficiency of territorial nexus involve?

The sufficiency of territorial nexus involves:

  1. The nexus must be real and not illusory.
  2. The liability sought to be imposed must be relevant to that nexus.

54. In which case did the Supreme Court apply the doctrine of territorial nexus to the sales-tax law?

In TISCO case (1958), the Supreme Court applied the doctrine to the sales-tax law.

55. How did the Supreme Court explain the Doctrine of Territorial Nexus in the NTPC case (2002)?

In NTPC case (2002), the Supreme Court explained that legislative powers are divided by Article 245, and extra-territorial legislation can only be enacted by Parliament, with the only exception being a state legislation with a sufficient and real territorial nexus.

56. Is the Doctrine of Territorial Nexus applicable only to tax laws?

No, it is applicable to non-tax laws as well.

57. In which case did the Supreme Court hold that a State Legislature could make laws regarding charitable and religious trusts even if part of the property was outside the state?

In Charusila Dasi case (1959), the Supreme Court held this.

58. In which case did the Supreme Court uphold the validity of the Gujarat Agricultural Land Ceiling Act (1960), which determined ceiling by taking into account land held outside the state?

In Shrikant case (1994), the Supreme Court upheld this.

59. What are the two situations in which the Doctrine of Territorial Nexus is not applicable?

The doctrine is not applicable:

  1. When a state government approves a scheme for inter-state routes for State Transport Undertaking (as in Khazan Singh case, 1973).
  2. When a state carries on trade and business under Article 298 (as in Khazan Singh case, 1973).

60. What does Article 246 deal with?

Article 246 deals with the division of legislative powers between Parliament and the State Legislatures.

61. What is the core principle of the Doctrine of Pith and Substance?

According to this doctrine, a law in question must be looked into as an organic whole to determine its true nature and character (pith and substance). If its pith and substance relates to a subject within the enacting Legislature’s domain, it is valid even if it incidentally encroaches on other subjects.

62. What factors are considered when applying the Doctrine of Pith and Substance?

For applying the doctrine, one must consider: (a) the enactment as a whole, (b) its main objects, and (c) the scope and effect of its provisions.

63. Who evolved the Doctrine of Pith and Substance?

The doctrine was evolved by the Privy Council.

64. In which pre-Constitution case was the Doctrine of Pith and Substance applied, and what was the issue?

The doctrine was applied in Prafulla Kumar case (1947), involving the validity of the Bengal Money Lenders Act, 1946, which incidentally encroached on “promissory notes” (a central subject).

65. What did the Privy Council hold in the Prafulla Kumar case (1947)?

The Privy Council held that the Act was, in pith and substance, a law in respect of “money lending” and “money lenders” (a state subject) and was therefore valid, despite incidental encroachment.

66. What principles did the Privy Council lay down in the Prafulla Kumar case for the Doctrine of Pith and Substance?

The principles are:

  1. Clear-cut demarcation of powers is not always possible, and overlap is inevitable.
  2. The extent of invasion into other lists must be considered to determine the pith and substance.
  3. List I has priority over Lists III and II, and List III has priority over List II, but the true view is to determine the substance of the Act.

67. What is the name of the case for State of Bombay vs. F.N. Balsara (1951) regarding the Doctrine of Pith and Substance?

The case is State of Bombay vs. F.N. Balsara (1951).

68. What was the Supreme Court’s judgment in State of Bombay vs. F.N. Balsara (1951) regarding the Doctrine of Pith and Substance?

It upheld the validity of the Bombay Prohibition Act, 1950, which was challenged for encroaching upon a matter enumerated in the Union List.

69. What is the name of the case for D.N. Banerji vs. P.R. Mukherjee (1952) regarding the Doctrine of Pith and Substance?

The case is D.N. Banerji vs. P.R. Mukherjee (1952).

70. What was the Supreme Court’s judgment in D.N. Banerji vs. P.R. Mukherjee (1952) regarding the Doctrine of Pith and Substance?

It upheld the validity of the Industrial Disputes Act of the Parliament, which was challenged for applying to municipalities (a state subject).

71. What is the name of the case for State of Rajasthan vs. G. Chawla (1958) regarding the Doctrine of Pith and Substance?

The case is State of Rajasthan vs. G. Chawla (1958).

72. What was the Supreme Court’s judgment in State of Rajasthan vs. G. Chawla (1958) regarding the Doctrine of Pith and Substance?

It upheld the validity of the Rajasthan Act restricting the use of sound amplifiers, which was challenged for encroaching on broadcasting/communication (Union List).

73. What is the name of the case for State of Gujarat vs. Shantilal Mangaldas (1969) regarding the Doctrine of Pith and Substance?

The case is State of Gujarat vs. Shantilal Mangaldas (1969).

74. What was the Supreme Court’s judgment in State of Gujarat vs. Shantilal Mangaldas (1969) regarding the Doctrine of Pith and Substance?

It held that the doctrine is applicable in determining legislative competence and is irrelevant in determining infringement of fundamental rights.

75. What is the name of the case for M. Ismail Faruqui vs. Union of India (1994) regarding the Doctrine of Pith and Substance?

The case is M. Ismail Faruqui vs. Union of India (1994).

76. What was the Supreme Court’s judgment in M. Ismail Faruqui vs. Union of India (1994) regarding the Doctrine of Pith and Substance?

It upheld the validity of the Acquisition of Certain Area at Ayodhya Act, 1993, holding its pith and substance was ‘acquisition of property’ (Concurrent List), not ‘public order’.

77. What is the name of the case for Zameer Ahmed Latifur Rehman Sheikh vs. State of Maharashtra (2010) regarding the Doctrine of Pith and Substance?

The case is Zameer Ahmed Latifur Rehman Sheikh vs. State of Maharashtra (2010).

78. What was the Supreme Court’s judgment in Zameer Ahmed Latifur Rehman Sheikh vs. State of Maharashtra (2010) regarding the Doctrine of Pith and Substance?

It upheld the validity of the Maharashtra Control of Organised Crime Act, 1999, which was challenged for encroaching on a Union List subject.

79. What is the Doctrine of Colourable Legislation also known as?

The Doctrine of Colourable Legislation is also known as the doctrine of fraud on the constitution.

80. What is the core principle of the Doctrine of Colourable Legislation?

The doctrine states that if a legislature makes a law that appears to be within its competence but in effect and substance lies beyond its ambit, it is void. It means “you cannot do indirectly, what you cannot do directly.”

81. When would colourable legislation emerge?

Colourable legislation emerges when a legislature has no power to legislate on an item (either not included in its list or due to constitutional limitations like Fundamental Rights).

82. What are the six propositions laid down by the Supreme Court regarding the Doctrine of Colourable Legislation?

The six propositions are:

  1. Questions arise if the legislature has transgressed constitutional powers, whether patent or disguised.
  2. It conveys that a legislature pretends to act within powers but in substance transgresses them, veiled by pretence.
  3. Substance of the Act is material, not just form, to determine if it’s beyond legislative powers.
  4. Legislature cannot violate constitutional prohibitions indirectly. Enquiry must be into true nature and character, considering object, purpose, design.
  5. The doctrine does not involve bona fides or mala fides; it’s a question of legislative competency.
  6. A court must scrutinize the entire impugned statute and related Acts to ascertain its true character and substance, especially if it’s part of a scheme to evade constitutional provisions.

83. What is the distinction between the doctrine of fraud on legislative power and the doctrine of fraud on the Constitution?

Fraud on legislative power means the legislature has power but pretends to exercise it (Act is not law). Fraud on the Constitution means the legislature has no power due to constitutional prohibition but enacts law in pretence of power.

84. What is the name of the case for State of Bihar vs. Kameshwar Singh (1952) regarding the Doctrine of Colourable Legislation?

The case is State of Bihar vs. Kameshwar Singh (1952).

85. What was the Supreme Court’s judgment in State of Bihar vs. Kameshwar Singh (1952) regarding the Doctrine of Colourable Legislation?

It invalidated the Bihar Land Reforms Act, 1950, holding that the provision for compensation for surplus land acquisition was a pretension, not a reality.

86. What is the name of the case for K.C. Gajupati Narayan Deo vs. State of Orissa (1953) regarding the Doctrine of Colourable Legislation?

The case is K.C. Gajupati Narayan Deo vs. State of Orissa (1953).

87. What was the Supreme Court’s judgment in K.C. Gajupati Narayan Deo vs. State of Orissa (1953) regarding the Doctrine of Colourable Legislation?

It upheld the validity of the Orissa Agricultural Income tax (Amendment) Act, 1950, holding it was not a colourable legislation as it fell within the legislative competency of the State Legislature.

88. What is the name of the case for K.T. Moopil Nair vs. State of Kerala (1960) regarding the Doctrine of Colourable Legislation?

The case is K.T. Moopil Nair vs. State of Kerala (1960).

89. What was the Supreme Court’s judgment in K.T. Moopil Nair vs. State of Kerala (1960) regarding the Doctrine of Colourable Legislation?

It declared the Travancore Cochin Land Tax Act, 1955, as invalid, holding that it violated Articles 14 and 19(1)(f) and its provisions were confiscatory in nature.

90. What is the name of the case for M.R. Balaji vs. State of Mysore (1962) regarding the Doctrine of Colourable Legislation?

The case is M.R. Balaji vs. State of Mysore (1962).

91. What was the Supreme Court’s judgment in M.R. Balaji vs. State of Mysore (1962) regarding the Doctrine of Colourable Legislation?

It declared the State order reserving 68 per cent of seats in educational institutions to backward class students as void, holding it violated Article 15(4) and was a fraud on the Constitution.

92. What is the Doctrine of Implied Powers also known as?

The Doctrine of Implied Powers is also known as the doctrine of implication.

93. What maxim is the Doctrine of Implied Powers based on?

It is based on the maxim that “whoever grants a thing is deemed also to grant that without which the grant itself would be of no effect”.

94. How does Black’s Law Dictionary define “implied power”?

Black’s Law Dictionary defines “implied power” as a political power not enumerated but existing because it is needed to carry out an express power.

95. What did Craies observe about the Doctrine of Implied Powers?

Craies observed that if a Legislature enables something to be done, it gives power by necessary implication to do everything indispensable for carrying out the purposes in view.

96. What did C.B. Pollock state about the Doctrine of Implied Powers?

C.B. Pollock stated that “whenever anything is authorized, and especially if, as matter of duty, required to be done by law, and it is found impossible to do that thing unless something else not authorized in express terms be also done, then that something will be supplied by necessary intendment.”

97. What is the scope and effect of the Doctrine of Implied Powers as explained by the Supreme Court?

The doctrine can be legitimately invoked when a duty or power is conferred by statute, and that duty or power cannot be exercised at all unless some auxiliary or incidental power is assumed to exist, making the statutory provision a dead-letter otherwise.

98. In which case did the Supreme Court hold that a judge of a State High Court has an implied power to revoke his resignation?

In Gopal Chandra Misra case (1978), the Supreme Court held this.

99. In which case did the Supreme Court hold that it has an implied power to reconsider its own judgments and allow curative petitions?

In Rupa Ashok Hurra case (2002), the Supreme Court held this, stating that a curative petition can be filed to cure gross miscarriage of justice.

100. In which case did the Supreme Court hold that Parliament has an implied power to expel its members for contempt?

In Raja Ram Pal case (2007), the Supreme Court held this.

101. In which case did the Supreme Court hold that the Governor has implied power to lay down procedures for appointments of SPSC members?

In Salil Sabhlok case (2013), the Supreme Court held this.

102. What is the Doctrine of Implied Prohibition?

The Doctrine of Implied Prohibition is the opposite of the doctrine of implied powers, based on the maxim that “express mention of one thing implies the exclusion of another”.

103. Is the Doctrine of Implied Prohibition applicable in India?

No, the doctrine of implied prohibition is not applicable in India.

104. What is the Doctrine of Incidental and Ancillary Powers?

The Doctrine of Incidental and Ancillary Powers states that every expressly mentioned legislative power carries with it the incidental or ancillary power necessary to execute that power effectively.

105. What are incidental and ancillary powers called in the USA and Australia?

In the USA, they are called “necessary and proper powers,” while in Australia, they are described as “powers incidental to the execution of that power.”

106. How are entries in the three legislative lists to be read according to this doctrine?

Entries are not to be read in a narrow or restricted sense; each general word should extend to all incidental or ancillary matters fairly and reasonably comprehended in it.

107. Does the power to levy tax include the power to make provisions for checking tax evasion?

Yes, the power to levy tax would include the power to make provisions for checking tax evasion.

108. Does the power to legislate with respect to collection of rent include the power to legislate with respect to remission of rent?

Yes, the power to legislate with respect to collection of rent includes the power to legislate with respect to remission of rent.

109. Can the scope of incidental or ancillary power be extended to any unreasonable extent?

No, the scope of incidental or ancillary power cannot be extended to any unreasonable extent.

110. Does the power to levy tax include the power to confiscate goods?

No, the power to levy tax cannot be held to include the power to confiscate goods.

111. Can the doctrine of incidental and ancillary powers be used as a cloak for extending legislative power to subjects explicitly mentioned in another list?

No, it cannot be used as a cloak for extending legislative power to subjects explicitly mentioned in a list. For example, “betting and gambling” (State List) does not include imposing taxes on them (separate subject in State List).

112. Can this doctrine be extended to the exercise of legislative power colourably or by fraud on the constitution?

No, this doctrine cannot be extended to the exercise of legislative power colourably or by fraud on the constitution.

113. What is the name of the case for Chaturbhuj vs. Union of India (1959) regarding the Doctrine of Incidental and Ancillary Powers?

The case is Chaturbhuj vs. Union of India (1959).

114. What was the Supreme Court’s judgment in Chaturbhuj vs. Union of India (1959) regarding the Doctrine of Incidental and Ancillary Powers?

It held that the power to impose tax includes power of raising revenue by imposing licence fee.

115. What is the name of the case for Rai Ramkrishna vs. State of Bihar (1963) regarding the Doctrine of Incidental and Ancillary Powers?

The case is Rai Ramkrishna vs. State of Bihar (1963).

116. What was the Supreme Court’s judgment in Rai Ramkrishna vs. State of Bihar (1963) regarding the Doctrine of Incidental and Ancillary Powers?

It held that the power to enact laws on a subject includes the power to make a valid law retrospectively, if the existing law on the same subject is declared as unconstitutional.

117. What is the name of the case for Pathumma vs. State of Kerala (1978) regarding the Doctrine of Incidental and Ancillary Powers?

The case is Pathumma vs. State of Kerala (1978).

118. What was the Supreme Court’s judgment in Pathumma vs. State of Kerala (1978) regarding the Doctrine of Incidental and Ancillary Powers?

It held that the power to enact laws in respect of “money-lending and money-lenders; relief of agricultural indebtedness” includes power to enact a law relating to debt of agriculturists already paid by sale of property and any measure to provide relief and recompense.

119. What is the name of the case for State of Haryana vs. Sant Lal (1993) regarding the Doctrine of Incidental and Ancillary Powers?

The case is State of Haryana vs. Sant Lal (1993).

120. What was the Supreme Court’s judgment in State of Haryana vs. Sant Lal (1993) regarding the Doctrine of Incidental and Ancillary Powers?

It held that the power to levy sales tax cannot be used to include within that law merely transporters of goods.

121. What is the name of the case for Godfrey Phillips India Limited vs. State of U.P. (2005) regarding the Doctrine of Incidental and Ancillary Powers?

The case is Godfrey Phillips India Limited vs. State of U.P. (2005).

122. What was the Supreme Court’s judgment in Godfrey Phillips India Limited vs. State of U.P. (2005) regarding the Doctrine of Incidental and Ancillary Powers?

It held that the power to impose tax includes all events concerning that tax, unless an event is included in another list.

123. What is the Doctrine of Precedent also known as?

The Doctrine of Precedent is also known as the doctrine of stare decisis.

124. What is the core principle of the Doctrine of Precedent?

The core principle is that lower courts are bound by the decisions of higher courts.

125. What maxim expresses the Doctrine of Stare Decisis?

The maxim is “stare decisis et non quieta movere,” meaning “to stand by decisions and not to disturb what is settled.”

126. What is the underlying logic of the Doctrine of Precedent?

The underlying logic is to maintain consistency and avoid uncertainty in judicial pronouncements.

127. What does Article 141 of the Constitution state regarding the Doctrine of Precedent?

Article 141 states that the law declared by the Supreme Court shall be binding on all courts within the territory of India.

128. What is the implication of Article 141 for High Courts and subordinate courts?

High Courts and subordinate courts are required to follow the decisions of the Supreme Court.

129. What is the principle regarding the Supreme Court’s declaration of law, as explained by the Court itself?

The Supreme Court’s judgments are decisional between litigants but declaratory for the nation, meaning they embody a declaration of law binding in future cases.

130. What are the three propositions laid down by the Supreme Court regarding the Doctrine of Prospective Overruling?

The three propositions are:

  1. The doctrine can be invoked only in matters arising under the Constitution.
  2. It can be applied only by the highest court of the country (the Supreme Court).
  3. The scope of its retroactive operation is left to the court’s discretion to meet the ends of justice.

131. What are the three objectives of the prospective declaration of law?

The three objectives are:

  1. To avoid reopening settled issues and prevent multiplicity of proceedings.
  2. To avoid uncertainty and avoidable litigation.
  3. To validate actions taken contrary to the law prior to its declaration, in the larger public interest.

132. What is the primary criticism against the Doctrine of Prospective Overruling?

One primary criticism is that it involves legislation by courts.

133. What is the Supreme Court’s response to the criticism that prospective overruling involves “legislation by courts”?

The Supreme Court stated that while it may seem like law-making, the court primarily declares the law but restricts its operation to the future, providing a pragmatic solution to reconcile conflicting doctrines and ensure smooth transition.

There is no statutory prohibition against refusing retroactivity. Articles 32, 141, and 142 are wide enough to allow the court to formulate legal doctrines to meet justice, with limitations only by reason, restraint, and injustice.

135. Was the Doctrine of Prospective Overruling upheld even after the Golak Nath judgment was overruled?

Yes, even though the Golak Nath case (1967) was overruled in Kesavananda Bharati (1973), the doctrine of prospective overruling was upheld and followed in several subsequent judgments.

136. Has the Supreme Court extended the application of the doctrine of prospective overruling to matters arising under ordinary statutes?

Yes, the Supreme Court has also extended its application to matters arising under ordinary statutes.

137. What is an instance of the Doctrine of Prospective Overruling being applied to an ordinary statute?

The judgment in Mandal case (1992), postponing the operation for five years, is an instance and extension of this principle.

138. In which case did the Supreme Court hold that the benefit of decisions would be given only to parties to cases pending before authorities from the date of judgment?

In Karunakar case (1993), the Supreme Court held this.

139. What is the Doctrine of Harmonious Construction?

The Doctrine of Harmonious Construction states that when different constitutional provisions conflict, courts should interpret them harmoniously to avoid conflictual implications, giving effect to both. It is also called the rule of avoidance of conflict.

140. What did Justice Venkatraama Aiyar observe about the Doctrine of Harmonious Construction?

Justice Venkatraama Aiyar observed: “In case of two irreconcilable provisions, they should be so interpreted that effect can be given to both and none of the two is rendered nugatory.”

141. What did Justice Mukherjea say about interpreting conflicting constitutional provisions?

Justice Mukherjea said: “If certain provisions in the constitution appear to be in conflict with each other, these provisions should be interpreted so as to effect a reconciliation between them so that, if possible, effect could be given to all.”

142. What are the two points to understand the Doctrine of Harmonious Construction?

The two points are:

  1. The court should read the constitution as a whole and consider its different parts.
  2. The court should proceed on the presumption that no conflict was intended by the constitution-makers.

143. What are the six areas where the Supreme Court has applied the Doctrine of Harmonious Construction?

The Supreme Court has applied the doctrine to reconcile conflicts:

  1. Between fundamental rights and directive principles of state policy.
  2. Between different fundamental rights.
  3. Between fundamental rights and legislative privileges.
  4. Between fundamental rights and amendment procedure.
  5. Between fundamental rights and other parts of the constitution.
  6. Between different entries of the legislative lists in the seventh schedule.

144. What was the Supreme Court’s observation regarding the application of the Doctrine of Harmonious Construction to fundamental rights and directive principles?

The court observed that there is no disharmony between directives and fundamental rights; they supplement each other to achieve social revolution and a welfare state, and courts have a responsibility to interpret the Constitution to ensure directives are implemented and harmonized with individual rights.

145. What was the Supreme Court’s observation regarding the application of the Doctrine of Harmonious Construction to the legislative lists in the Seventh Schedule?

The court observed that the widest amplitude should be given to entries, and if entries overlap or conflict, the court’s duty is to reconcile them and bring about harmony. If reconciliation is impossible, the Union legislature’s overriding power prevails.

146. What is the name of the case for Sri Venkataramana Devaru vs. State of Mysore (1957) regarding the Doctrine of Harmonious Construction?

The case is Sri Venkataramana Devaru vs. State of Mysore (1957).

147. What was the Supreme Court’s judgment in Sri Venkataramana Devaru vs. State of Mysore (1957) regarding the Doctrine of Harmonious Construction?

It ruled that the right of a religious denomination to manage its own affairs under Article 26(b) is subject to Article 25(2)(b).

148. What is the name of the case for M.S.M. Sharma vs. Krishna Sinha (1958) regarding the Doctrine of Harmonious Construction?

The case is M.S.M. Sharma vs. Krishna Sinha (1958).

149. What was the Supreme Court’s judgment in M.S.M. Sharma vs. Krishna Sinha (1958) regarding the Doctrine of Harmonious Construction?

It held that the fundamental right to freedom of speech and expression under Article 19(1)(a) is to be read subject to the privileges of House of Legislature guaranteed by Article 194(3).

150. What is the name of the case for O.N. Mohindroo vs. Bar Council of Delhi (1968) regarding the Doctrine of Harmonious Construction?

The case is O.N. Mohindroo vs. Bar Council of Delhi (1968).

151. What was the Supreme Court’s judgment in O.N. Mohindroo vs. Bar Council of Delhi (1968) regarding the Doctrine of Harmonious Construction?

It held that Parliament is exclusively empowered to legislate with respect to persons entitled to practice before the Supreme Court and the High Court, and the power to legislate with respect to other practitioners falls under the Concurrent List.

152. What is the name of the case for D.A.V. College vs. State of Punjab (1971) regarding the Doctrine of Harmonious Construction?

The case is D.A.V. College vs. State of Punjab (1971).

153. What was the Supreme Court’s judgment in D.A.V. College vs. State of Punjab (1971) regarding the Doctrine of Harmonious Construction?

It held that no State has the legislative competence to prescribe any particular medium of instruction with respect to higher education, if it interferes with the power of Parliament under Union List.

154. What is the name of the case for Kesavananda Bharati vs. State of Kerala (1973) regarding the Doctrine of Harmonious Construction?

The case is Kesavananda Bharati vs. State of Kerala (1973).

155. What was the Supreme Court’s judgment in Kesavananda Bharati vs. State of Kerala (1973) regarding the Doctrine of Harmonious Construction?

It held that the word “law” in Article 13(2) includes only the ordinary laws and not the amendment acts made under Article 368.

156. What is the Doctrine of Literal Interpretation also known as?

The Doctrine of Literal Interpretation is also known as the doctrine of strict construction or the doctrine of positivist construction.

157. What is the core principle of the Doctrine of Literal Interpretation?

The core principle is that the provisions of the constitution should be expounded in their plain, ordinary, natural, and grammatical meaning.

158. What did Justice Mukherjea say about interpreting the Constitution based on the Doctrine of Literal Interpretation?

Justice Mukherjea said: “In interpreting the provisions of our constitution, we should go by the plain words used by the constitution-makers”.

159. What does the Doctrine of Literal Interpretation say about reading into the Constitution?

It says the Constitution must be interpreted with reference to its terms alone; nothing is to be read into it on grounds of supposed spirit, policy, omissions, or errors.

160. What is the Doctrine of Purposive Interpretation?

The Doctrine of Purposive Interpretation states that courts, while interpreting the Constitution, should look into the purpose for incorporating a provision in the Constitution, ascertaining the intention of the makers.

161. What sources throw light on the purposes and intent of the constitution-makers?

The Preamble to the Constitution and the Constituent Assembly Debates throw light on these.

162. What did Sir Alladi Krishnaswamy Ayyar say about the Preamble?

Sir Alladi Krishnaswamy Ayyar said: “The Preamble to our Constitution expresses what we had thought or dreamt so long”.

163. What did the Supreme Court say about the Preamble in the Berubari Union case (1960)?

The Supreme Court said that the Preamble is a key to the minds of the makers of the Constitution.

164. What did former Chief Justice of India, J.S. Verma, say about the interpretation of the Constitution?

J.S. Verma said: “The Constitution is to be interpreted as a living and vibrant organism to provide for the current societal needs. Constitution is to be construed as enacting concepts.”

165. What is the Doctrine of Creative Interpretation?

The Doctrine of Creative Interpretation envisages an innovative judicial interpretation of the Constitution’s provisions, where courts evolve new concepts and procedures to meet changing situations.

166. Which Supreme Court judgment is an important illustration of the Doctrine of Creative Interpretation?

The judgment delivered by the Supreme Court in the Golak Nath case (1967) is an important illustration.

167. How did the Supreme Court embark on a creative role in the Golak Nath case?

The Supreme Court embarked on a creative role by introducing for the first time in India the American doctrine of prospective overruling.

The Supreme Court observed that Articles 32, 141, and 142 are wide and elastic enough to enable it to formulate legal doctrines to meet the ends of justice, and denying this power based on outdated theories makes its instrument of justice ineffective.

169. What is another significant manifestation of the Doctrine of Creative Interpretation?

Another significant manifestation is the judgment delivered by the Supreme Court in the Kesavananda Bharati case (1973), where it innovated the doctrine of basic structure.

The popular name is Bhikaji Narain Dhakras case.

171. What does Article 13(2) read as, as per footnote 11?

Article 13(2) reads: “(2) The State shall not make law which takes away or abridges the rights conferred by this Part and any law made in contravention of this clause shall, to the extent of the contravention, be void.”

The popular name is Deep Chand case.

The popular name is Mahendra Lal Jain case.

The popular name is Shri Ambica Mills case.

The popular name is Dulare Lodh case.

The popular name is Raleigh Investment company case.

The popular name is A.H. Wadia case.

The popular name is Wallace Brothers case.

The popular name is R.M.D. Chamarbaugwalla case.

The popular name is TISCO case.

The popular name is NTPC case.

The popular name is Charusila Dasi case.

The popular name is Shrikant case.

The popular name is Khazan Singh case.

The popular name is A.S. Krishna case.

The popular name is Prafulla Kumar case.

The popular name is K.C. Gajapati Narayan Deo case.

The popular name is Kameshwar Singh case.

The popular name is S.S. Bola case.

The popular name is Bidi, Bidi Leaves and Tobacco Merchants Association case.

The popular name is Gopal Chandra Misra case.

The popular name is Rupa Ashok Hurra case.

The popular name is Raja Ram Pal case.

The popular name is Salil Sabhlok case.

The popular name is R.S. Jhaver case.

The popular name is Atiqa Begum case.

197. What is the popular name of Check Post Officer vs. K.P. Abdulla (1970) (footnote 42)?

The popular name is K.P. Abdulla case.

The popular name is R.M.D. Chamarbaugwalla case.

The popular name is Shanker Raju case.

The popular name is Waman Rao case.

The popular name is M.R. Apparao case.

The popular name is Suganthi Suresh Kumar case.

The popular name is Krishena Kumar case.

The popular name is Dunlop India Limited case.

The popular name is A.P. Jaiswal case.

The popular name is Raghubir Singh case.

The popular name is Hari Singh case.

The popular name is Dwarikesh Sugar Industries Limited case.

The popular name is Ganga Sugar Corporation case.

The popular name is Hindustan Lever case.

The popular name is Vatan Medical and General Store case.

The popular name is M. Karunanidhi case.

The popular name is Mar Appraem Kuri Company Limited case.

The popular name is Hoechst Pharmaceuticals case.

The popular name is Kesavananda Bharati case.

The popular name is Calcutta Gas Co. case.

The popular name is Brewerry Employees Union case.

The popular name is Manubhai D. Shah case.

The popular name is Elel Hotels case.

The popular name is Chiranjit Lal Chowdhary case.

The popular name is A.K. Gopalan case.

The popular name is S.R. Chaudhuri case.

The popular name is J.S. Verma case.

The popular name is I.C. Golak Nath case.

The popular name is Kesavananda Bharati case.

Chapter 95 World Constitutions

1. What is the American Constitution?

The American Constitution is the Constitution of the United States of America, formed in 1787 after the American Revolution (1775–1783).

2. When was the American Constitution adopted and when did it come into force?

It was adopted in 1787 at the Philadelphia Convention and came into force in 1789.

3. What are the salient features of the American Constitution?

The salient features are: Written Constitution, Rigid Constitution, Federal Constitution, Presidential Government, Separation of Powers, Checks and Balances, Supremacy of Constitution and Judicial Review, Bill of Rights, and Bicameralism.

4. How is the American Constitution described in terms of its written nature?

It is cited as a classic example of a written Constitution, and is the oldest among existing written Constitutions.

5. What is the composition of the American Constitution document?

It consists of a Preamble, 7 Articles, and 27 Amendments.

6. How is the American Constitution described in terms of its flexibility?

It is a rigid constitution, unlike the British Constitution.

7. How can the American Constitution be amended?

It can be amended only by a special process provided by the Constitution, not in the same manner as ordinary laws.

8. What are the two methods for amending the American Constitution?

The two methods are:

  1. An amendment can be proposed by two-thirds votes of both Houses of Congress, and ratified by three-fourths (38 out of 50) of state legislatures within a seven-year time span.
  2. An amendment can be proposed by a constitutional convention called by Congress on petition of two-thirds (34 out of 50) of state legislatures, and ratified by three-fourths (38 out of 50) of state legislatures.

9. How many times has the American Constitution been amended since its promulgation in 1789?

It has been amended only 27 times since its promulgation in 1789.

10. How is the USA described in terms of its federal structure?

The USA is a federal state, the first and oldest federal state in the modern world, comprising 50 states and the District of Columbia.

11. What does the American Constitution provide for regarding the division of powers?

The Constitution provides for division of powers between the Federal (Central) Government and the State Governments.

12. How are powers distributed between the Centre and States in the American Constitution?

It confers limited and specified powers on the Centre and vests the residuary powers (not enumerated) in the States.

13. What form of government does the American Constitution provide for?

The American Constitution provides for the Presidential form of Government.

14. What are the features of the American Presidential system of Government?

The features are: (i) The President is both the head of State and head of Government. (ii) The President is elected by an electoral college for a fixed tenure of four years. (iii) The President cannot be removed by Congress except by impeachment for grave unconstitutional acts. (iv) The President governs with a Cabinet (Kitchen Cabinet) of non-elected departmental secretaries, responsible only to him/her. (v) The President and his/her Secretaries are not responsible to Congress and do not attend its sessions. (vi) The President cannot dissolve the House of Representatives.

15. What is the basis of the American constitutional system?

The doctrine of separation of powers is the basis.

16. How are legislative, executive, and judicial powers vested in the American Government?

They are separated and vested in three independent organs of the Government.

17. What do Articles I, II, and III of the Constitution state about the vesting of powers?

Article I vests legislative powers in Congress. Article II vests executive powers in the President. Article III vests judicial powers in one Supreme Court and inferior courts.

18. What is the system of checks and balances in the American Constitution?

It is an outcome of the separation of powers, enabling each organ to exercise partial control on others to prevent autocracy and irresponsibility, ensuring no organ has unrestricted powers.

19. What are some aspects of the working of the checks and balances system in the American Constitution?

Aspects include: (i) The President can veto bills passed by Congress (Pocket veto and Qualified veto). (ii) The Senate confirms higher appointments and international treaties. (iii) Congress determines the organisation and appellate jurisdiction of the judiciary. (iv) The President appoints judges with Senate consent. (v) The Supreme Court can declare congressional laws and Presidential orders as ultra vires.

20. What principle does the American Constitution embody regarding laws?

It embodies the principle of “hierarchy of laws”.

21. How is the written Constitution regarded in the American system?

The written Constitution is regarded as the highest (supreme or fundamental) law of the land.

22. What happens if statutes of Congress and state legislatures are against the provisions of the Constitution?

They can be declared ultra vires and hence, null and void by the Supreme Court.

23. How does the Supreme Court act as the custodian of the Constitution?

The Supreme Court acts as the custodian of the Constitution through its power of judicial review.

24. What is the Bill of Rights in the American Constitution?

The American Constitution is the first Constitution in the world to carry the Bill of Rights, guaranteeing a large number of rights to the people.

25. What does the Bill of Rights state about deprivation of life, liberty, and property?

It states that no person is to be deprived of life, liberty, and property without due process of law.

26. How does the Supreme Court protect the rights guaranteed by the Bill of Rights?

The Supreme Court acts as the protector of these rights through its power of judicial review.

27. When was the Bill of Rights added to the original Constitution?

The Bill of Rights was added in 1791 through the first ten amendments.

28. What is the nature of the American Federal Legislature?

The American Federal Legislature, called the Congress, is bicameral, consisting of the Senate and the House of Representatives.

29. What is the composition and term of the Senate?

The Senate consists of 100 members, with two elected from each state, serving a fixed six-year term.

30. What is the composition and term of the House of Representatives?

The House of Representatives consists of 435 members elected from single-member constituencies, serving a fixed two-year term.

31. Which chamber of the American Congress is more powerful?

The Senate is the more powerful chamber, considered the most powerful second chamber (upper House) in the world.

32. What is the mode of election for the American President as per the Constitution?

The Constitution provides for an indirect election of the President by an electoral college.

33. How has the election of the American President been converted due to the growth of political parties and conventions?

The growth of political parties and political conventions has converted it into a direct election.

34. What is the composition of the electoral college for the American President?

The electoral college members (Presidential Electors) are elected directly by the people. The number of electors in each state equals its members in Congress (House of Representatives + Senate). The District of Columbia has three votes. Total strength is 538.

35. What is the minimum number of votes a candidate needs to win the Presidential election?

A candidate needs 270 votes (half of 538 plus one).

36. Are the members of the electoral college also members of the Congress?

No, the members of the electoral college are not members of the Congress. The college is a special body formed only for electing the President and dissolves afterward.

37. What happens if no candidate secures the requisite majority in the Presidential election?

If no candidate secures the requisite majority, the House of Representatives elects the President from among the three candidates securing the highest votes.

38. How many times has the House of Representatives elected the President?

There have been three such occasions (1800, 1824, and 1876).

39. What are the three qualifications for a candidate for the American Presidency?

The qualifications are: (i) Must be a natural born citizen of the USA (naturalized citizen not eligible). (ii) Must have attained the age of thirty-five years. (iii) Must have been a resident of the USA for fourteen years (not necessarily consecutive).

40. What is the fixed tenure of the American President?

The President holds office for a fixed tenure of four years.

41. Is the American President eligible for re-election?

Yes, the President is eligible for re-election, but only once.

42. What did the 22nd Amendment Act of 1951 fix regarding the maximum total term for any President?

The 22nd Amendment Act of 1951 fixed the maximum total term for any President at ten years, barring any person from being elected more than twice.

43. When does the Presidential term of four years begin?

The Presidential term begins on 20th January.

44. How can the American President be removed from office before the expiry of his/her normal tenure?

The President may be removed through impeachment for treason, bribery, or other high crimes and misdemeanors.

45. Which body initiates the impeachment proceedings against the American President?

The House of Representatives initiates the impeachment proceedings by a majority vote.

46. Which body tries the impeachment case against the American President, and who presides over it?

The Senate tries the case, acting as a judicial tribunal, and is presided over by the chief justice of the Supreme Court.

47. What is the outcome if the Senate passes the impeachment resolution?

If the Senate passes the impeachment resolution by a two-thirds majority, the President stands impeached.

48. Has any American President ever been removed by impeachment?

No, no American President has ever been removed by impeachment.

49. How many impeachment attempts have there been against American Presidents?

There have been five impeachment attempts (Andrew Johnson, Richard Nixon, Bill Clinton, Donald Trump twice).

50. How is the American presidency regarded in the world?

The American presidency is one of the strongest democratic offices in the world.

51. What did Lord Bryce regard the American presidency as?

Lord Bryce regarded it as ‘the greatest office in the world’.

52. What did Munro observe about the American President’s authority?

Munro observed, “the American President exercises the largest amount of authority ever wielded by any man in a democracy”.

53. What did Ogg regard the American President as?

Ogg regarded him/her as “the greatest ruler of the world”.

54. What did Harold Laski remark about the American President?

Harold Laski remarked, “the President of the United States is both more and less than a King, he/she is also both more and less than a Prime Minister”.

55. What are the four sources from which the American President derives his/her powers and functions?

The President derives powers and functions from: Constitution, statutes of Congress, judicial interpretations, and political conventions.

56. What is the President’s role regarding the Constitution, federal laws, and treaties?

He/she has to enforce the Constitution, federal laws, and treaties, and judicial decisions throughout the country.

57. What is the President’s role regarding the armed forces?

He/she is the supreme commander of the armed forces of the US.

58. What appointments does the President make?

He/she appoints the Supreme Court judges, ambassadors, heads of executive departments, diplomatic officials, consuls, and other top officials.

59. What is the President’s role in foreign policy and affairs?

He/she formulates foreign policy and conducts foreign affairs of the US.

60. What power does the President have regarding pardons and reprieves?

He/she can grant pardon and reprieve for offences against federal laws (except in cases of impeachment).

61. What are the three options the President has when a bill approved by both Houses of Congress is sent for assent?

The three options are: (i) Give assent, making it an Act. (ii) Reject and return to Congress within ten days (Qualified Veto). (iii) Reserve the bill with him; it becomes law after ten days without assent, but dies if Congress ends session before ten days (Pocket Veto).

62. What is a “Qualified Veto”?

A “Qualified Veto” occurs when the President rejects a bill and returns it to Congress, but the bill becomes law if re-passed by a two-thirds majority in both Houses.

63. What is a “Pocket Veto”?

A “Pocket Veto” occurs when the President reserves a bill, and it dies automatically if Congress ends its session before the ten-day period for assent expires.

64. What can the President send to Congress regarding legislative measures?

He/she can send messages to Congress proposing some legislative measures, either orally or in writing.

65. What power does the President have regarding special sessions of Congress?

He/she can call special sessions of Congress for consideration of urgent matters.

66. What is the President’s role regarding the national budget?

He/she prepares the national budget and submits it to Congress for approval.

67. What power does the President have to make rules and regulations?

He/she is empowered to make rules and regulations in the form of executive orders, known as delegated legislation.

68. What power does the President have regarding adjournment of Congress?

He/she is empowered to adjourn Congress when there is a disagreement between two houses on the date of adjournment.

69. What is the British Constitution?

The British Constitution is the Constitution of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland.

70. When were England and Wales united, and when was the state of Great Britain formed?

England and Wales were united in 1535. The state of Great Britain was formed in 1707.

71. When was the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland formed?

The United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland was formed in 1921.

72. How is the British constitutional system described in terms of its age and democratic nature?

It is the oldest in the world and also the oldest democratic system.

73. What is the British Constitution often called?

The British Constitution is often called the “mother of Constitutions”.

74. What is the blend of the British Constitution?

The British Constitution is a blend of monarchy, aristocracy, and democracy.

75. What are the salient features of the British Constitution?

The salient features are: Unwritten Constitution, Flexible Constitution, Unitary Constitution, Parliamentary Government, Sovereignty of Parliament, Rule of Law, Constitutional Monarchy, and Bicameralism.

76. How is the British Constitution described in terms of its written nature?

The British Constitution is unwritten, with most principles governing governmental powers not written.

77. How is the British Constitution described in terms of its origin?

It is an evolved Constitution, not an enacted one, a product of history and evolution, and a child of chance as well as wisdom.

78. What did L.S. Amery say about the British Constitution in his book Thoughts on the Constitution?

L.S. Amery said that the British Constitution is ‘a blend of formal law, precedent and tradition’.

79. What are the five elements or sources of the British Constitution?

The five elements or sources are: Conventions, Great Charters, Statutes, Common Law, and Legal Commentaries.

80. What are Conventions in the British Constitution?

Conventions are unwritten principles of political practices and customary principles of constitutional behaviour.

81. How do Conventions differ from laws in Britain?

Unlike laws, conventions are not recognised and enforced by judicial courts, but they play a significant role in the actual working of political institutions.

82. What are some well-known conventions in Britain?

Well-known conventions include: (a) The King/Queen exercises legal powers on the advice of the Cabinet headed by the Prime Minister. (b) The King/Queen appoints the leader of the majority party in the House of Commons as Prime Minister. (c) The King/Queen dissolves the lower House of Parliament on the advice of the Prime Minister. (d) The King/Queen gives assent to all Bills passed by Parliament. (e) The Cabinet is collectively responsible to the House of Commons.

83. What are Great Charters in the British Constitution?

Great Charters are constitutional charters or landmarks, historical documents defining the powers of the Crown and liberties of citizens.

84. What are some important Great Charters in Britain?

Important Great Charters include the Magna Carta (1215), the Petition of Rights (1628), and the Bill of Rights (1689).

85. What are Statutes in the British Constitution?

Statutes are the laws made by the British Parliament from time to time, defining and regulating principles, structures, and functions of political institutions.

86. What are some important statutes in Britain?

Important statutes include the Habeas Corpus Act, 1679, the Statute of Westminster, 1931, Ministers of the Crown Act, 1937, and the People’s Representation Act, 1948.

87. What is Common Law in the British Constitution?

Common Law is a body of judge-made laws that defines significant rules and principles pertaining to government powers and citizen relations.

88. How did Dr. Ogg define common law?

Dr. Ogg defined common law as ‘the vast body of legal precept and usage, which through the centuries has acquired binding and almost immutable character’.

Legal Commentaries are text books written on constitutional law by experts, providing insight into the working of political institutions and clarifying constitutional principles.

Popular commentaries include A.V. Dicey’s ‘Law of the Constitution’, Bagehot’s ‘English Constitution’, and Blackstone’s ‘Commentaries on the Laws of England’.

91. How is the British Constitution described in terms of its flexibility?

The British Constitution is flexible in nature, unlike the American Constitution.

92. How is the British Constitution amended?

It requires no special procedure for amendment; it can be amended by Parliament in the same manner as ordinary laws.

No, there is no legal distinction between constitutional law and ordinary law.

94. How is Great Britain described in terms of its state structure?

Great Britain is a unitary state.

95. How are governmental powers vested in a unitary state like Great Britain?

All powers of the Government are vested in a single supreme Central Government located at London.

96. What is the relationship between the Central Government and local governments in Great Britain?

Local governments are created only for administrative convenience and work under the complete control of the Central Government, which can also abolish them.

97. What form of government does the British Constitution provide for?

The British Constitution provides for parliamentary form of Government.

98. What are the features of the British Parliamentary system of Government?

The features are: (i) The King or Queen is the nominal executive, while the Cabinet is the real executive. (ii) The majority party leader in the House of Commons forms the government and is appointed Prime Minister. (iii) Ministers are individually and collectively responsible to the House of Commons. (iv) The King or Queen can dissolve the House of Commons on the Prime Minister’s advice. (v) Ministers are also members of the British Parliament, avoiding conflicts and facilitating coordination.

99. What does “Sovereignty of Parliament” mean in the British constitutional system?

Sovereignty of Parliament means the supreme power within the State lies with the Parliament.

100. What are the three implications of the principle of Sovereignty of Parliament?

The three implications are: (i) The British Parliament can make, amend, substitute or repeal any law. (ii) Parliament can make constitutional laws by the same procedure as ordinary laws. (iii) Parliamentary laws cannot be declared invalid by the judiciary as unconstitutional (no judicial review).

101. What did De Lolme say about the British Parliament’s power?

De Lolme said, ‘The British Parliament can do everything except make a woman a man and a man a woman’.

102. What is the Rule of Law in the British constitutional system?

The doctrine of rule of law is one of the fundamental characteristics, stating that law is supreme and the Government must act according to law and within its limits.

103. What are the three implications of the doctrine of rule of law as given by A.V. Dicey in his book The Law of the Constitution?

The three implications are: (i) Absence of arbitrary power: no man can be punished except for a breach of law. (ii) Equality before the law: equal subjection of all citizens to ordinary law courts. (iii) Primacy of individual rights: Constitution is the result of rights defined and enforced by courts, not the source of rights.

104. How is Great Britain described in terms of its monarchy?

Great Britain is a monarchical state, described as a limited hereditary monarchy.

105. Who is the head of the state in Great Britain?

The hereditary monarch (King or Queen) is the head of the state.

106. What is the distinction between the Crown and the King?

The Crown is an institution (kingship) which is immortal, while the King is a person who is mortal.

107. What is the composition of the British Parliament?

The British Parliament is bicameral, consisting of two houses: the House of Lords (upper House) and the House of Commons (lower House).

108. How is the House of Lords composed?

The House of Lords is the upper House, consisting of lords, peers, and nobles, representing the aristocratic element. It has 677 appointed members, mostly hereditary.

109. How is the House of Commons composed?

The House of Commons is the lower House, consisting of representatives elected by the people on the basis of universal adult franchise. It has 659 seats.

110. Which House of the British Parliament is more important and powerful?

The House of Commons is more important and powerful than the House of Lords.

111. What is the composition of the British Cabinet?

The British Cabinet consists of the Prime Minister as its head and about twenty senior ministerial colleagues.

112. What are some of the members included in the British Cabinet?

Members include: Prime Minister, Chancellor of the Exchequer, Lord Privy Seal, Chancellor of the Duchy of Lancaster, Lord President of the Council, President of the Board of Trade, Lord Chancellor, First Lord of Admiralty, Post Master General, Secretaries of State (Home, Foreign, Defence, Social Services, Environment, Education and Science), Ministers of Agriculture and Fisheries, Health, Pension, Transport and Labour, Secretary of State of Scotland, and Secretary of State for Wales.

113. Which officials are not members of the British Cabinet?

The Attorney-General, Solicitor-General, Lord Advocate, and Paymaster-General are not members of the British Cabinet.

114. What is the relationship between the Cabinet and the Privy Council?

The Privy Council, an advisory body to the British monarch, transferred most of its powers to the Cabinet. It consists of 330 members, including all cabinet ministers (past and present), and is presided over by the Lord President of the Council.

115. How was the relationship between the Prime Minister and the Cabinet described in the past?

In the past, it was described as ‘Primus inter pares’ (first among equals).

116. How has the Prime Minister’s role evolved in recent times?

In recent times, the Prime Minister’s power, influence, and position have increased significantly vis-à-vis the cabinet, playing a ‘dominant’ role.

117. What do later political analysts call the British Cabinet Government?

Later political analysts call it ‘Prime Ministerial Government’.

118. What is the Shadow Cabinet in the British Cabinet system?

The Shadow Cabinet is a unique institution formed by the opposition party to balance the ruling cabinet and prepare its members for future ministerial office.

119. How is the Shadow Cabinet organized and what is its function?

It is as well organised as the government, running a ‘Parallel’ government. Its members ‘shadow’ corresponding members in the ruling cabinet, critically watching department work and matching them in parliamentary debates.

120. What does Ivor Jennings call the leader of the opposition?

Ivor Jennings described the leader of opposition as the ‘alternative’ Prime Minister.

121. What is the status and pay of the leader of the opposition?

He/she enjoys the status of a Minister and is paid by the government.

122. What was the impact of the French Revolution (1789–1799) on the French constitutional system?

The French Revolution had a significant impact, leading to frequent changes in the Constitution.

123. How many Constitutions has France adopted since the revolution?

France has adopted three monarchic, two dictatorial, three imperial, and four republican Constitutions.

124. When did the present French Constitution (Fifth Republic) come into force?

The present French Constitution came into force in 1958.

125. Who prepared the present French Constitution?

It was prepared under the instructions of General de Gaulle.

126. What was the design objective of the present French Constitution?

It was designed to give France a strong and stable Government.

127. What are the salient features of the French Constitution?

The salient features are: Written Constitution, Rigid Constitution, Unitary Constitution, Quasi-Presidential and Quasi-Parliamentary, Bicameralism, Rationalised Parliament, Constitutional Council, and Recognition of Political Parties.

128. How is the French Constitution described in terms of its written nature?

Like the American Constitution, the French Constitution is a written Constitution.

129. What is the composition of the French Constitution?

Originally, it contained a Preamble and 92 Articles divided into 15 chapters.

130. What is the motto of the Fifth Republic as declared in the French Constitution?

It declares ‘Liberty, Equality and Fraternity’ as the motto.

131. What does the French Constitution state about France’s nature?

It states, “France is an indivisible, secular, democratic and social republic”.

132. How is the French Constitution described in terms of its flexibility?

The French Constitution is rigid in nature, unlike the British Constitution.

133. What is the special procedure for amending the French Constitution?

It can be amended by the Parliament by 60% majority vote in both houses. Alternatively, the President can call a national referendum on constitutional amendment.

134. Is the republican form of government in France subject to amendment?

No, the republican form of government in France is not subject to amendment, meaning there is no place for monarchy.

135. How is France described in terms of its state structure?

France is a unitary state.

136. How are powers vested in the French unitary state?

All powers are vested in the single supreme Central Government located in Paris.

137. What is the relationship between the Central Government and local governments in France?

Local governments are created and abolished by the Central Government for administrative convenience. France is considered more unitary than Britain.

138. What form of government does the French Constitution provide for?

The French Constitution provides for neither Presidential nor parliamentary government, but combines elements of both, making it Quasi-Presidential and Quasi-Parliamentary.

139. What are the characteristics of the French executive?

It provides for a powerful President directly elected for a five-year term, and a nominated council of ministers headed by the Prime Minister, which is responsible to Parliament. Ministers are not members of Parliament.

140. What changes have been made over time to the provisions of the French Constitution relating to the President’s election, tenure, and terms?

The mode of election changed from indirect to direct election (1962). The tenure changed from seven years to five years (2000). The number of terms allowed changed from no limit to not more than two consecutive terms (2008).

141. What is the composition of the French Parliament?

The French Parliament is bicameral, consisting of the National Assembly (lower house) and the Senate (upper house).

142. What is the composition and term of the National Assembly?

The National Assembly has 577 members who are directly elected for a five-year term.

143. What is the composition and term of the Senate?

The Senate has 348 members who are indirectly elected for a six-year term.

144. Which house of the French Parliament is more dominant and powerful?

The National Assembly is more dominant and powerful than the Senate.

145. What is a “Rationalised Parliament” as established by the French Constitution?

A “Rationalised Parliament” means a Parliament with restricted and limited powers, particularly vis-à-vis the political executive. It can make laws only on defined items, and the government can legislate by executive decree.

146. What was the purpose of imposing limitations on parliamentary authority in France?

These limitations were imposed to provide for a strong executive.

147. What is the Constitutional Council in France?

France has a Constitutional Council consisting of nine members appointed for a nine-year term.

148. What is the function of the Constitutional Council?

It functions as a judicial watchdog, ensuring executive decrees and parliamentary laws conform to the Constitution. However, it is only an advisory body, and its opinion is not binding.

149. Does the Constitution of France recognize political parties?

Yes, the Constitution of France gives recognition to political parties and their role, being the first Republican Constitution to mention and acknowledge them as a normal part of political life.

150. What does the French Constitution state about political parties?

The Constitution states that the “parties must respect the principles of national sovereignty and democracy”.

151. What was the original mode of election for the French President?

Originally, the Constitution provided for an indirect election by an electoral college.

152. How was the French Constitution amended in 1962 regarding the President’s election?

In 1962, the Constitution was amended through a referendum, making the President directly elected by universal suffrage.

153. What is required for a candidate to win the French Presidential election?

A candidate has to obtain an absolute majority of the votes cast. If not, a second ballot is held with the top two candidates.

154. What is the term of office for the French President?

The President is elected for a term of five years.

155. Is the French President eligible for re-election?

Yes, he/she is eligible for re-election, but only for another consecutive term.

156. Does the French Constitution prescribe any qualifications for the Presidential office?

No, the Constitution has not prescribed any qualifications (including minimum age limit) for the Presidential office.

157. What happens if the presidency falls vacant?

The functions of the President (except submitting a bill to a referendum and dissolution of the National Assembly) are performed temporarily by the President of the Senate. If he/she is also unable, the functions are performed by the government.

158. How can the French President be removed from office before the expiry of his/her normal tenure?

The President can be removed through an impeachment for high treason. The impeachment resolution must be passed by both Houses of Parliament by an absolute majority, and then the President is tried by the High Court of Justice.

159. How is the French President described in terms of his position in the government system?

The President is the pivot of the Constitution and occupies a dominant position. He/she is the real head of the state, leader of the nation, and symbol of national unity.

160. What is the President’s role in appointing the Prime Minister and other members of the government?

He/she appoints the Prime Minister and accepts his/her resignation. He/she appoints and dismisses other members of the government (Council of Ministers) on the advice of the Prime Minister.

161. What is the President’s role in the Council of Ministers’ meetings?

He/she presides over the meetings of Council of Ministers, providing direct opportunity to influence, guide, direct, and control government policies.

162. What appointments does the President make in civil and military posts?

He/she makes appointments to civil and military posts of the state.

163. What is the President’s role regarding the armed forces?

He/she is the commander-in-chief of the armed forces of the country.

164. What is the President’s role in international relations?

He/she negotiates and ratifies treaties and sends and receives diplomats. He/she is kept informed of all negotiations leading to international agreements not subject to ratification.

165. What is the President’s role regarding national defence councils and committees?

He/she presides over the higher councils and committees of national defence.

166. What is the President’s role regarding the French community?

He/she presides over and represents the French community.

167. What appointments does the President make to the Constitutional Council?

He/she appoints the President and three members of the Constitutional Council.

168. What is the President’s role regarding the promulgation of laws?

He/she promulgates laws within fifteen days of final adoption by Parliament and transmission to government. He/she can ask Parliament to reconsider a law, which cannot be refused.

169. What can the President send to Parliament and summon its sessions?

He/she can send messages to Parliament and summon its special sessions.

170. What can the President submit to a referendum?

He/she can submit any government bill (on government proposal) or joint proposal of both Houses of Parliament to a referendum.

171. What is the President’s role regarding ordinances and decrees?

He/she signs the ordinances and decrees that have been considered by the Council of Ministers.

172. What power does the President have regarding pardons?

He/she has the right to pardon.

173. What is the President’s role regarding the Higher Council of the judiciary?

He/she presides over the Higher Council of the judiciary and appoints nine members to it.

174. What is the President’s role regarding the independence of the judicial authority?

He/she is the protector of the independence of the judicial authority.

175. What special powers is the President vested with to deal with emergencies?

During emergencies, he/she can take required measures after consulting the Prime Minister, Presidents of both Assemblies, and the Constitutional Council.

176. What power does the President have to dissolve the National Assembly?

He/she can dissolve the National Assembly after consulting the Prime Minister and the Presidents of the two Assemblies.

177. What are the two limitations on the President’s power to dissolve the National Assembly?

The limitations are: (i) He/she cannot dissolve the National Assembly more than once in twelve months; and (ii) the National Assembly cannot be dissolved during an emergency.

178. What was the Meiji Constitution based on, and for how long did it remain in force?

The Meiji Constitution was based on the ideals of autocracy, authoritarianism, and monarchy, and remained in force for 58 years (from 1889 to 1947).

179. Under whose direction did Japan adopt a new democratic Constitution after World War II?

Japan adopted a new democratic Constitution under the direction of U.S. General Douglas MacArthur, the Supreme Commander of the Allied Powers.

180. When did the new and present Constitution of Japan become operative?

The new and present Constitution of Japan became operative in 1947.

It is known as the MacArthur Constitution and the Showa Constitution.

182. What does “Showa” mean?

“Showa” is the title of the reign of Emperor Hirohito and means “Radiant Peace”.

183. Who were the Emperor and Prime Minister of Japan at the time of the new Constitution’s adoption?

Hirohito was the Emperor and Shidehara was the Prime Minister.

184. What are the salient features of the present Constitution of Japan?

The salient features are: Written Constitution, Rigid Constitution, Unitary Constitution, Parliamentary Government, Constitutional Monarchy, Supremacy of Constitution and Judicial Review, Fundamental Rights, Renunciation of War, and Bicameralism.

185. How is the Japanese Constitution described in terms of its written nature?

Like the American Constitution, it is a written Constitution.

186. What is the composition of the Japanese Constitution?

It contains a Preamble and 103 Articles divided into 11 chapters.

187. What is the unique blend of the Japanese Constitution?

It is a unique blend of the American and the British system.

188. What principle does the Preamble of the Japanese Constitution emphasize?

The Preamble emphasizes the principle of the sovereignty of the people.

189. How is the Japanese Constitution described in terms of its flexibility?

Like the American Constitution, the Japanese Constitution is rigid in nature.

190. What is the special procedure for amending the Japanese Constitution?

Amendment must be initiated by the Diet and passed by a two-thirds majority of its membership. Then, it is submitted to the people for ratification at a special referendum or specific election, requiring a majority approval.

191. Has the Japanese Constitution ever been amended?

No, the Japanese Constitution has not so far been amended even once.

192. How is Japan described in terms of its state structure?

Japan is a unitary state, like the British Constitution.

193. What is the relationship between the Central and provincial Governments in Japan?

There is no division of powers; all powers are vested in the single supreme Central Government in Tokyo. Provincial governments derive authority from delegation.

194. What form of government does Japan prefer?

Japan has shown a preference for the British Parliamentary System rather than the American Presidential System.

195. What are the features of the Japanese Parliamentary system of Government?

The features are: (i) The Emperor is the nominal executive, while the Cabinet is the real executive. (ii) The majority party leader in the House of Representatives becomes the Prime Minister. (iii) The Prime Minister is designated from among the members of the Diet by a resolution of the Diet and appointed by the Emperor. (iv) The Prime Minister appoints the Ministers of State, with a majority chosen from Diet members. (v) The Prime Minister can remove Ministers of State at his/her will. (vi) The Cabinet is collectively responsible to the Diet and must resign if the House of Representatives passes a no-confidence resolution. (vii) The Emperor can dissolve the House of Representatives on the Prime Minister’s advice.

196. What are the four differences between the Japanese and British Parliamentary systems?

Differences are:

  1. In Britain, PM is chosen and appointed by King/Queen; in Japan, PM is chosen by Diet but appointed by Emperor.
  2. In Britain, Ministers are appointed by King/Queen; in Japan, Ministers are appointed by PM.
  3. In Britain, PM cannot remove Ministers; in Japan, PM can remove Ministers at will.
  4. In Britain, all Ministers must be Parliament members; in Japan, only a majority of Ministers must be Diet members.

197. How is Japan described in terms of its monarchy?

Japan is a monarchical state, described as a limited hereditary monarchy.

198. What is the Emperor’s role in the Japanese Constitution?

The Emperor is the symbol of the state and of the unity of the people, deriving position from the will of the people. The Constitution deprives him/her of all former powers, privileges, and prerogatives.

199. What acts of the Emperor require the advice and approval of the Cabinet?

The advice and approval of the Cabinet is required for all acts of the Emperor.

No, the Emperor performs only those acts enumerated in the Constitution and has no powers related to Government.

201. Can the Emperor receive imperial property without the authorisation of the Diet?

No, the Emperor can neither give nor receive imperial property without the authorisation of the Diet.

202. How is the Emperor’s authority described in the Japanese Constitution?

The Constitution has made the Emperor merely a constitutional head, with authority strictly limited to ceremonial functions, similar to the British counterpart.

203. What principle does the Japanese Constitution establish regarding laws?

The Japanese Constitution establishes the principle of supremacy of Constitution.

204. How are laws, ordinances, imperial rescripts, and official acts treated in relation to the Japanese Constitution?

They must conform to this supreme law. If they are against the Constitution, they can be declared ultra vires by the Supreme Court.

205. How does the American principle of judicial review compare to Japan’s?

The American principle of judicial review is adopted in Japan. However, the Japanese Supreme Court derives its power of judicial review directly from the Constitution, unlike the American Supreme Court.

206. What does the Japanese Constitution specifically say about the Supreme Court’s power of judicial review?

The Japanese Constitution specifically says that the Supreme Court is the court of last resort with power to determine the constitutionality of any law, order, regulation, or official Act.

207. What does the Japanese Constitution provide for regarding Fundamental Rights?

The Japanese Constitution provides for rights on the model of the Bill of Rights in the USA, guaranteeing a large number of civil, political, and economic rights, declared as ‘eternal and inviolate’.

208. How does the judiciary protect fundamental rights in Japan?

The judiciary, headed by the Supreme Court, acts as the protector of these rights through its power of judicial review.

209. How do the Japanese Fundamental Rights compare to the American Bill of Rights?

The Japanese Fundamental Rights are more elaborate and definite than the American Bill of Rights.

210. How many Articles in the Japanese Constitution are devoted to the rights and duties of the people?

31 Articles (10 to 40) are devoted to the rights and duties of the people.

211. What are some of the rights provided for in the Japanese Constitution?

Rights include: Right to equality, Right to freedom, Right to freedom of religion, Right to private property, Economic rights, Right to education, Cultural rights, and Right to constitutional remedies.

212. What is the most peculiar and controversial feature of the Japanese Constitution?

The Renunciation of War as a sovereign right of the nation and the threat or use of force for settling international disputes.

213. What does the Japanese Constitution prohibit regarding military forces?

It prohibits Japan from maintaining land, sea, and air forces, as well as other war potential. It also does not recognise the right of belligerency of the state.

214. What term is used for Japan’s defence capabilities to make it constitutionally correct?

The term used is “self-defence forces”.

215. What is the composition of the Japanese Diet?

The Japanese Diet is bicameral, consisting of two houses: the House of Councillors (upper House) and the House of Representatives (lower House).

216. What is the composition and term of the House of Councillors?

The House of Councillors consists of 252 members elected for a term of six years.

217. How are the members of the House of Councillors elected?

152 are elected on a geographical basis (local constituencies) and the remaining 100 are elected by the nation at large (national constituency).

218. What is the composition and term of the House of Representatives?

The House of Representatives consists of 512 members elected for a term of four years.

219. Which House of the Japanese Diet has more powers?

The House of Representatives has more powers than the House of Councillors, especially in financial matters.

220. What is the highest organ of state power and sole law-making organ of the state in Japan?

Constitutionally, the Diet is the highest organ of state power and the sole law-making organ.

221. When was the state of the USSR formed, and what was the Bolshevik Revolution?

The state of the USSR was formed in 1917 following the Russian Revolution (Bolshevik Revolution) led by V.I. Lenin.

222. When did the USSR collapse?

The USSR finally collapsed and disintegrated in 1989–1991, mainly due to economic crisis.

223. What was the goal of the socialist state created by the Russian Revolution of October 1917?

The goal was Communism.

224. How many Constitutions did the USSR adopt since its formation in 1917?

The USSR adopted four Constitutions: in 1918, 1924, 1936 (Stalin Constitution), and 1977 (Brezhnev Constitution).

225. What was the basis of the constitutional system of the USSR?

The constitutional system of the USSR was based on the principles and ideologies of Marxism—Leninism.

226. What was the defining feature of the politico-administrative system of the USSR?

The Communist Party dominated the entire political and administrative system of the USSR.

227. What are the salient features of the Soviet Constitution of 1977?

The salient features are: Written Constitution, Rigid Constitution, Socialist Constitution, Federal Constitution, Parliamentary Government, Bicameralism, Presidium, One-Party Dictatorship, Democratic Centralism, Fundamental Rights, and Fundamental Duties.

228. How is the Soviet Constitution described in terms of its written nature?

Like American and French Constitutions, the Soviet Constitution was a written one.

229. Who headed the committee that drafted the Soviet Constitution of 1977?

It was drafted by a committee headed by Mr. Brezhnev.

230. What is the composition of the Soviet Constitution of 1977?

It had 20 Chapters and 174 Articles divided into 9 parts.

231. How is the Soviet Constitution described in terms of its flexibility?

The Soviet Constitution was rigid in nature.

232. How could the Soviet Constitution be amended?

It could be amended by the legislature of the USSR (Supreme Soviet) by a two-thirds majority in each House.

233. How is the Soviet Constitution described in terms of its socialist nature?

The Constitution was socialistic in nature and laid down the foundation of a socialist state, declaring the USSR a “socialist state of the whole people.”

234. What did the Soviet Constitution state about the foundation of the economic system of the USSR?

It stated that the foundation of the economic system is socialist ownership of the means of production in the form of state property and collective farm/cooperative property.

235. What kind of state did the Soviet Constitution provide for?

The Constitution provided for a federal state consisting of 15 units called Union Republics.

236. How were powers divided between the Centre and the units in the Soviet Federation?

The powers of the Centre were enumerated, while the residuary powers were given to the units, similar to the USA.

237. Did the Union Republics have their own Constitutions and the right to secede?

Yes, the 15 Union Republics had their own separate Constitutions conforming to the USSR Constitution and enjoyed the right to secede from the USSR.

238. What were the sub-federations within the Soviet Federation called?

Within several Union Republics existed autonomous republics (20), autonomous regions (8), and autonomous areas (10), which were called sub-federations.

239. What was the USSR called in terms of its federal structure?

The USSR was called a “Federation of Federations”.

240. What form of government did the Soviet Constitution provide for?

The Constitution provided for a parliamentary form of Government in the USSR.

241. What was the relationship between the Council of Ministers and the Supreme Soviet in the USSR?

The Council of Ministers was elected by the Supreme Soviet (legislature) and remained responsible to it for its policies and acts. The Supreme Soviet could also remove Ministers.

242. What was the Council of Ministers called in the USSR Constitution?

The Constitution stated that ‘the Council of Ministers headed by the Premier is the highest executive and administrative authority of the USSR’.

243. What was the composition of the legislature in the USSR?

The Constitution provided for a bicameral legislature called the Supreme Soviet, consisting of the Soviet of the Union (lower House) and the Soviet of the Nationalities (upper House).

244. What was the composition and term of the two houses of the Supreme Soviet?

Both houses had equal number of members (750 each), elected directly every five years.

245. How did the two houses of the Supreme Soviet represent the nation and units?

The lower House represented the nation as a whole, while the upper House represented the units of the Soviet Federation.

246. What powers did the two houses of the Supreme Soviet have?

The two Houses had equal and coordinated powers in all policy matters.

247. What was the Presidium in the Soviet constitutional system?

The Presidium was a governing body elected by the Supreme Soviet, constitutionally the highest body of state authority. It was termed the Standing Committee of the Supreme Soviet.

248. What was the composition of the Presidium?

It was a 39-member body consisting of a Chairman, First Vice-Chairman, 15 Vice Chairmen (heads of Union Republics), a Secretary, and 21 members.

249. Who was the formal head of the State of the USSR?

The Chairman (President) of the Presidium was the formal head of the State of the USSR.

250. How was the Presidium described due to its functions and plural character?

It was called the ‘Collegial Executive’ or the ‘Plural Executive’ or the ‘Collegiate President’ and described as the ‘20th Century Innovation’.

251. What was the most important feature of the constitutional system of the USSR?

The monopoly of the political power enjoyed by the Communist Party of the Soviet Union (CPSU).

252. What did the Soviet Constitution state about the CPSU’s role?

The Soviet Constitution stated that the CPSU is ‘the leading and guiding force of Soviet Society and the nucleus of its political system’, determining general perspectives and directing the constructive work for communism’s victory.

253. What principle did the Chinese constitution declare for state institutions?

The Chinese constitution declares that the state institutions shall practice the principle of democratic centralism.

254. What are the characteristics of democratic centralism as applied to state institutions?

Democratic centralism combines central leadership with local initiative and creative activity, with elected bodies accountable to the people and subject to oversight.

255. What did the Soviet Constitution provide for regarding Fundamental Rights?

The Constitution provided for a large number of economic, social, personal, cultural, and political rights to citizens, guaranteed equally irrespective of nationality, race, sex.

256. What was the nature of the fundamental rights granted in the USSR?

The rights were socialist, not personal, meant for the establishment of a socialist system, and their enjoyment was not to detriment society or state interests.

257. What are some of the fundamental rights provided by the Soviet Constitution?

Rights include: Right to work, rest and leisure, health protection, maintenance in old age/sickness/disability, housing, education, cultural benefits, scientific/technical/artistic work, participation in state/public affairs, submit proposals, freedom of speech/press/assembly/meetings/processions/demonstrations, association, conscience, family protection, inviolability of person/house, privacy, protection by court, and appeal against official actions.

258. What did the Soviet Constitution provide for in addition to fundamental rights?

Apart from fundamental rights, the Constitution also provided for fundamental duties.

259. What did the Soviet Constitution state about the exercise of rights and freedoms in relation to duties?

It stated that the exercise of these rights and freedoms was inseparable from the performance of these duties and obligations.

260. What are some of the fundamental duties contained in the Soviet Constitution?

Duties include: Observing the Constitution and Soviet laws, observing labour discipline, preserving and protecting socialist property, safeguarding Soviet state interests, defending the motherland, rendering military service, respecting national dignity of other citizens, respecting rights/lawful interests of other persons, protecting nature/conserving richness, preserving historical monuments/cultural values, and promoting/strengthening world peace.

261. What was the largest constituent unit of the former USSR?

Russia was the largest constituent unit, accounting for 75% of total area and 50% of total population, and contributing 70% to agricultural and industrial output.

262. When did Russia adopt a new Constitution after the dissolution of the USSR?

Russia adopted a new Constitution on 20 December 1993.

263. What are the salient features of the Russian Constitution?

The salient features are: Sovereign and multi-ethnic republican state, Federal state, Liberal-democratic order, Multi-party system, Division of State power, Bicameral legislature, President as head of State, and Impeachment of President.

264. What does the Russian Constitution declare Russia to be?

It declares Russia as a sovereign and multi-ethnic republican state.

265. What kind of state does the Russian Constitution provide for?

It provides for a federal state.

266. What is the composition of the Russian Federation?

The Russian Federation consists of 21 Republics, 6 Territories (Krai), 49 Regions (Oblast), 10 Autonomous Areas (Avtonomy Okrug), 2 Cities (Moscow and St. Petersburg) of federal status, and Birobijan (Jewish Autonomous Region).

267. What kind of order does the Russian Constitution establish, and what does it guarantee?

It establishes a liberal-democratic order and guarantees fundamental rights to the citizens, discarding the earlier totalitarian system.

268. What kind of party system does the Russian Constitution introduce?

It introduces a multi-party system and ensures free and fair periodic elections.

269. How is State power divided in Russia?

It provides for the division of the State power among the legislature, executive, and judiciary, with these three organs independent of one another.

270. What is the composition of the Russian bicameral legislature?

It consists of the Federation Council (upper House) and State Duma (lower House).

271. What is the composition and term of the Federation Council?

The Federation Council consists of 178 members, with two from each territorial unit of the Russian Federation.

272. What is the composition and term of the State Duma?

The State Duma consists of 450 members who are directly elected for a period of four years.

273. Who is declared the head of the State in the Russian Federation?

The President of the Russian Federation is declared the head of the State.

274. What is the term for the Russian President?

The President is elected for a term of four years by universal and direct suffrage.

275. What are the roles of the Russian President?

He/she is the head of the executive as well as Commander-in-Chief of the armed forces.

276. What is the President’s role in appointing the Chairman of the Government (Prime Minister) and other Federal Ministers?

He/she is authorized to appoint the Chairman of the Government as the Prime Minister, and appoints other Federal Ministers on the advice of the Prime Minister.

277. What power does the Russian President have regarding the Prime Minister and Federal Ministers?

He/she can dismiss the Prime Minister or any other Federal Minister.

278. What does the Russian Constitution provide for regarding a constitutional court?

It provides for a 19-member constitutional court.

279. What is the function of the Russian constitutional court?

Its function is to decide the constitutionality of the Presidential decrees, Government orders, and laws of the Federal Assembly.

280. How can the Russian President be removed by the legislature?

The Russian legislature (Federal Assembly) is authorized to remove the President by way of impeachment, on the charge of high treason or grave crime. The impeachment resolution should be approved by both Houses by two-thirds majority.

281. When was the People’s Republic of China formed, and under whose leadership?

The People’s Republic of China was formed in 1949 after the Communist Revolution (New Democratic Revolution) led by Chairman Mao Zedong.

282. How many constitutions has China adopted since 1949?

China adopted four constitutions: in 1954, 1975, 1978, and 1982.

283. Which body drafted the fourth and present constitution of 1982?

The National Constitution Revision Committee set up by the National People’s Congress (NPC) drafted it.

284. When was the draft constitution of 1982 adopted and promulgated?

The draft constitution was adopted by the NPC and promulgated for implementation on December 4, 1982.

285. What are the salient features of the Chinese Constitution of 1982?

The salient features are: Written Constitution, Rigid Constitution, Socialist Constitution, Unitary Constitution, Parliamentary Government, Unicameralism, Communist Party Leadership, Democratic Centralism, and Fundamental Rights.

286. How is the Chinese Constitution described in terms of its written nature?

The Chinese Constitution is a written constitution.

287. What is the composition of the Chinese Constitution?

It consisted (originally) of a Preamble and 138 Articles divided into four chapters.

288. How is the Chinese Constitution described in terms of its flexibility?

The Chinese Constitution is rigid in nature.

289. How can the Chinese Constitution be amended?

It can be amended by the NPC by a two-thirds majority of its membership. Amendments must be proposed by the Standing Committee of the NPC or by one-fifth (or more) of the total deputies (members) of the NPC.

290. How is the Chinese Constitution described in terms of its socialist nature?

The Chinese Constitution is socialistic in nature and lays down the foundation of a socialist state. It declares China a socialist state governed by a people’s democratic dictatorship led by the working class and based on an alliance of workers and peasants.

291. What is declared as the fundamental system of China in its Constitution?

The socialist system is declared the fundamental system of China.

292. What is declared as the defining feature of socialism with Chinese Characteristics?

Leadership by the CPC is the defining feature of socialism with Chinese Characteristics.

293. What is prohibited regarding the socialist system in China?

It is prohibited for any organization or individual to damage the socialist system.

294. How is China described in terms of its state structure?

The Chinese Constitution establishes a unitary state rather than a federal state.

295. What does the Preamble of the Chinese Constitution declare about China?

The Preamble declares that China is a unitary multinational state built up jointly by the people of all its nationalities.

296. How are powers vested in the Chinese unitary state?

All powers are vested on the single supreme central government located at Beijing.

297. What is the relationship between the central and provincial governments in China?

Provincial governments derive their authority from delegation by the central government and are created or abolished for administrative convenience.

298. What form of government does the Chinese constitution provide for?

The Chinese constitution provides for a parliamentary form of government.

299. What is the State Council of China?

The State Council of China (Central People’s Government) is the executive organ of the highest state organ of power (NPC) and the highest state administrative organ.

300. Who heads the State Council, and to whom is it responsible?

The State Council is headed by a Premier, and it is responsible to the NPC and reports to the NPC on its work.

301. How is the Premier chosen in China?

The Premier is chosen by the NPC based on the nomination of the President of China.

302. How are other members of the State Council chosen?

Other members of the State Council are chosen by the NPC based on the nomination of the Premier.

303. Who appoints or removes the Premier and other members of the State Council?

The President of China, pursuant to NPC decisions, appoints or removes them.

304. How does the Premier direct the work of the State Council?

The Premier directs the work of the State Council and presides over its meetings.

305. How does the authority of the Chinese Premier compare to the Indian or British Prime Minister?

The Chinese Premier’s authority cannot be compared with that of the Indian Prime Minister or the British Prime Minister.

306. Who is the head of the state in China?

The head of the state is the President of China, an elected executive.

307. What is the term of office for the President of China?

The President of China is elected for a term of 5 years.

308. What are the eligibility criteria for election as the President of China?

Any citizen of China who has the right to vote and stand for election and has reached the age of 45 is eligible.

309. How is the President of China described in terms of executive power?

The President is only a ceremonial executive, not a real executive.

310. What is the composition of the Chinese legislature?

The Chinese constitution provides for a unicameral legislature, the NPC (National People’s Congress).

311. What is the highest state organ of power and legislative body in China?

Constitutionally, the NPC is the highest state organ of power and exercises the legislative power of the State.

312. How is the NPC composed?

The NPC is composed of deputies elected from provinces, autonomous regions, cities directly under central government, special administrative regions, and armed forces.

313. What is the approximate number of deputies in the NPC, and what is its term?

The number varies, approximately 3,000. The NPC is elected for a term of 5 years.

314. What is the permanent organ of the NPC?

Its permanent organ is the Standing Committee, consisting of approximately 200 members.

315. What does the Chinese constitution recognize regarding the party system?

The Chinese constitution recognizes a multi-party system in the country.

316. What does the Preamble of the Chinese Constitution state about the leadership role of the CPC?

The Preamble states that the system of multi-party cooperation and political consultation under the leadership of the CPC will continue and develop long into the future.

317. What does Article 1 of the Chinese Constitution declare about the CPC’s leadership?

Article 1 declares that leadership by the CPC is the defining feature of socialism with Chinese characteristics.

318. What does the Chinese Constitution provide for regarding Fundamental Rights?

The constitution provides for a large number of rights to the citizens of China, including civil, political, personal, economic, social, and cultural rights.

319. What is the condition for the enjoyment of rights by citizens in China?

The enjoyment of these rights by the citizens should not undermine the interests of the state or society or collectives or the rights of other citizens.

320. What are some of the rights provided in the Chinese Constitution?

Rights include: Right to equality before the law, Right to vote and stand for election, Freedom of speech/press/assembly/association/procession/demonstration, Freedom of religious belief, Inviolability of person/house, Personal dignity, Freedom and confidentiality of correspondence, Right to criticize, Right to file complaints, Right to receive compensation, Right to work, Right to rest, Right to livelihood of retirees, Right to material assistance in old age/sickness/disability, Right to education, Freedom of scientific research/literary/artistic creation/cultural pursuits, Right of women to equal rights with men, Protection of marriage/family, and Protection of rights of Chinese nationals living abroad.

321. What does the Chinese Constitution provide for in addition to fundamental rights?

In addition to fundamental rights, the Chinese Constitution also provides for fundamental duties of citizens.

322. What does the Chinese Constitution state about the fulfillment of duties?

The constitution says that every citizen must fulfill the duties prescribed by it.

323. What are some of the fundamental duties contained in the Chinese Constitution?

Duties include: Safeguarding national unity/solidarity, Abiding by the constitution/law, keeping state secrets, protecting public property, observing discipline/public order/social morality, Safeguarding security/honour/interests of the motherland, Defending the motherland/resisting aggression, Performing military service/joining militia, Paying taxes, Working, Receiving education, and Practicing family planning.

324. How many constitutions has Switzerland adopted till now?

Till now, Switzerland adopted three constitutions: 1848, 1874, and 1999.

325. When did the first constitution of Switzerland establish the federal state?

The constitution of 1848 established the federal state.

326. When was the third constitution of Switzerland adopted and when did it come into force?

The third constitution was adopted by the Federal Assembly on December 18, 1998, approved by the people and cantons on April 18, 1999, and came into force on January 1, 2000.

327. What are the salient features of the present Constitution of Switzerland?

The salient features are: Written Constitution, Rigid Constitution, Federal Constitution, Council Model of Government, Bicameralism, Direct Democracy, Triple Citizenship, and Fundamental Rights.

328. How is the Swiss Constitution described in terms of its written nature?

The Swiss constitution is a comprehensive written document.

329. What is the composition of the Swiss Constitution?

Originally, it consisted of a preamble and 196 Articles divided into six titles (parts).

330. How is the Swiss Constitution described in terms of its flexibility?

The Swiss Constitution is rigid in nature.

331. What are the two types of revision (amendment) provided for in the Swiss Constitution?

The two types are total revision and partial revision.

332. How can a total revision of the Swiss Constitution be proposed?

A total revision can be proposed by the people or by either of the two chambers of the Federal Assembly, or decreed by the Federal Assembly.

333. What happens if the people vote for a total revision of the Swiss Constitution?

If the people vote for a total revision, then new elections are held to both chambers.

334. How can a partial revision of the Swiss Constitution be requested?

A partial revision can be requested by the people or decreed by the Federal Assembly.

335. What principles must a partial revision of the Swiss Constitution respect?

A partial revision must respect the principle of cohesion of subject matter. A popular initiative for partial revision must also respect consistency of form.

336. When does the totally or partially revised Swiss Constitution come into force?

The totally revised or partially revised constitution comes into force when it is approved by the people and the cantons.

337. What kind of state does the Swiss constitution provide for?

The Swiss constitution provides for a federal republic consisting of 26 units called cantons.

338. How are powers divided between the federal government and the cantons in Switzerland?

The powers of the federal government are specified, while the residuary powers are given to the cantons, similar to the USA.

339. What is the composition of each canton in Switzerland?

Each canton has its own constitution, legislature, executive, and judiciary.

340. What are the two types of cantons in Switzerland?

The two types are full cantons and half cantons.

341. How many full cantons and half cantons are there in Switzerland?

Out of 26 cantons, 20 are full cantons and 6 are half cantons.

342. What are the two differences between full cantons and half cantons?

(i) Each half canton has one representative in the upper house of the Federal Assembly, while each full canton has two representatives. (ii) Each half canton has a half vote on constitutional revision proposals, while each full canton has one vote.

343. What kind of government does the Swiss constitution provide for?

The Swiss constitution provides for a unique system of executive called the Federal Council (Bundesrat), which is a plural (collegial) executive.

344. What are the features of the Swiss Council Model of Government?

The features are: (i) The Federal Council has seven members elected by the Federal Assembly after each general election to the National Council. (ii) Members are elected for a term of four years. (iii) Care must be taken to ensure appropriate representation of geographical and language regions. (iv) The President and Vice-President of the Federal Council are elected by the Federal Assembly from its members for a one-year term, with re-election for the following year not permitted for the President. (v) Members act both collectively and individually. (vi) All seven members have co-equal authority. The President is only a primus inter pares (first among equals) and performs ceremonial duties. (vii) Members are not members of the Federal Assembly but participate in deliberations without voting rights and cannot be removed by no-confidence motion or impeachment. (viii) The Federal Council is non-partisan, composed of members from different political parties but not working on party lines.

345. What is the composition of the Swiss Federal Legislature?

The Swiss Federal Legislature, called the Federal Assembly, is bicameral, consisting of the Council of States (upper house) and the National Council (lower house).

346. What is the composition of the Council of States?

The Council of States is composed of 46 representatives of the cantons.

347. How are representatives from full cantons and half cantons elected to the Council of States?

Full cantons elect two representatives each, while half cantons elect one representative each.

348. How is representation provided to cantons in the Council of States?

Cantons are provided equal representation in the Council of States, irrespective of their size and population, similar to the American Senate.

349. What is the composition and term of the National Council?

The National Council is composed of 200 representatives of the people, elected directly by proportional representation for a term of four years.

350. How do the two chambers in Switzerland compare in terms of standing and powers?

The two chambers are of equal standing and have equal powers.

351. What did C.F. Strong observe about the Swiss legislature?

C.F. Strong observed: “The Swill legislature like the Swiss executive is unique; it is the only legislature in the world the powers of whose upper house are in no way different from those of the lower house”.

352. What does the Swiss constitution provide for regarding direct democracy?

The Swiss constitution provides for the operation of direct democracy, enabling people to directly participate in state affairs.

353. What are the two direct democratic devices specified in the Swiss Constitution?

The two devices are referendum and initiative.

354. What are the three categories of matters that must be put to the mandatory referendum?

The three categories are: (a) Amendments to the constitution. (b) Accession to organizations for collective security or to supranational communities. (c) Emergency federal acts not based on a constitutional provision.

355. What are the three categories of matters submitted to a vote of the people under mandatory referendum?

The three categories are: (a) Popular initiatives for a total revision of the constitution. (b) Popular initiatives for a partial revision of the constitution in the form of a general proposal rejected by the Federal Assembly. (c) The question of whether a total revision of the constitution should be carried out, if there is disagreement between the two chambers.

356. What are the four categories of matters that are submitted to an optional referendum?

The four categories are: (a) Federal acts. (b) Emergency federal acts whose term of validity exceeds one year. (c) Federal decrees, if the constitution or an act so requires. (d) International treaties of specified categories.

357. What is the scope of the initiative device at the federal level in Switzerland?

The initiative device is allowed only for constitutional amendments, not for federal laws or international treaties.

358. What is the minimum number of voters required to propose a total revision of the constitution?

Any 1,00,000 voters may propose a total revision of the constitution.

359. What is the minimum number of voters required to request a partial revision of the constitution?

Any 1,00,000 voters may request a partial revision of the constitution.

It can take the form of a general proposal (unformulative initiative) or a specific draft of the provisions proposed (formulative initiative).

361. What is Triple Citizenship under the Swiss constitution?

Citizenship is three-fold: citizenship of the commune (municipality), the canton, and the federation.

362. What does the Swiss constitution declare about being a Swiss citizen?

It declares that any person who is a citizen of a commune and of the canton to which that commune belongs, is a Swiss citizen.

363. What is the implication of Triple Citizenship for becoming a Swiss citizen?

No person can be a citizen of Switzerland without being a citizen of a canton, and no person can be a citizen of a canton without being a citizen of a commune.

364. Which level of citizenship is regarded as more valuable in Switzerland?

Communal citizenship is regarded as more valuable than cantonal and federal citizenship.

365. What does the Swiss constitution provide for regarding Fundamental Rights?

The Swiss constitution contains an elaborate list of fundamental rights of citizens, including civil, social, economic, political, and personal rights.

366. What are some of the fundamental rights mentioned in the Swiss Constitution?

Rights include: Protection of human dignity, Right to equality before the law, Protection against arbitrary conduct/principle of good faith, Right to life/personal freedom, Protection of children/young people, Right to assistance when in need, Right to privacy, Right to marry/have family, Freedom of religion/conscience, Freedom of expression/information, Freedom of the media, Freedom to use any language, Right to basic education, Freedom of research/teaching, Freedom of artistic expression, Freedom of assembly, Freedom of association, Freedom of domicile, Protection against expulsion/extradition/deportation, Right to property, Economic freedom, Right to form professional associations, Right to access to the courts, Right to petition, and Political rights.

367. What are the Social Goals of the Government in the Swiss constitution?

The Swiss constitution, in addition to fundamental rights, lists social goals for the government. The federal and cantonal governments shall endeavor to achieve these goals within their constitutional powers and available resources.

368. Can a direct right to state benefits be established based on these social goals?

No, no direct right to state benefits may be established on the basis of these social goals.

369. What are some of the social goals of the Swiss government?

Social goals include: (i) Ensuring every person has access to social security and health care. (ii) Ensuring families are protected and encouraged. (iii) Ensuring every person can earn a living by working under fair conditions. (iv) Ensuring every person can find suitable accommodation. (v) Ensuring children and young people can obtain education and undergo training.